Category: Finance

  • MIL-OSI: OP Corporate Bank plc to redeem its SEK 3,250,000,000 Callable Floating Rate Tier 2 Instruments due June 2030

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    OP Corporate Bank plc
    Inside Information
    24 April 2025 at 14:00 EEST

    OP Corporate Bank plc to redeem its SEK 3,250,000,000 Callable Floating Rate Tier 2 Instruments due June 2030

    OP Corporate Bank plc will redeem its SEK 3,250,000,000 Callable Floating Rate Tier 2 Instruments due June 2030 originally issued in June 2020 (ISIN: XS2182066543).

    OP Corporate Bank plc will redeem all of the outstanding instruments on 3 June 2025 at par plus accrued interest.

    OP Corporate Bank plc requests the Irish Stock Exchange plc trading as Euronext Dublin to cancel the listing of the instruments on the Official List of Euronext Dublin and the admission to trading on the Regulated Market of Euronext Dublin.

    This announcement contains information that qualifies, or may qualify, as inside information within the meaning of Article 7(1) of the Market Abuse Regulation (EU) 596/2014 (“MAR”) including as it forms part of United Kingdom domestic law by virtue of the European Union (withdrawal) Act 2018 (“UK MAR”), encompassing information relating to the instruments.

    OP Corporate Bank plc
    Mikko Timonen
    Chief Financial Officer, OP Financial Group

    Further information:
    OP Financial Group’s Investor Relations, IR@op.fi

    Media inquiries:
    OP Financial Group’s Communications, tel. +358 10 252 8719, viestinta@op.fi

    DISTRIBUTION
    Nasdaq Helsinki Ltd
    Euronext Dublin (Irish Stock Exchange)
    LSE London Stock Exchange
    Major media
    op.fi

    OP Corporate Bank plc is part of OP Financial Group. OP Corporate Bank and OP Mortgage Bank are responsible for OP’s funding in money and capital markets. As laid down in the applicable law, OP Corporate Bank, OP Mortgage Bank and their parent company OP Cooperative and other OP Financial Group member credit institutions are ultimately jointly and severally liable for each other’s debts and commitments. OP Corporate Bank acts as OP Financial Group’s central bank.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Aether Holdings Launches Alpha Edge Media™ to Expand its Financial Newsletters and Subscribers

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Aether Holdings, Inc. (Nasdaq: ATHR) (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Aether,” or the “Company”), an emerging financial technology platform company that offers proprietary research analytics, data and tools for both institutional and retail equity traders, today announced the formation of Alpha Edge Media, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary dedicated to building and scaling a new generation of digital-first financial newsletter media content and brands.

    The Alpha Edge Media newsletters will compliment Aether’s flagship trading market research platform, SentimenTrader.com, a financial technology platform providing artificial intelligence (AI)-driven insights into market sentiment through a variety of tools, reports, and strategies.

    The launch is being done in collaboration with Makaira Media, a Florida-based boutique marketing and performance agency that also operates as Sundara Marketing Group. Together, Aether and Makaira will design, launch, and grow a network of high-impact digital financial newsletters and content assets aimed at capturing the attention of forward-looking investors and other business professionals at scale.

    The Alpha Edge project is an outgrowth of Aether’s existing strategy to grow its marketing and distribution capabilities, either on its own through initiatives like Alpha Edge or through acquisitions of financial newsletters or content and related subscribers. Aether is implementing this strategy with proceeds from its recently completed initial public offering on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

    “Digital newsletters are the new front page,” said Nicolas Lin, CEO of Aether Holdings. “With Alpha Edge Media, we’re not just launching newsletters. We’re building high-growth media assets with the real potential for monetization power. This is modern media – audience-first, data-smart, and built to scale.”

    Lin added, “We believe the future of fintech AI will be driven by who owns the most specialized content and proprietary data. Our work with Makaira marks a critical first step toward expanding our financial market content ecosystem, feeding into our existing AI models, including SentimenTrader, and advancing our mission to empower investors through intelligence that’s both actionable and deeply personalized.”

    Key elements of the Alpha Edge Media initiative include:

    • Strategic execution partner: Makaira Media brings full-stack content, growth, and performance expertise.
    • Modern media model: First-party data, owned audiences, and monetization will be built in from day one.
    • Structure built to scale: Alpha Edge Media will provide dedicated leadership, accountability, and focus that creates the potential scale in size

    Makaira Media will support the initiative across end-to-end brand development, content creation, newsletter growth strategy, performance marketing, CRM development, and ongoing KPI optimization. Each new financial newsletter brand will be tracked against key benchmarks with monthly reporting and rapid iteration of products based on data.

    “The most valuable media today is owned, measurable, and scalable. When you align strong content with disciplined execution, newsletters become high-performing growth channels,” said Eva Hodgens, Co-Founder and CEO of Makaira Media. “Alpha Edge Media is about building owned media ecosystems that convert into subscribers and revenue opportunities. We look forward to working with the amazing trading market expertise and newsletter experience that Aether brings to the table to drive this exciting initiative forward.”

    About Aether Holdings, Inc.

    Aether Holdings, Inc. (Nasdaq: ATHR) is an emerging financial technology holding company focused on transforming the way investors navigate the markets. Leveraging decades of market expertise and cutting-edge technology, Aether delivers proprietary tools, data, and research to empower traders with actionable insights and enhanced decision-making capabilities.

    Aether’s flagship platform, SentimenTrader.com, is designed to serve both retail and institutional investors by offering advanced sentiment analysis through the use of machine learning (ML) and artificial intelligence (AI) capabilities. With over 20 years of sentiment data integrated into its systems, Aether aims to provide its users with a powerful combination of technology and expertise, enabling them to make informed decisions to level-up their trading in the markets.

    Aether is committed to building an ecosystem that supports smarter, data-driven trading strategies, reinforcing its mission to empower the investing community and redefine excellence in fintech. By integrating advanced technologies, including artificial intelligence tools with the critical thinking and analytical abilities of its team of evidenced-based trading veterans, Aether aims to provide its users with a powerful combination of technology and expertise, enabling them to make informed decisions to level-up their trading in the markets.

    Find out more about Aether Holdings at https://helloaether.com/

    About Makaira Media LLC

    Makaira Media is a full-service digital and print marketing firm specializing in direct-response copywriting, direct-response graphic design, direct-response focused web design, direct-response content marketing, and direct-to-consumer E-commerce ideation, creation, and advertising.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

    This news release and statements of Aether’s management in connection with this news release contain or may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In this context, forward-looking statements mean statements related to future events, which may impact our expected future business and financial performance, and often contain words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “potential”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “would” or “may” and other words of similar meaning. In this press release, forward-looking statements relate to the anticipated benefits to Aether of the launch and business plan for Alpha Edge Media as described herein. These and other forward-looking statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this news release and represent management’s current views and assumptions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, events or results and involve significant known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may be beyond our control. For Aether, particular risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual future results to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements include but are not limited to the following: (i) risks related to Aether’s ability to adequately market its products and services, and to develop or acquire additional products and product offerings; (ii) risks related to intense competition in the fintech and financial newsletter sector; (iii) risk related to artificial intelligence and machine learning; (iv) the inability of Aether to maintain and protect its reputation for trustworthiness and independence; (v) the inability of Aether to attract new users and subscribers and convert free users to paying subscribers; (vi) similar risks and uncertainties associated with operating a relatively small business a rapidly evolving industry. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this news release. These factors may not constitute all factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in any forward-looking statement, and Aether therefore encourages investors to review other factors that may affect future results in its filings with the SEC, which are available for review at www.sec.gov and at https://investor.helloaether.com/#sec-filings. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a predictor of actual results. We do not undertake to update our forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that may arise after the date of this news release, except as required by law.

    Aether Holdings, Inc. Contact
    Nicolas Lin, CEO
    (347) 363-0886
    ir@helloaether.com

    Investor Relations Contact
    Matthew Abenante, IRC
    President, Strategic Investor Relations, LLC
    (347)-947-2093
    Email: matthew@strategic-ir.com

    Media Contact
    Jessica Starman, MBA
    media@helloaether.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: First Northwest Bancorp Reports First Quarter 2025 Improved Profitability

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    PORT ANGELES, Wash., April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Northwest Bancorp (Nasdaq: FNWB) (“First Northwest” or the “Company”) today reported net income of $1.5 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to a net loss of $2.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and net income of $396,000 for the first quarter of 2024. Basic and diluted income per share were $0.17 for the first quarter of 2025, compared to basic and diluted loss per share of $0.32 for the fourth quarter of 2024 and basic and diluted income per share of $0.04 for the first quarter of 2024.

    In the first quarter of 2025, the Company recorded adjusted pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue (“PPNR”)(1) of $1.5 million, compared to $1.4 million for the preceding quarter and $1.2 million for the first quarter of 2024.

    The Board of Directors of First Northwest declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per common share, payable on May 23, 2025, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on May 9, 2025.

    Quote from First Northwest President and CEO, Matthew P. Deines:
    “We were pleased to see improved profitability in the first quarter of 2025, which helped grow capital levels and tangible book value. We saw improvement on our asset quality metrics, with nonperforming loans 14% lower than the prior quarter, and remain focused on continued asset quality improvement over the balance of 2025. Core commercial and consumer customer growth was positive during the first quarter, with lower net loans and deposits largely the result of a decrease in funding to one large wholesale relationship and reduced brokered deposit balances. We expect better core growth and asset quality trends, combined with ongoing expense discipline and modest margin improvement, will continue to improve profitability and capital in future quarters. With improved profitability, we are evaluating the potential for future stock buybacks.”

    Key Points for First Quarter and Going Forward

    Positive Balance Sheet Trends:

    • A favorable deposit mix shift included a $45.0 million decrease in brokered deposits while core customer deposits grew $23.0 million. The loan-to-deposit ratio was stable at 99.9% compared to 99.3% in the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • The Company reduced borrowings by $28.9 million. The total cost of funds decreased to 2.67% compared to 2.80% in the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Update on provision for credit losses:

    • The Company recorded a $1.6 million provision for credit losses on loans in the first quarter of 2025, primarily due to $1.4 million of charge-offs related to three commercial business loans, one commercial construction loan and a small number of consumer loans. This compares to loan credit loss provisions of $3.8 million for the preceding quarter and $1.2 million for the first quarter of 2024.
    • We believe the reserve on individually analyzed loans does not represent a universal decline in the collectability of all loans in the portfolio. We continue to work on resolution plans for all troubled borrowers and expect further improvement in nonperforming loans over the course of 2025.

    Other significant events:

    • First Fed Bank’s (“First Fed” or the “Bank”) balance sheet restructuring continued with the remaining bank-owned life insurance policy (“BOLI”) surrender transaction recorded in the first quarter of 2025, with $266,000 of tax and penalties recorded in the provision for income tax. The surrendered policy value was reinvested in the second quarter of 2025. We expect to receive the return of the surrendered funds early in the third quarter of 2025.
    • We sadly lost a former Bank employee in the first quarter of 2025, resulting in a $1.1 million BOLI death benefit gain.
    • The Company recorded a $846,000 gain on extinguishment of debt related to repurchasing $5.0 million of subordinated debt at a discount during the first quarter of 2025. In addition to the current quarter gain, the future cost related to interest expense on the subordinated debt will be reduced.
    • The Company also recognized a $315,000 gain on the conversion of a commercial business loan receivable into a Series A equity investment during the first quarter of 2025.

    (1) See reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures later in this release.

    Selected Quarterly Financial Ratios:

        As of or For the Quarter Ended  
        March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
    Performance ratios: (1)                                        
    Return on average assets     0.28 %     -0.51 %     -0.36 %     -0.40 %     0.07 %
    Adjusted PPNR return on average assets (2)     0.27       0.26       0.17       0.10       0.22  
    Return on average equity     3.92       -6.92       -4.91       -5.47       0.98  
    Net interest margin (3)     2.76       2.73       2.70       2.76       2.76  
    Efficiency ratio (4)     79.4       92.2       100.3       72.3       88.8  
    Equity to total assets     7.22       6.89       7.13       7.17       7.17  
    Book value per common share   $ 16.63     $ 16.45     $ 17.17     $ 16.81     $ 17.00  
    Tangible performance ratios: (1)                                        
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (2)     7.15 %     6.83 %     7.06 %     7.10 %     7.10 %
    Return on average tangible common equity (2)     3.96       -6.99       -4.96       -5.53       0.99  
    Tangible book value per common share (2)   $ 16.48     $ 16.29     $ 17.00     $ 16.64     $ 16.83  
    Capital ratios (First Fed): (5)                                        
    Tier 1 leverage     9.5 %     9.4 %     9.4 %     9.4 %     9.7 %
    Common equity Tier 1 capital     12.7       12.4       12.2       12.4       12.6  
    Total risk-based     13.9       13.6       13.4       13.5       13.6  
    (1 ) Performance ratios are annualized, where appropriate.
    (2 ) See reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures later in this release.
    (3 ) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (4 ) Total noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income and total other noninterest income.
    (5 ) Current period capital ratios are preliminary and subject to finalization of the FDIC Call Report.


    Adjusted Pre-tax, Pre-Provision Net Revenue 
    (1)

    Adjusted PPNR for the first quarter of 2025 increased $40,000 to $1.5 million, compared to $1.4 million for the preceding quarter, and increased $308,000 from $1.2 million in the first quarter one year ago.

        For the Quarter Ended  
    (Dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
    Net interest income   $ 13,847     $ 14,137     $ 14,020     $ 14,235     $ 13,928  
    Total noninterest income     4,092       1,300       1,779       7,347       2,188  
    Total revenue     17,939       15,437       15,799       21,582       16,116  
    Total noninterest expense     14,249       14,233       15,848       15,609       14,303  
    PPNR (1)     3,690       1,204       (49 )     5,973       1,813  
    Less selected nonrecurring adjustments to PPNR:                                        
    BOLI death benefit     1,059       1,536                    
    Gain on extinguishment of subordinated debt included in other income     846                          
    Gain on conversion of loan receivable into Series A equity investment     315                          
    Equity investment repricing adjustment           (1,762 )                 651  
    One-time compensation payouts related to reduction in force                 (996 )            
    Net gain on sale of premises and equipment                       7,919        
    Sale leaseback taxes and assessments included in occupancy and equipment                       (359 )      
    Net gain on sale of investment securities                       (2,117 )      
    Adjusted PPNR (1)   $ 1,470     $ 1,430     $ 947     $ 530     $ 1,162  

    (1) See reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures later in this release.

    • Total interest income decreased $1.4 million to $26.8 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $28.2 million for the previous quarter, and decreased $503,000 compared to $27.3 million in the first quarter of 2024. Interest income decreased in the first quarter of 2025 primarily due to a decrease in the income earned on loans receivable and reduced interest income received on Company deposit accounts as both yields earned and average volumes decreased. Average loan balances and related interest income were impacted by a significant decrease in the Northpointe Bank Mortgage Purchase Program (“Northpointe Bank MPP”) of $24.7 million and $461,000, respectively. Variable-rate yields on loans and investments were impacted by the cumulative 100 basis points Federal Reserve rate cuts which occurred between September and December 2024.
    • Total interest expense decreased $1.1 million to $13.0 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $14.1 million for the previous quarter, and decreased $422,000 compared to $13.4 million in the first quarter of 2024. Interest expense decreased in the first quarter of 2025 primarily due to decreases in interest paid on brokered certificates of deposit (“CDs”), money market accounts and customer CDs.
    • The net interest margin increased to 2.76% for the first quarter of 2025, from 2.73% for the prior quarter, and was flat compared to the first quarter of 2024. The Company reported reduced rates and declining volumes of CDs and money market accounts during the first quarter of 2025 which lowered costs; however, these savings were partially offset by a decrease in interest earned on loans and an increase in cost due to higher average borrowings.
    • Noninterest income included a $1.1 million BOLI death benefit payment received due to the passing of a former employee, a $846,000 gain on extinguishment of debt and a $315,000 gain on the conversion of a loan receivable into an equity investment during the current quarter.
    • Noninterest expense was relatively unchanged at $14.3 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to the previous quarter and the first quarter of 2024.

    Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans (“ACLL”) and Credit Quality

    The allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACLL”) increased $176,000 to $20.6 million at March 31, 2025, from $20.5 million at December 31, 2024. The ACLL as a percentage of total loans was 1.24% at March 31, 2025, an increase from 1.21% at December 31, 2024, and an increase from 1.05% one year earlier. The small increase to the pooled loan reserve combined with charge-offs totaling $1.4 million resulted in a provision expense of $1.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Nonperforming loans totaled $26.4 million at March 31, 2025, a decrease of $4.1 million, or 13.5%, from December 31, 2024. ACLL to nonperforming loans increased to 78% at March 31, 2025, from 67% at December 31, 2024, and decreased from 92% at March 31, 2024. This ratio increased during the first quarter as principal payments and charge-offs decreased balances on loans that were already adequately reserved.

    Classified loans decreased $4.7 million to $37.9 million at March 31, 2025, from $42.5 million at December 31, 2024, primarily due to $3.9 million in principal payments received on two commercial construction loans and charge-offs totaling $825,000 on two commercial business loans and one commercial construction loan during the first quarter. An $8.1 million construction loan relationship, which became a classified loan in the fourth quarter of 2022; a $7.2 million commercial construction loan relationship, which became classified in the second quarter of 2024; and a $6.2 million commercial loan relationship, which became classified in the fourth quarter of 2023, account for 57% of the classified loan balance at March 31, 2025. The Bank has exercised legal remedies, including the appointment of a third-party receiver and foreclosure actions, to liquidate the underlying collateral to satisfy the real estate loans in two of these three collateral-dependent relationships. The Bank is also closely monitoring a group of commercial business loans that have similar collateral, with 16 loans totaling $1.7 million included in classified loans at March 31, 2025, and an additional seven loans totaling $2.4 million included in the special mention risk grading category.

        For the Quarter Ended  
    ACLL ($ in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
    Balance at beginning of period   $ 20,449     $ 21,970     $ 19,343     $ 17,958     $ 17,510  
    Charge-offs:                                        
    Construction and land     (374 )     (411 )           (3,978 )      
    Auto and other consumer     (243 )     (364 )     (492 )     (832 )     (806 )
    Commercial business     (811 )     (4,596 )     (24 )     (2,643 )     (33 )
    Total charge-offs     (1,428 )     (5,371 )     (516 )     (7,453 )     (839 )
    Recoveries:                                        
    One-to-four family                 42             2  
    Commercial real estate     6       2                    
    Auto and other consumer     43       52       24       198       46  
    Commercial business     2       36                    
    Total recoveries     51       90       66       198       48  
    Net loan charge-offs     (1,377 )     (5,281 )     (450 )     (7,255 )     (791 )
    Provision for credit losses     1,553       3,760       3,077       8,640       1,239  
    Balance at end of period   $ 20,625     $ 20,449     $ 21,970     $ 19,343     $ 17,958  
                                             
    Average total loans     1,662,164       1,708,232       1,718,402       1,717,830       1,678,656  
    Annualized net charge-offs to average outstanding loans     0.34 %     1.23 %     0.10 %     1.70 %     0.19 %
    Asset Quality ($ in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
    Nonaccrual loans:                                        
    One-to-four family   $ 1,404     $ 1,477     $ 1,631     $ 1,750     $ 1,237  
    Multi-family                       708       708  
    Commercial real estate     5,574       5,598       5,634       14       22  
    Construction and land     15,280       19,544       19,382       19,292       14,440  
    Home equity     54       55       116       118       121  
    Auto and other consumer     710       700       894       746       1,012  
    Commercial business     3,365       3,141       2,719       1,003       1,941  
    Total nonaccrual loans     26,387       30,515       30,376       23,631       19,481  
    Other real estate owned                              
    Total nonperforming assets   $ 26,387     $ 30,515     $ 30,376     $ 23,631     $ 19,481  
                                             
    Nonaccrual loans as a % of total loans (1)     1.59 %     1.80 %     1.75 %     1.39 %     1.14 %
    Nonperforming assets as a % of total assets (2)     1.21       1.37       1.35       1.07       0.87  
    ACLL as a % of total loans     1.24       1.21       1.27       1.14       1.05  
    ACLL as a % of nonaccrual loans     78.16       67.01       72.33       81.85       92.18  
    Total past due loans to total loans     1.74       1.98       1.92       1.45       1.91  
    (1 ) Nonperforming loans consists of nonaccruing loans and accruing loans more than 90 days past due.
    (2 ) Nonperforming assets consists of nonperforming loans (which include nonaccruing loans and accruing loans more than 90 days past due), real estate owned and repossessed assets.


    Financial Condition and Capital

    Investment securities decreased $24.9 million, or 7.3%, to $315.4 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $340.3 million three months earlier, and decreased $10.5 million compared to $326.0 million at March 31, 2024. The market value of the portfolio increased $3.1 million during the first quarter of 2025. The estimated average life of the securities portfolio was approximately 6.9 years at March 31, 2025, 6.9 years at the prior quarter end and 7.8 years at the end of the first quarter of 2024. The effective duration of the portfolio was approximately 4.3 years at March 31, 2025, compared to 3.9 years at the prior quarter end and 4.4 years at the end of the first quarter of 2024. The MBS non-agency portfolio decreased $20.2 million due to early redemptions and maturities and $2.4 million from regular repayment activity during the most recent quarter.
     

    Investment Securities ($ in thousands)     March 31,
    2025
          December 31,
    2024
          March 31,
    2024
          Three Month
    % Change
          One Year
    % Change
     
    Available for Sale at Fair Value                                        
    Municipal bonds   $ 78,295     $ 77,876     $ 87,004       0.5 %     -10.0 %
    U.S. government agency issued asset-backed securities (ABS agency)     12,643       12,876       14,822       -1.8       -14.7  
    Corporate issued asset-backed securities (ABS corporate)     15,671       16,122       13,929       -2.8       12.5  
    Corporate issued debt securities (Corporate debt)     55,067       54,491       53,031       1.1       3.8  
    U.S. Small Business Administration securities (SBA)     8,061       8,666       7,911       -7.0       1.9  
    Mortgage-backed securities:                                        
    U.S. government agency issued mortgage-backed securities (MBS agency)     96,642       98,697       83,271       -2.1       16.1  
    Non-agency issued mortgage-backed securities (MBS non-agency)     49,054       71,616       65,987       -31.5       -25.7  
    Total securities available for sale   $ 315,433     $ 340,344     $ 325,955       -7.3       -3.2  

    Net loans, excluding loans held for sale, decreased $31.4 million, or 1.9%, to $1.64 billion at March 31, 2025, from $1.68 billion at December 31, 2024, and decreased $49.0 million, or 2.9%, from $1.69 billion one year prior. Construction loans that converted into fully amortizing loans during the quarter totaled $13.3 million. Loan payoffs of $71.0 million, regular payments of $29.4 million and charge-offs totaling $1.4 million outpaced new loan funding totaling $45.3 million and draws on existing loans totaling $23.3 million. The large decrease in commercial business loans was due to the change in funding needs of the Northpointe Bank MPP, which dropped $36.2 million compared to the prior quarter.

    Loans ($ in thousands)     March 31,
    2025
          December 31,
    2024
          March 31,
    2024
          Three Month
    % Change
          One Year
    % Change
     
    Real Estate:                                        
    One-to-four family   $ 394,428     $ 395,315     $ 383,905       -0.2 %     2.7 %
    Multi-family     338,147       332,596       339,538       1.7       -0.4  
    Commercial real estate     392,882       390,379       385,130       0.6       2.0  
    Construction and land     64,877       78,110       125,347       -16.9       -48.2  
    Total real estate loans     1,190,334       1,196,400       1,233,920       -0.5       -3.5  
    Consumer:                                        
    Home equity     79,151       79,054       72,391       0.1       9.3  
    Auto and other consumer     273,878       268,876       268,834       1.9       1.9  
    Total consumer loans     353,029       347,930       341,225       1.5       3.5  
    Commercial business     120,486       151,493       136,297       -20.5       -11.6  
    Total loans receivable     1,663,849       1,695,823       1,711,442       -1.9       -2.8  
    Less:                                        
    Derivative basis adjustment     (566 )     188       710       -401.1       -179.7  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     20,625       20,449       17,958       0.9       14.9  
    Total loans receivable, net   $ 1,643,790     $ 1,675,186     $ 1,692,774       -1.9       -2.9  

    Total deposits decreased $22.0 million to $1.67 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.69 billion at December 31, 2024, and was relatively unchanged compared to one year prior. During the first quarter of 2025, total customer deposit balances increased $23.0 million and brokered deposit balances decreased $45.0 million. Overall, the current rate environment continues to contribute to greater competition for deposits leading to higher rates paid on interest-bearing demand deposits and savings accounts during the current quarter. The deposit mix compared to March 31, 2024, also reflects a shift to higher demand and money market account balances with increased rates paid on those accounts while rates paid on certificate and savings accounts decreased.

    Deposits ($ in thousands)     March 31,
    2025
          December 31,
    2024
          March 31,
    2024
          Three Month
    % Change
          One Year
    % Change
     
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   $ 247,890     $ 256,416     $ 252,761       -3.3 %     -1.9 %
    Interest-bearing demand deposits     169,912       164,891       170,729       3.0       -0.5  
    Money market accounts     424,469       413,822       395,480       2.6       7.3  
    Savings accounts     235,188       205,055       236,550       14.7       -0.6  
    Certificates of deposit, customer     450,663       464,928       418,904       -3.1       7.6  
    Certificates of deposit, brokered     137,946       182,914       192,200       -24.6       -28.2  
    Total deposits   $ 1,666,068     $ 1,688,026     $ 1,666,624       -1.3       0.0  

    Total shareholders’ equity increased to $157.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $153.9 million three months earlier, due to an increase in the after-tax fair market values of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio of $2.4 million and net income of $1.5 million, partially offset by dividends declared of $656,000 and a decrease in the after-tax fair market values of derivatives of $425,000.

    Capital levels for both the Company and the Bank remain in excess of applicable regulatory requirements and the Bank was categorized as “well-capitalized” at March 31, 2025. Preliminary calculations of Common Equity Tier 1 and Total Risk-Based Capital Ratios at March 31, 2025, were 12.7% and 13.9%, respectively.

    First Northwest continued to return capital to our shareholders through cash dividends during the first quarter of 2025. The Company paid cash dividends totaling $649,000 in the first quarter of 2025. No shares of common stock were repurchased under the Company’s April 2024 Stock Repurchase Plan (the “Repurchase Plan”) during the quarter ended March 31, 2025. There are 846,123 shares that remain available for repurchase under the Repurchase Plan.

    We recommend reading this earnings release in conjunction with the First Quarter 2025 Investor Presentation, located at http://investor.ourfirstfed.com/quarterly-reports and included as an exhibit to our April 24, 2025, Current Report on Form 8-K.

    About the Company
    First Northwest Bancorp (Nasdaq: FNWB) is a financial holding company engaged in investment activities including the business of its subsidiary, First Fed Bank. First Fed is a Pacific Northwest-based financial institution which has served its customers and communities since 1923. Currently First Fed has 18 locations in Washington state including 12 full-service branches. First Fed’s business and operating strategy is focused on building sustainable earnings by delivering a full array of financial products and services for individuals, small businesses, non-profit organizations and commercial customers. In 2022, First Northwest made an investment in The Meriwether Group, LLC, a boutique investment banking and accelerator firm. Additionally, First Northwest focuses on strategic partnerships to provide modern financial services such as digital payments and marketplace lending. First Northwest Bancorp was incorporated in 2012 and completed its initial public offering in 2015 under the ticker symbol FNWB. The Company is headquartered in Port Angeles, Washington.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    Certain matters discussed in this press release may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, expectations of the business environment in which we operate, projections of future performance and execution on certain strategies, perceived opportunities in the market, potential future credit experience, including our ability to collect, the outcome of litigation and statements regarding our mission and vision, and include, but are not limited to, statements about our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions that are not historical facts, and other statements often identified by words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are based upon current management beliefs and expectations and may, therefore, involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Our actual results, performance, or achievements may differ materially from those suggested, expressed, or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of a wide variety of factors including, but not limited to: increased competitive pressures; changes in the interest rate environment; the credit risks of lending activities; pressures on liquidity, including as a result of withdrawals of deposits or declines in the value of our investment portfolio; changes in general economic conditions and conditions within the securities markets, including potential recessionary and other unfavorable conditions and trends relating to housing markets, costs of living, unemployment levels, interest rates, supply chain difficulties and inflationary pressures, among other things; legislative, regulatory, and policy changes; and other factors described in the Companys latest Annual Report on Form 10-K under the section entitled “Risk Factors,” and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”),which are available on our website at www.ourfirstfed.com and on the SECs website at www.sec.gov.

    Any of the forward-looking statements that we make in this press release and in the other public statements we make may turn out to be incorrect because of the inaccurate assumptions we might make, because of the factors illustrated above or because of other factors that we cannot foresee. Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements made by or on our behalf and the Company’s operating and stock price performance may be negatively affected. Therefore, these factors should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. We do not undertake and specifically disclaim any obligation to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements. These risks could cause our actual results for 2025 and beyond to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements by, or on behalf of, us and could negatively affect the Companys operations and stock price performance.

    For More Information Contact:
    Matthew P. Deines, President and Chief Executive Officer
    Phyllis Nomura, EVP and Chief Financial Officer
    IRGroup@ourfirstfed.com
    360-457-0461

    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Dollars in thousands, except share data) (Unaudited)
     
        March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
    ASSETS                                        
    Cash and due from banks   $ 18,911     $ 16,811     $ 17,953     $ 19,184     $ 15,562  
    Interest-earning deposits in banks     51,412       55,637       64,769       63,995       61,784  
    Investment securities available for sale, at fair value     315,433       340,344       310,860       306,714       325,955  
    Loans held for sale     2,940       472       378       1,086       988  
    Loans receivable (net of allowance for credit losses
         on loans $20,625, $20,449, $21,970, $19,343,
         and $17,958)
        1,643,790       1,675,186       1,714,416       1,677,764       1,692,774  
    Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock, at cost     13,106       14,435       14,435       13,086       15,876  
    Accrued interest receivable     8,319       8,159       8,939       9,466       8,909  
    Premises held for sale, net                             6,751  
    Premises and equipment, net     9,870       10,129       10,436       10,714       11,028  
    Servicing rights on sold loans, at fair value     3,301       3,281       3,584       3,740       3,820  
    Bank-owned life insurance, net     31,786       41,150       41,429       41,113       34,681  
    Equity and partnership investments     15,026       13,229       14,912       15,085       15,121  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     1,082       1,082       1,083       1,084       1,085  
    Deferred tax asset, net     13,179       13,738       10,802       12,216       12,704  
    Right-of-use (“ROU”) asset, net     16,687       17,001       17,315       17,627       5,841  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     31,588       21,352       24,175       23,088       27,141  
    Total assets   $ 2,176,430     $ 2,232,006     $ 2,255,486     $ 2,215,962     $ 2,240,020  
                                             
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                        
    Deposits   $ 1,666,068     $ 1,688,026     $ 1,711,641     $ 1,708,288     $ 1,666,624  
    Borrowings     307,091       336,014       334,994       302,575       371,455  
    Accrued interest payable     2,163       3,295       2,153       3,143       2,830  
    Lease liability, net     17,266       17,535       17,799       18,054       6,227  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     24,217       31,770       25,625       23,717       29,980  
    Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance     2,583       1,484       2,485       1,304       2,398  
    Total liabilities     2,019,388       2,078,124       2,094,697       2,057,081       2,079,514  
                                             
    Shareholders’ Equity                                        
    Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized
         5,000,000 shares, no shares issued or outstanding
                                 
    Common stock, $0.01 par value, 75,000,000
         shares authorized; issued and outstanding at
         each period end: 9,440,618; 9,353,348;
         9,365,979; 9,453,247; and 9,442,796
        94       93       94       94       94  
    Additional paid-in capital     93,450       93,357       93,218       93,985       93,763  
    Retained earnings     98,056       97,198       100,660       103,322       106,202  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (28,129 )     (30,172 )     (26,424 )     (31,597 )     (32,465 )
    Unearned employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) shares     (6,429 )     (6,594 )     (6,759 )     (6,923 )     (7,088 )
    Total shareholders’ equity     157,042       153,882       160,789       158,881       160,506  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,176,430     $ 2,232,006     $ 2,255,486     $ 2,215,962     $ 2,240,020  
    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) (Unaudited)
     
        For the Quarter Ended  
        March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
    INTEREST INCOME                                        
    Interest and fees on loans receivable   $ 22,231     $ 23,716     $ 23,536     $ 23,733     $ 22,767  
    Interest on investment securities     3,803       3,658       3,786       3,949       3,632  
    Interest on deposits in banks     482       550       582       571       645  
    FHLB dividends     307       273       302       358       282  
    Total interest income     26,823       28,197       28,206       28,611       27,326  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Deposits     9,737       11,175       10,960       10,180       10,112  
    Borrowings     3,239       2,885       3,226       4,196       3,286  
    Total interest expense     12,976       14,060       14,186       14,376       13,398  
       Net interest income     13,847       14,137       14,020       14,235       13,928  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES                                        
    Provision for credit losses on loans     1,553       3,760       3,077       8,640       1,239  
    Provision for (recapture of) credit losses on unfunded commitments     15       (105 )     57       99       (269 )
    Provision for credit losses     1,568       3,655       3,134       8,739       970  
        Net interest income after provision for credit losses     12,279       10,482       10,886       5,496       12,958  
    NONINTEREST INCOME                                        
    Loan and deposit service fees     1,106       1,054       1,059       1,076       1,102  
    Sold loan servicing fees and servicing rights mark-to-market     195       (115 )     10       74       219  
    Net gain on sale of loans     11       52       58       150       52  
    Net gain on sale of investment securities                       (2,117 )      
    Net gain on sale of premises and equipment                       7,919        
    Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance     372       328       315       293       243  
    Income from death benefit on bank-owned life insurance, net     1,059       1,536                    
    Other income (loss)     1,349       (1,555 )     337       (48 )     572  
    Total noninterest income     4,092       1,300       1,779       7,347       2,188  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Compensation and benefits     7,715       7,367       8,582       8,588       8,128  
    Data processing     2,011       2,065       2,085       2,008       1,944  
    Occupancy and equipment     1,592       1,559       1,553       1,799       1,240  
    Supplies, postage, and telephone     298       296       360       317       293  
    Regulatory assessments and state taxes     479       460       548       457       513  
    Advertising     265       362       409       377       309  
    Professional fees     777       813       698       684       910  
    FDIC insurance premium     434       491       533       473       386  
    Other expense     678       820       1,080       906       580  
    Total noninterest expense     14,249       14,233       15,848       15,609       14,303  
       Income (loss) before provision for income taxes     2,122       (2,451 )     (3,183 )     (2,766 )     843  
    Provision for income taxes     608       359       (1,203 )     (547 )     447  
    Net income (loss)   $ 1,514     $ (2,810 )   $ (1,980 )   $ (2,219 )   $ 396  
                                             
    Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share   $ 0.17     $ (0.32 )   $ (0.23 )   $ (0.25 )   $ 0.04  
                                             
    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    (Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)
     
    Selected Loan Detail   March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
    Construction and land loans breakout                                        
    1-4 Family construction   $ 42,371     $ 39,319     $ 43,125     $ 56,514     $ 69,075  
    Multifamily construction     9,223       15,407       29,109       43,341       45,776  
    Nonresidential construction     7,229       16,857       17,500       1,015       3,374  
    Land and development     6,054       6,527       5,975       6,403       7,122  
    Total construction and land loans   $ 64,877     $ 78,110     $ 95,709     $ 107,273     $ 125,347  
                                             
    Auto and other consumer loans breakout                                        
    Triad Manufactured Home loans   $ 134,740     $ 128,231     $ 129,600     $ 110,510     $ 119,309  
    Woodside auto loans     118,972       117,968       126,129       131,151       128,072  
    First Help auto loans     13,012       14,283       15,971       17,427       8,326  
    Other auto loans     1,313       1,647       2,064       2,690       3,313  
    Other consumer loans     5,841       6,747       7,434       23,845       9,814  
    Total auto and other consumer loans   $ 273,878     $ 268,876     $ 281,198     $ 285,623     $ 268,834  
                                             
    Commercial business loans breakout                                        
    Northpointe Bank MPP   $     $ 36,230     $ 38,155     $ 9,150     $ 15,047  
    Secured lines of credit     39,986       35,701       37,686       28,862       41,014  
    Unsecured lines of credit     2,030       1,717       1,571       1,133       1,001  
    SBA loans     6,889       7,044       7,219       7,146       8,944  
    Other commercial business loans     71,581       70,801       70,696       70,803       70,291  
    Total commercial business loans   $ 120,486     $ 151,493     $ 155,327     $ 117,094     $ 136,297  
    Loans by Collateral and Unfunded Commitments   March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
    One-to-four family construction   $ 38,221     $ 44,468     $ 51,607     $ 49,440     $ 70,100  
    All other construction and land     30,947       34,290       45,166       58,346       55,286  
    One-to-four family first mortgage     428,081       466,046       469,053       434,840       436,543  
    One-to-four family junior liens     15,155       15,090       14,701       13,706       12,608  
    One-to-four family revolving open-end     51,832       51,481       48,459       44,803       45,536  
    Commercial real estate, owner occupied:                                        
    Health care     29,386       29,129       29,407       29,678       29,946  
    Office     19,363       17,756       17,901       19,215       17,951  
    Warehouse     14,843       14,948       11,645       14,613       14,683  
    Other     74,915       78,170       64,535       56,292       55,063  
    Commercial real estate, non-owner occupied:                                        
    Office     41,885       49,417       49,770       50,158       53,099  
    Retail     50,737       49,591       49,717       50,101       50,478  
    Hospitality     62,226       61,919       62,282       62,628       66,982  
    Other     93,549       81,640       82,573       84,428       93,040  
    Multi-family residential     339,217       333,419       354,118       350,382       339,907  
    Commercial business loans     76,330       77,381       86,904       79,055       90,781  
    Commercial agriculture and fishing loans     22,914       21,833       15,369       14,411       10,200  
    State and political subdivision obligations     369       369       404       405       405  
    Consumer automobile loans     133,209       133,789       144,036       151,121       139,524  
    Consumer loans secured by other assets     137,619       131,429       132,749       129,293       122,895  
    Consumer loans unsecured     3,051       3,658       4,411       5,209       6,415  
    Total loans   $ 1,663,849     $ 1,695,823     $ 1,734,807     $ 1,698,124     $ 1,711,442  
                                             
    Unfunded commitments under lines of credit or existing loans   $ 172,260     $ 163,827     $ 166,446     $ 155,005     $ 148,736  
    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
    (Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
        Average     Interest             Average     Interest          
        Balance     Earned/     Yield/     Balance     Earned/     Yield/  
        Outstanding     Paid     Rate     Outstanding     Paid     Rate  
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Interest-earning assets:                                                
    Loans receivable, net (1) (2)   $ 1,642,007     $ 22,231       5.49 %   $ 1,661,420     $ 22,767       5.51 %
    Investment securities     333,208       3,803       4.63       307,490       3,632       4.75  
    FHLB dividends     13,609       307       9.15       12,328       282       9.20  
    Interest-earning deposits in banks     42,917       482       4.55       46,583       645       5.57  
    Total interest-earning assets (3)     2,031,741       26,823       5.35       2,027,821       27,326       5.42  
    Noninterest-earning assets     143,033                       138,366                  
    Total average assets   $ 2,174,774                     $ 2,166,187                  
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
    Interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 168,414     $ 260       0.63     $ 165,379     $ 187       0.45  
    Money market accounts     414,425       2,345       2.29       377,505       1,949       2.08  
    Savings accounts     216,499       783       1.47       235,784       953       1.63  
    Certificates of deposit, customer     451,936       4,522       4.06       437,525       4,494       4.13  
    Certificates of deposit, brokered     158,269       1,827       4.68       205,923       2,529       4.94  
    Total interest-bearing deposits (4)     1,409,543       9,737       2.80       1,422,116       10,112       2.86  
    Advances     279,500       2,796       4.06       252,912       2,892       4.60  
    Subordinated debt     38,370       443       4.68       39,446       394       4.02  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,727,413       12,976       3.05       1,714,474       13,398       3.14  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits (4)     243,569                       249,283                  
    Other noninterest-bearing liabilities     47,238                       40,563                  
    Total average liabilities     2,018,220                       2,004,320                  
    Average equity     156,554                       161,867                  
    Total average liabilities and equity   $ 2,174,774                     $ 2,166,187                  
                                                     
    Net interest income           $ 13,847                     $ 13,928          
    Net interest rate spread                     2.30                       2.28  
    Net earning assets   $ 304,328                     $ 313,347                  
    Net interest margin (5)                     2.76                       2.76  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     117.6 %                     118.3 %                
    (1) The average loans receivable, net balances include nonaccrual loans.
    (2) Interest earned on loans receivable includes net deferred costs of ($338,000) and ($171,000) for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
    (3) Includes interest-earning deposits (cash) at other financial institutions.
    (4) Cost of all deposits, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits, was 2.39% and 2.43% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
    (5) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    (Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)


    Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    This press release contains financial measures that are not in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Non-GAAP measures are presented where management believes the information will help investors understand the Company’s results of operations or financial position and assess trends. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the comparable GAAP financial measure is also provided. These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP, and are not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Other banking companies may use names similar to those the Company uses for the non-GAAP financial measures the Company discloses, but may calculate them differently. Investors should understand how the Company and other companies each calculate their non-GAAP financial measures when making comparisons. Reconciliations of the GAAP and non-GAAP measures are presented below.

    Calculations Based on PPNR and Adjusted PPNR:

        For the Quarter Ended  
    (Dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
        December 31,
    2024
        September 30,
    2024
        June 30,
    2024
        March 31,
    2024
     
    Net income (loss)   $ 1,514     $ (2,810 )   $ (1,980 )   $ (2,219 )   $ 396  
    Plus: provision for credit losses     1,568       3,655       3,134       8,739       970  
    Provision for income taxes     608       359       (1,203 )     (547 )     447  
    PPNR (1)     3,690       1,204       (49 )     5,973       1,813  
    Less selected nonrecurring adjustments to PPNR:                                        
    BOLI death benefit     1,059       1,536                    
    Gain on extinguishment of subordinated debt included in other income     846                          
    Gain on conversion of loan receivable into Series A equity investment     315                          
    Equity investment repricing adjustment           (1,762 )                 651  
    One-time compensation payouts related to reduction in force                 (996 )            
    Net gain on sale of premises and equipment                       7,919        
    Sale leaseback taxes and assessments included in occupancy and equipment                       (359 )      
    Net gain on sale of investment securities                       (2,117 )      
    Adjusted PPNR (1)   $ 1,470     $ 1,430     $ 947     $ 530     $ 1,162  
                                             
    Average total assets   $ 2,174,774     $ 2,205,502     $ 2,209,333     $ 2,219,370     $ 2,166,187  
    Return on average assets (GAAP)     0.28 %     -0.51 %     -0.36 %     -0.40 %     0.07 %
    PPNR return on average assets (Non-GAAP) (1)     0.69 %     0.22 %     -0.01 %     1.08 %     0.34 %
    Adjusted PPNR return on average assets (Non-GAAP) (1)     0.27 %     0.26 %     0.17 %     0.10 %     0.22 %
    (1) PPNR removes the provisions for credit loss and income tax from net income. This removes potentially volatile estimates, providing a comparative amount limited to income and expense recorded during the period. Adjusted PPNR further removes large nonrecurring transactions recorded during the period. We believe these metrics provide comparative amounts for a better review of recurring net revenue.
    FIRST NORTHWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    (Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)
     
    Calculations Based on Tangible Common Equity:
     
        For the Quarter Ended  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)     March 31,
    2025
          December 31,
    2024
          September 30,
    2024
          June 30,
    2024
          March 31,
    2024
     
    Total shareholders’ equity   $ 157,042     $ 153,882     $ 160,789     $ 158,881     $ 160,506  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets     1,082       1,082       1,083       1,084       1,085  
    Disallowed non-mortgage loan servicing rights     415       423       489       517       489  
    Total tangible common equity   $ 155,545     $ 152,377     $ 159,217     $ 157,280     $ 158,932  
                                             
    Total assets   $ 2,176,430     $ 2,232,006     $ 2,255,486     $ 2,215,962     $ 2,240,020  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets     1,082       1,082       1,083       1,084       1,085  
    Disallowed non-mortgage loan servicing rights     415       423       489       517       489  
    Total tangible assets   $ 2,174,933     $ 2,230,501     $ 2,253,914     $ 2,214,361     $ 2,238,446  
                                             
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 156,554     $ 161,560     $ 160,479     $ 163,079     $ 161,867  
    Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets     1,082       1,083       1,084       1,085       1,085  
    Average disallowed non-mortgage loan servicing rights     423       489       517       489       481  
    Total average tangible common equity   $ 155,049     $ 159,988     $ 158,878     $ 161,505     $ 160,301  
                                             
    Net income (loss)   $ 1,514     $ (2,810 )   $ (1,980 )   $ (2,219 )   $ 396  
    Common shares outstanding     9,440,618       9,353,348       9,365,979       9,453,247       9,442,796  
    GAAP Ratios:                                        
    Equity to total assets     7.22 %     6.89 %     7.13 %     7.17 %     7.17 %
    Return on average equity     3.92 %     -6.92 %     -4.91 %     -5.47 %     0.98 %
    Book value per common share   $ 16.63     $ 16.45     $ 17.17     $ 16.81     $ 17.00  
    Non-GAAP Ratios:                                        
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (1)     7.15 %     6.83 %     7.06 %     7.10 %     7.10 %
    Return on average tangible common equity (1)     3.96 %     -6.99 %     -4.96 %     -5.53 %     0.99 %
    Tangible book value per common share (1)   $ 16.48     $ 16.29     $ 17.00     $ 16.64     $ 16.83  
    (1 ) We believe that the use of tangible equity and tangible assets improves the comparability to other institutions that have not engaged in acquisitions that resulted in recorded goodwill and other intangibles.

    Photos accompanying this announcement are available at:

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/d5c93711-67c1-4664-a49c-37df22040147

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/4a3584b1-1204-464b-8080-7fcc46d66470

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/37ce187a-5662-457d-bd13-66e409ac2710

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/4b958691-2f11-4ceb-a89a-ab88b1b1d702

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/7207465f-e4fb-4f05-8218-e87558fb913c

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/1c8a4efe-4d1b-4b02-bdac-6fd686314c0b

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Nasdaq Reports First Quarter 2025 Results; Diversified Business Model Driving Broad-Based Revenue Growth

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Nasdaq, Inc. (Nasdaq: NDAQ) today reported financial results for the first quarter of 2025.

    • First quarter 2025 net revenue1 was $1.2 billion, an increase of 11% over the first quarter of 2024, or up 12.5% on an adjusted2 basis. This included Solutions3 revenue growing 9%, or up 11% on an adjusted basis.
    • Annualized Recurring Revenue (ARR)4 of $2.8 billion increased 8% over the first quarter of 2024, or up 9% on an organic basis. Annualized SaaS revenue increased 14% and represented 37% of ARR.
    • Financial Technology revenue of $432 million increased 10% over the first quarter of 2024 with Financial Crime Management Technology revenue up 21%.
    • Index revenue of $193 million grew 14%, or 26% on an adjusted basis, with $86 billion of net inflows over the trailing twelve months and $27 billion in the first quarter of 2025.
    • GAAP diluted earnings per share grew 69% in the first quarter of 2025. Non-GAAP5 diluted earnings per share grew 24% in the first quarter of 2025.
    • In the first quarter of 2025, the company returned $138 million to shareholders through dividends and $115 million through repurchases of common stock. The company also repurchased $279 million of senior unsecured notes in the quarter.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    (US$ millions, except per share) 1Q25 YoY change % Adjusted YoY
    change %
    Organic6YoY
    change %
    Solutions revenue $947 9% 11% 9%
    Market Services net revenue $281 19% 19% 19%
    Net revenue $1,237 11% 12% 11%
    Non-GAAP operating income $682 15% 17% 14%
    ARR $2,831 8% 9% 9%
    GAAP diluted EPS $0.68 69%    
    Non-GAAP diluted EPS $0.79 24%   24%

    Adena Friedman, Chair and CEO said, “Nasdaq’s first quarter results underscore the resilience of our business model and our ability to deliver growth across our divisions in a rapidly shifting environment.

    As a trusted partner and platform company, we are empowering our clients to address their most pressing risks and challenges and confidently navigate complex macroeconomic conditions. With our portfolio of complementary, mission-critical solutions, we are well-positioned to deliver sustainable growth through 2025 and the medium-term.”

    Sarah Youngwood, Executive Vice President and CFO said, “Nasdaq delivered one of its strongest quarters yet, with all three divisions achieving robust revenue growth and contributing to stellar EPS growth. We demonstrated strong operating leverage and our high level of cash flow enabled us to make meaningful progress on our capital allocation strategy of investing in organic growth, reducing debt, and repurchasing shares.

    We are grateful for our clients’ trust and remain focused on supporting them in these times of uncertainty, executing on our growth opportunities, and continuing to delever while making focused strategic investments to capitalize on our compelling organic growth opportunity.”

    FINANCIAL REVIEW

    • First quarter 2025 net revenue was $1,237 million, reflecting 11% growth versus the prior year period. Adjusted net revenue growth was 12.5%.
    • Solutions revenue was $947 million in the first quarter of 2025, up 9% versus the prior year period, or up 11% on an adjusted basis, reflecting strong growth from Index and Financial Technology.
    • ARR grew 8% year-over-year, or 9% on an organic basis, in the first quarter of 2025 with 11% ARR growth for Financial Technology, or 12% on an organic basis, and 5% ARR growth for Capital Access Platforms.
    • Market Services net revenue was $281 million in the first quarter of 2025, up 19% versus the prior year period.
    • First quarter 2025 GAAP operating expenses were $690 million, a decrease of 3% versus the prior year period. The decrease in the first quarter was primarily due to lower expenses related to general and administrative expenses, lower restructuring costs, and lower compensation and benefits, partially offset by an increase in merger and strategic initiative costs.
    • First quarter 2025 non-GAAP operating expenses were $555 million, reflecting 6% growth versus the prior year period, or 7% growth on an organic basis. The organic increase for the quarter reflected growth driven by increased investments in technology and people to drive innovation and long-term growth, partially offset by the benefit of synergies.
    • Cash flow from operations was $663 million for the first quarter enabling the company to make continued progress on its deleveraging plan. In the first quarter of 2025, the company returned $138 million to shareholders through dividends and $115 million through repurchases of common stock. As of March 31, 2025, there was $1.6 billion remaining under the board authorized share repurchase program. The company also repurchased $279 million of senior unsecured notes for a net purchase price of $257 million in the first quarter of 2025.

    2025 EXPENSE AND TAX GUIDANCE UPDATE7

    • The company is updating its 2025 non-GAAP operating expense guidance to a range of $2,265 million to $2,325 million, and is maintaining its 2025 non-GAAP tax rate guidance in the range of 22.5% to 24.5%.

    STRATEGIC AND BUSINESS UPDATES

    • Financial Technology delivered durable and broad-based ARR growth. The One Nasdaq go to market strategy is elevating client engagement and driving product adoption resulting in robust ARR growth. FinTech ARR grew 12% on an organic basis in the first quarter with 40 new clients, 92 upsells, and 2 cross-sells. First quarter highlights included:
      • Financial Crime Management Technology revenue growth reflects momentum across both enterprise and small-and-medium bank (SMB) clients. Nasdaq Verafin secured several strategic first quarter wins including a cross-sell to a Tier 2 AxiomSL client and an upsell to a Tier 2 bank client, reflecting early progress on its land and expand enterprise client strategy. The business also added 35 new SMB clients in the first quarter, a 25% increase in new client signings over the prior year quarter. Nasdaq Verafin’s ongoing client growth is contributing to the growth and power of its data consortium, which now includes clients holding more than $10 trillion in total assets.
      • Regulatory Technology achieved solid ARR growth as our solutions helped clients navigate elevated market activity. AxiomSL signed a new large digital bank client and continued its momentum with existing clients with 22 upsells in the first quarter, including a strategic deal with a large Tier 1 U.S. financial institution. The Tier 1 client expanded its suite of AxiomSL services by incorporating a broker-dealer solution alongside their existing U.S., European, and Asian reporting modules. Surveillance signed 4 new clients in the quarter, including a European regulator, a crypto marketplace, an energy trading firm, and a broker-dealer.
      • Capital Markets Technology signed multiple strategic deals amid the market modernization megatrend. Strong execution and secular tailwinds are fueling new wins across the subdivision with Calypso completing 25 upsells and Market Technology signing 17 upsells in the first quarter. Market Technology also had a cross-sell to nuam, a consolidated market operator spanning Peru, Chile, and Colombia. In the first quarter, nuam selected Nasdaq’s newly launched trade, clearing, and central securities depositories (CSD) intelligence solution after signing Nasdaq’s Trade Multi Matching Engine in late 2023 and its member countries standardizing on Nasdaq’s CSD platform in December 2024.
    • Investments in Index powered alpha-driven revenue growth. Index had $27 billion in net inflows in the first quarter with average ETP AUM reaching $662 billion, to achieve a sixth consecutive record quarter, despite a more volatile market backdrop. Index’s performance reflects ongoing execution of its growth strategy of new product innovation, international diversification, and institutional client expansion. In the first quarter, Nasdaq launched 30 new Index products, including 10 international products, 7 in the institutional insurance annuity space, and 16 launched in partnership with new Index clients. New product launches have been a strong growth driver for Index and products launched since 2020 have accounted for 33% of net inflows over the last 5 years.
    • Nasdaq maintained listing leadership and passed $3 trillion of market value in cumulative transfers. During the quarter, Nasdaq welcomed 45 operating company listings that raised nearly $5 billion of proceeds, contributing to an 82% win rate of eligible operating companies in the quarter. First quarter wins included 3 of the quarter’s top 5 offerings, CoreWeave, SailPoint, and Smithfield Foods. In the first quarter, the company exceeded $3 trillion in combined market value for total listing transfers since Nasdaq first launched its switch program in 2005. Nasdaq welcomed 7 high-profile transfers in the quarter, including Shopify, Thomson Reuters, and Domino’s Pizza, that added over $230 billion in market value.
    • Market Services delivered record net revenues with record cash equities and derivatives volumes in the U.S. Within the recent market volatility, Nasdaq achieved U.S. record volumes in cash equities and equity options, including index options, in the first quarter. Nasdaq also extended its leadership in on-exchange trading with U.S. cash equities market share increasing year-over-year and sequentially. During the first quarter, Nasdaq’s North American markets experienced extraordinary message traffic, which reached a record of more than 425 billion messages8 in a day.
    • Nasdaq aims to expand U.S. market access to 24/5 trading in the second half of 2026. The planned launch of 24-hour trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market will broaden investor access and wealth-building opportunities globally, including in Asia, where demand for Nasdaq-listed stocks is accelerating. Nasdaq’s timeline is subject to regulatory approval and alignment with the industry participants.
    • Nasdaq and Amazon Web Services signed an enhanced agreement to amplify their prior partnership. The partnership aims to benefit both the Market Services and Financial Technology divisions and advance Nasdaq’s vision to be the trusted fabric of the world’s financial system. Nasdaq plans to offer its financial services clients new cloud-based solutions in phases. The initial phase focuses on providing market operators with public and hybrid cloud infrastructure, software, and services offerings that mitigate transformation risk, retain data sovereignty, and optimize performance, latency, security, and resilience. Nasdaq’s Nordic markets will be among the first markets to leverage the infrastructure powered by the new partnership, subject to regulatory approval. Nasdaq also has expanded its modernization partnerships with both the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) and Mexico’s Grupo BMV.
    • Nasdaq is executing on its 2025 strategic priorities — Integrate, Innovate, Accelerate — positioning the company to capitalize on opportunities for sustainable, scalable, and resilient growth.
      • Integrate – Nasdaq is on track to action its $140 million expanded net expense efficiency program by year-end, with over $100 million actioned as of the end of the first quarter. Moody’s upgraded Nasdaq’s senior unsecured debt rating from Baa2 to Baa1 on March 31.
      • Innovate – Nasdaq continued to amplify innovation across the company as the team rolled out new AI-powered features to our solutions and product offerings and launched new Index products. Client usage of Nasdaq Verafin’s Co-Pilot tool grew 20% sequentially in the first quarter, highlighting the value and efficiency the offering provides to clients. Currently, more than 1,200 clients are leveraging the co-pilot to expedite their alert reviews.
      • Accelerate – The company continues to execute on its One Nasdaq strategy securing 19 cross-sell wins since the Adenza acquisition across key solutions including Surveillance, AxiomSL, and Verafin. Nasdaq remains on track to surpass $100 million in run-rate revenue from cross-sells by the end of 2027. At the end of the first quarter, cross-sells accounted for over 15% of Financial Technology’s sales pipeline.

    ____________
    1 Represents revenue less transaction-based expenses.
    2Adjusted period over period change reflects non-GAAP results, adjusted to include revenue for AxiomSL on-premises contracts to reflect adjustment for ratable recognition for 1Q24 and to exclude the impacts of foreign currency and the previously announced one-time revenue benefit in our Index business in 1Q24.
    3 Constitutes revenue from our Capital Access Platforms and Financial Technology segments.
    4 Annualized Recurring Revenue (ARR) for a given period is the current annualized value derived from subscription contracts with a defined contract value. This excludes contracts that are not recurring, are one-time in nature or where the contract value fluctuates based on defined metrics. ARR is currently one of our key performance metrics to assess the health and trajectory of our recurring business. ARR does not have any standardized definition and is therefore unlikely to be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. ARR should be viewed independently of revenue and deferred revenue and is not intended to be combined with or to replace either of those items. For AxiomSL and Calypso recurring revenue contracts, the amount included in ARR is consistent with the amount that we invoice the customer during the current period. Additionally, for AxiomSL and Calypso recurring revenue contracts that include annual values that increase over time, we include in ARR only the annualized value of components of the contract that are considered active as of the date of the ARR calculation. We do not include the future committed increases in the contract value as of the date of the ARR calculation. ARR is not a forecast and the active contracts at the end of a reporting period used in calculating ARR may or may not be extended or renewed by our customers.
    5 Refer to our reconciliations of U.S. GAAP to non-GAAP net income attributable to Nasdaq, diluted earnings per share, operating income, operating expenses and organic impacts included in the attached schedules.
    6 Organic changes (i) reflect adjustments to remove the impact of period-over-period changes in foreign currency exchange rates and (ii) includes revenue for AxiomSL on-premises contracts to reflect adjustment for ratable recognition for 1Q24. As it relates to ARR, organic changes only exclude the impact of period-over-period changes in foreign currency exchange rates as the AxiomSL ratable recognition adjustment had no impact on ARR.
    7 U.S. GAAP operating expense and tax rate guidance are not provided due to the inherent difficulty in quantifying certain amounts due to a variety of factors including the unpredictability in the movement in foreign currency rates, as well as future charges or reversals outside of the normal course of business.
    8 Message count represents the number of records across Nasdaq’s U.S. Options, U.S. and Canadian equities markets, trade reporting facilities, and bond exchange that are recorded into Nasdaq’s data warehouse on a daily basis.

    ABOUT NASDAQ

    Nasdaq (Nasdaq: NDAQ) is a global technology company serving corporate clients, investment managers, banks, brokers, and exchange operators as they navigate and interact with the global capital markets and the broader financial system. We aspire to deliver world-leading platforms that improve the liquidity, transparency, and integrity of the global economy. Our diverse offering of data, analytics, software, exchange capabilities, and client-centric services enables clients to optimize and execute their business vision with confidence. To learn more about the company, technology solutions and career opportunities, visit us on LinkedIn, on X @Nasdaq, or at www.nasdaq.com.

    NON-GAAP INFORMATION

    In addition to disclosing results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, Nasdaq also discloses certain non-GAAP results of operations, including, but not limited to, non-GAAP net income attributable to Nasdaq, non-GAAP diluted earnings per share, non-GAAP operating income, and non-GAAP operating expenses, that include certain adjustments or exclude certain charges and gains that are described in the reconciliation table of U.S. GAAP to non-GAAP information provided at the end of this release. Management uses this non-GAAP information internally, along with U.S. GAAP information, in evaluating our performance and in making financial and operational decisions. We believe our presentation of these measures provides investors with greater transparency and supplemental data relating to our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we believe the presentation of these measures is useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of results as the items described below in the reconciliation tables do not reflect ongoing operating performance.

    These measures are not in accordance with, or an alternative to, U.S. GAAP, and may be different from non-GAAP measures used by other companies. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate such measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as a comparative measure. Investors should not rely on any single financial measure when evaluating our business. This information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for our operating results in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We recommend investors review the U.S. GAAP financial measures included in this earnings release. When viewed in conjunction with our U.S. GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliations, we believe these non-GAAP measures provide greater transparency and a more complete understanding of factors affecting our business than U.S. GAAP measures alone.

    We understand that analysts and investors regularly rely on non-GAAP financial measures, such as those noted above, to assess operating performance. We use these measures because they highlight trends more clearly in our business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying solely on U.S. GAAP financial measures, since these measures eliminate from our results specific financial items that have less bearing on our ongoing operating performance.

    Organic revenue and expense growth, organic change and organic impact are non-GAAP measures that reflect adjustments for: (i) the impact of period-over-period changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and (ii) the revenue, expenses and operating income associated with acquisitions and divestitures for the twelve month period following the date of the acquisition or divestiture. Reconciliations of these measures are described within the body of this release or in the reconciliation tables at the end of this release.

    Foreign exchange impact: In countries with currencies other than the U.S. dollar, revenue and expenses are translated using monthly average exchange rates. Certain discussions in this release isolate the impact of year-over-year foreign currency fluctuations to better measure the comparability of operating results between periods. Operating results excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations are calculated by translating the current period’s results by the prior period’s exchange rates.

    Restructuring programs: In the fourth quarter of 2023, following the closing of the Adenza acquisition, our management approved, committed to and initiated a restructuring program to optimize our efficiencies as a combined organization. We further expanded this program in the fourth quarter of 2024 to accelerate our momentum and further optimize our efficiencies (efficiency program). We have incurred costs principally related to employee-related costs, contract terminations, asset impairments and other related costs and expect to incur additional costs in these areas in an effort to accelerate efficiencies through location strategy and enhanced AI capabilities. Actions taken as part of this program will be complete by the end of 2025, while certain costs may be recognized in the first half of 2026. We expect to achieve benefits primarily in the form of expense synergies. In October 2022, following our September announcement to realign our segments and leadership, we initiated a divisional realignment program with a focus on realizing the full potential of this structure. As of September 30, 2024, we completed our divisional realignment program. Costs related to the Adenza restructuring and the divisional realignment programs are recorded as “restructuring charges” in our condensed consolidated statements of income. We exclude charges associated with these programs for purposes of calculating non-GAAP measures as they are not reflective of ongoing operating performance or comparisons in Nasdaq’s performance between periods.

    CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    Information set forth in this communication contains forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Nasdaq cautions readers that any forward-looking information is not a guarantee of future performance and that actual results could differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking information. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to (i) projections relating to our future financial results, total shareholder returns, growth, dividend program, trading volumes, products and services, ability to transition to new business models or implement our new corporate structure, taxes and achievement of synergy targets, (ii) statements about the closing or implementation dates and benefits of certain acquisitions, divestitures and other strategic, restructuring, technology, environmental, de-leveraging and capital allocation initiatives, (iii) statements about our integrations of our recent acquisitions, (iv) statements relating to any litigation or regulatory or government investigation or action to which we are or could become a party, and (v) other statements that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties or other factors beyond Nasdaq’s control. These factors include, but are not limited to, Nasdaq’s ability to implement its strategic initiatives, economic, political and market conditions and fluctuations, geopolitical instability, government and industry regulation, interest rate risk, U.S. and global competition. Further information on these and other factors are detailed in Nasdaq’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including its annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, which are available on Nasdaq’s investor relations website at http://ir.nasdaq.com and the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Nasdaq undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    WEBSITE DISCLOSURE

    Nasdaq intends to use its website, ir.nasdaq.com, as a means for disclosing material non-public information and for complying with SEC Regulation FD and other disclosure obligations.

    Media Relations Contact
    Nick Jannuzzi
    +1.973.760.1741
    Nicholas.Jannuzzi.@Nasdaq.com

    Investor Relations Contact
    Ato Garrett
    +1.212.401.8737
    Ato.Garrett@Nasdaq.com

    NDAQF

    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
    (in millions, except per share amounts)
    (unaudited)
           
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   March 31,
        2025       2024  
             
    Revenues:      
    Capital Access Platforms $ 515     $ 479  
    Financial Technology   432       392  
    Market Services   1,134       794  
    Other Revenues   9       9  
      Total revenues   2,090       1,674  
    Transaction-based expenses:      
    Transaction rebates   (579 )     (481 )
    Brokerage, clearance and exchange fees   (274 )     (76 )
    Revenues less transaction-based expenses   1,237       1,117  
           
    Operating Expenses:      
    Compensation and benefits   329       340  
    Professional and contract services   36       34  
    Technology and communication infrastructure   77       67  
    Occupancy   28       28  
    General, administrative and other   6       28  
    Marketing and advertising   14       11  
    Depreciation and amortization   156       155  
    Regulatory   15       9  
    Merger and strategic initiatives   24       9  
    Restructuring charges   5       26  
      Total operating expenses   690       707  
    Operating income   547       410  
    Interest income   11       6  
    Interest expense   (96 )     (108 )
    Other income (loss)   (1 )     1  
    Net income from unconsolidated investees   27       3  
    Income before income taxes   488       312  
    Income tax provision   93       79  
    Net income   395       233  
    Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests         1  
    Net income attributable to Nasdaq $ 395     $ 234  
           
    Per share information:      
    Basic earnings per share $ 0.69     $ 0.41  
    Diluted earnings per share $ 0.68     $ 0.40  
    Cash dividends declared per common share $ 0.24     $ 0.22  
           
    Weighted-average common shares outstanding      
    for earnings per share:      
    Basic   575.0       575.4  
    Diluted   580.0       578.9  
             
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Revenue Detail
    (in millions)
    (unaudited)
                 
            Three Months Ended
            March 31,   March 31,
              2025       2024  
                 
    CAPITAL ACCESS PLATFORMS      
      Data and Listing Services revenues $ 192     $ 186  
      Index revenues   193       168  
      Workflow and Insights revenues   130       125  
        Total Capital Access Platforms revenues   515       479  
                 
    FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY      
      Financial Crime Management Technology revenues   77       64  
      Regulatory Technology revenues   101       90  
      Capital Markets Technology revenues   254       238  
        Total Financial Technology revenues   432       392  
                 
    MARKET SERVICES      
      Market Services revenues   1,134       794  
      Transaction-based expenses:      
          Transaction rebates   (579 )     (481 )
          Brokerage, clearance and exchange fees   (274 )     (76 )
        Total Market Services revenues, net   281       237  
                 
    OTHER REVENUES   9       9  
                 
    REVENUES LESS TRANSACTION-BASED EXPENSES $ 1,237     $ 1,117  
                 
                 
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in millions)
             
        March 31,   December 31,
          2025       2024  
    Assets (unaudited)    
    Current assets:      
      Cash and cash equivalents $ 690     $ 592  
      Restricted cash and cash equivalents   18       31  
      Default funds and margin deposits   5,686       5,664  
      Financial investments   201       184  
      Receivables, net   986       1,022  
      Other current assets   237       293  
    Total current assets   7,818       7,786  
    Property and equipment, net   621       593  
    Goodwill   14,179       13,957  
    Intangible assets, net   6,830       6,905  
    Operating lease assets   381       375  
    Other non-current assets   818       779  
    Total assets $ 30,647     $ 30,395  
             
    Liabilities      
    Current liabilities:      
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses $ 255     $ 269  
      Section 31 fees payable to SEC   264       319  
      Accrued personnel costs   198       325  
      Deferred revenue   981       711  
      Other current liabilities   187       215  
      Default funds and margin deposits   5,686       5,664  
      Short-term debt   400       399  
    Total current liabilities   7,971       7,902  
    Long-term debt   8,926       9,081  
    Deferred tax liabilities, net   1,586       1,594  
    Operating lease liabilities   393       388  
    Other non-current liabilities   216       230  
    Total liabilities   19,092       19,195  
           
    Commitments and contingencies      
    Equity      
    Nasdaq stockholders’ equity:      
      Common stock   6       6  
      Additional paid-in capital   5,450       5,530  
      Common stock in treasury, at cost   (672 )     (647 )
      Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (1,896 )     (2,099 )
      Retained earnings   8,658       8,401  
    Total Nasdaq stockholders’ equity   11,546       11,191  
      Noncontrolling interests   9       9  
    Total equity   11,555       11,200  
    Total liabilities and equity $ 30,647     $ 30,395  
             
             
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Net Income Attributable to Nasdaq and Diluted Earnings Per Share
    (in millions, except per share amounts)
    (unaudited)
             
             
         Three Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    U.S. GAAP net income attributable to Nasdaq $ 395     $ 234  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:      
      Amortization expense of acquired intangible assets (1)   122       123  
      Merger and strategic initiatives expense (2)   24       9  
      Restructuring charges (3)   5       26  
      Net income from unconsolidated investees (4)   (27 )     (3 )
      Gain from extinguishment of debt (5)   (19 )      
      Legal and regulatory matters   2       2  
      Pension settlement charge (6)         23  
      Other loss   1        
      Total non-GAAP adjustments   108       180  
      Non-GAAP adjustment to the income tax provision (7)   (47 )     (47 )
      Total non-GAAP adjustments, net of tax   61       133  
    Non-GAAP net income attributable to Nasdaq $ 456     $ 367  
             
    U.S. GAAP diluted earnings per share $ 0.68     $ 0.40  
      Total adjustments from non-GAAP net income above   0.11       0.23  
    Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share $ 0.79     $ 0.63  
             
    Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding for earnings per share:   580.0       578.9  
             
             
    (1) We amortize intangible assets acquired in connection with various acquisitions. Intangible asset amortization expense can vary from period to period due to episodic acquisitions completed, rather than from our ongoing business operations.
     
    (2) We have pursued various strategic initiatives and completed acquisitions and divestitures in recent years that have resulted in expenses which would not have otherwise been incurred. These expenses generally include integration costs, as well as legal, due diligence and other third-party transaction costs. The frequency and the amount of such expenses vary significantly based on the size, timing and complexity of the transaction. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, these amounts are primarily driven by the timing of recognition associated with the transfer of open positions in our Nordic power derivatives trading and clearing business, Adenza integration costs and other strategic initiative costs. For the three months ended March 31, 2024, these costs were primarily related to the integration of Adenza.
             
    (3) In the fourth quarter of 2023, following the closing of the Adenza acquisition, our management approved, committed to and initiated a restructuring program, “Adenza Restructuring” to optimize our efficiencies as a combined organization. In connection with this program, we expect to incur pre-tax charges principally related to employee-related costs, contract terminations, asset impairments and other related costs. We expect to achieve benefits primarily in the form of expense and revenue synergies. In addition, in September 2024, we completed our previously disclosed divisional realignment program.
             
    (4) We exclude our share of the earnings and losses of our equity method investments. This provides a more meaningful analysis of Nasdaq’s ongoing operating performance or comparisons in Nasdaq’s performance between periods.
             
    (5) For the three months ended March 31, 2025, we recorded a gain on the extinguishment of debt. This gain is recorded in general, administrative expense in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
             
    (6) For the three months ended March 31, 2024, we recorded a pre-tax charge as a result of settling our U.S. pension plan. The plan was terminated and partially settled in 2023, with final settlement occurring during the first quarter of 2024. The loss was recorded in compensation and benefits in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
             
    (7) The non-GAAP adjustment to the income tax provision primarily includes the tax impact of each non-GAAP adjustment. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, we recognized a prior year tax reserve release of $18 million due to a favorable audit settlement.
             
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Operating Income and Operating Margin
    (in millions)
    (unaudited)
             
         Three Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    U.S. GAAP operating income $ 547     $ 410  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:      
      Amortization expense of acquired intangible assets (1)   122       123  
      Merger and strategic initiatives expense (2)   24       9  
      Restructuring charges (3)   5       26  
      Gain from extinguishment of debt (4)   (19 )      
      Legal and regulatory matters   2       2  
      Pension settlement charge (5)         23  
      Other loss   1        
      Total non-GAAP adjustments   135       183  
    Non-GAAP operating income $ 682     $ 593  
           
    Revenues less transaction-based expenses $ 1,237     $ 1,117  
             
    U.S. GAAP operating margin (6)   44 %     37 %
             
    Non-GAAP operating margin (7)   55 %     53 %
             
    Note: The current period percentages are calculated based on exact dollars, and therefore may not recalculate exactly using rounded numbers as presented in US$ millions.
             
    (1) We amortize intangible assets acquired in connection with various acquisitions. Intangible asset amortization expense can vary from period to period due to episodic acquisitions completed, rather than from our ongoing business operations.
             
    (2) We have pursued various strategic initiatives and completed acquisitions and divestitures in recent years that have resulted in expenses which would not have otherwise been incurred. These expenses generally include integration costs, as well as legal, due diligence and other third-party transaction costs. The frequency and the amount of such expenses vary significantly based on the size, timing and complexity of the transaction. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, these amounts are primarily driven by the timing of recognition associated with the transfer of open positions in our Nordic power derivatives trading and clearing business, Adenza integration costs and other strategic initiative costs. For the three months ended March 31, 2024, these costs were primarily related to the integration of Adenza.
             
    (3) In the fourth quarter of 2023, following the closing of the Adenza acquisition, our management approved, committed to and initiated a restructuring program, “Adenza Restructuring” to optimize our efficiencies as a combined organization. In connection with this program, we expect to incur pre-tax charges principally related to employee-related costs, contract terminations, asset impairments and other related costs. We expect to achieve benefits primarily in the form of expense and revenue synergies. In addition, in September 2024, we completed our previously disclosed divisional realignment program.
             
    (4) For the three months ended March 31, 2025, we recorded a gain on the extinguishment of debt. This gain is recorded in general, administrative expense in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
             
    (5) For the three months ended March 31, 2024, we recorded a pre-tax charge as a result of settling our U.S. pension plan. The plan was terminated and partially settled in 2023, with final settlement occurring during the first quarter of 2024. The loss was recorded in compensation and benefits in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
             
    (6) U.S. GAAP operating margin equals U.S. GAAP operating income divided by revenues less transaction-based expenses.
             
    (7) Non-GAAP operating margin equals non-GAAP operating income divided by non-GAAP revenues less transaction-based expenses.
             
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Operating Expenses
    (in millions)
    (unaudited)
             
         Three Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    U.S. GAAP operating expenses $ 690     $ 707  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:      
      Amortization expense of acquired intangible assets (1)   (122 )     (123 )
      Merger and strategic initiatives expense (2)   (24 )     (9 )
      Restructuring charges (3)   (5 )     (26 )
      Gain from extinguishment of debt (4)   19        
      Legal and regulatory matters   (2 )     (2 )
      Pension settlement charge (5)         (23 )
      Other loss   (1 )      
      Total non-GAAP adjustments   (135 )     (183 )
    Non-GAAP operating expenses $ 555     $ 524  
             
             
    (1) We amortize intangible assets acquired in connection with various acquisitions. Intangible asset amortization expense can vary from period to period due to episodic acquisitions completed, rather than from our ongoing business operations.
     
    (2) We have pursued various strategic initiatives and completed acquisitions and divestitures in recent years that have resulted in expenses which would not have otherwise been incurred. These expenses generally include integration costs, as well as legal, due diligence and other third-party transaction costs. The frequency and the amount of such expenses vary significantly based on the size, timing and complexity of the transaction. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, these amounts are primarily driven by the timing of recognition associated with the transfer of open positions in our Nordic power derivatives trading and clearing business, Adenza integration costs and other strategic initiative costs. For the three months ended March 31, 2024, these costs were primarily related to the integration of Adenza.
             
    (3) In the fourth quarter of 2023, following the closing of the Adenza acquisition, our management approved, committed to and initiated a restructuring program, “Adenza Restructuring” to optimize our efficiencies as a combined organization. In connection with this program, we expect to incur pre-tax charges principally related to employee-related costs, contract terminations, asset impairments and other related costs. We expect to achieve benefits primarily in the form of expense and revenue synergies. In addition, in September 2024, we completed our previously disclosed divisional realignment program.
             
    (4) For the three months ended March 31, 2025, we recorded a gain on the extinguishment of debt. This gain is recorded in general, administrative expense in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
             
    (5) For the three months ended March 31, 2024, we recorded a pre-tax charge as a result of settling our U.S. pension plan. The plan was terminated and partially settled in 2023, with final settlement occurring during the first quarter of 2024. The loss was recorded in compensation and benefits in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
             
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Reconciliation of Adjusted Impacts for Revenues less transaction-based expenses, Non-GAAP Operating Expenses,
    Non-GAAP Operating Income, and Non-GAAP Operating Margin
    (in millions)
    (unaudited)
                                     
      Three Months Ended                  
      As Reported   Adenza   Adjusted (1)   Total Variance   FX & Other (2)   Adjusted YoY
      March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024   March 31, 2024   March 31, 2024   $   %   $   $ %
    CAPITAL ACCESS PLATFORMS                                
    Data and Listing Services revenues $ 192     $ 186     $   $ 186     $ 6     3 %   $ (1 )   $ 7   4 %
    Index revenues   193       168           168       25     14 %     (16 )     41   26 %
    Workflow and insights revenues   130       125           125       5     4 %           5   4 %
    Total Capital Access Platforms revenues   515       479           479       36     7 %     (17 )     53   11 %
                                     
    FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY                                
    Financial Crime Management Technology revenues   77       64           64       13     21 %           13   21 %
    Regulatory Technology revenues   101       90       3     93       8     8 %     (1 )     9   10 %
    Capital Markets Technology revenues   254       238           238       16     7 %     (1 )     17   7 %
    Total Financial Technology revenues   432       392       3     395       37     9 %     (2 )     39   10 %
                                     
    Solutions revenues (3)   947       871       3     874       73     8 %     (19 )     92   11 %
                                     
    Market Services, net revenues   281       237           237       44     19 %     (2 )     46   19 %
    Other revenues   9       9           9           (6 )%             (4 )%
    Revenues less transaction-based expenses   1,237       1,117       3     1,120       117     10 %     (21 )     138   12 %
                                     
    Non-GAAP operating expenses   555       524           524       31     6 %     (6 )     37   7 %
    Non-GAAP operating income $ 682     $ 593     $ 3   $ 596     $ 86     14 %   $ (15 )   $ 101   17 %
    Non-GAAP operating margin   55%      53%          53%                   
                                     
                                     
    (1) Includes revenue for AxiomSL on-premises contracts to reflect adjustment for ratable recognition for the first quarter of 2024.
    (2) Reflects the impacts from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and excludes the impact of a one-time revenue benefit related to a legal settlement to recoup lost revenue recorded within Index in the first quarter of 2024.
    (3) Represents Capital Access Platforms and Financial Technology Segments.
    Note: The current period percentages are calculated based on exact dollars, and therefore may not recalculate exactly using rounded numbers as presented in US$ millions.
                                     
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Reconciliation of Organic Impacts for Revenues less transaction-based expenses, Non-GAAP Operating Expenses,
    Non-GAAP Operating Income, and Non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share
    (in millions, except per share amounts)
    (unaudited)
                                   
                                   
      Three Months Ended   Total Variance   Other Impacts (1)   Organic Impact (2)
      March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024   $   %   $   %   $   %
    CAPITAL ACCESS PLATFORMS                              
    Data and Listing Services revenues $ 192     $ 186     $ 6     3 %   $ (1 )   (1 )%   $ 7     4 %
    Index revenues   193       168       25     14 %         %     25     14 %
    Workflow and Insights revenues   130       125       5     4 %         %     5     4 %
    Total Capital Access Platforms revenues   515       479       36     7 %     (1 )   %     37     8 %
                                   
    FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY                              
    Financial Crime Management Technology revenues   77       64       13     21 %         %     13     21 %
    Regulatory Technology revenues   101       90       11     12 %     2     2 %     9     10 %
    Capital Markets Technology revenues   254       238       16     7 %     (1 )   %     17     7 %
    Total Financial Technology revenues   432       392       40     10 %     1     %     39     10 %
                                   
    Solutions revenues (3)   947       871       76     9 %         %     76     9 %
                                   
    Market Services, net revenues   281       237       44     19 %     (2 )   (1 )%     46     19 %
                                   
    Other revenues   9       9           (6 )%         (2 )%         (4 )%
                                   
    Revenues less transaction-based expenses $ 1,237     $ 1,117     $ 120     11 %   $ (2 )   %   $ 122     11 %
                                   
    Non-GAAP Operating Expenses $ 555     $ 524     $ 31     6 %   $ (6 )   (1 )%   $ 37     7 %
                                   
    Non-GAAP Operating Income $ 682     $ 593     $ 89     15 %   $ 4     1 %   $ 85     14 %
                                   
    Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share $ 0.79     $ 0.63     $ 0.16     24 %   $     %   $ 0.16     24 %
                                   
                                   
    Note: The current period percentages are calculated based on exact dollars, and therefore may not recalculate exactly using rounded numbers as presented in US$ millions. The sum of the percentage changes may not tie to the percentage change in total variance due to rounding.
    (1) Primarily includes the impacts of changes in FX rates and $3 million of revenue for AxiomSL to reflect adjustment for on-premises contracts ratable recognition for 2024 within Regulatory Technology revenues.
    (2) Organic changes (i) reflect adjustments for the impact of period-over-period changes in foreign currency exchange rates and (ii) includes revenue for AxiomSL on-premises contracts to reflect adjustment for ratable recognition for the first quarter of 2024.
    (3) Represents Capital Access Platforms and Financial Technology Segments.
                                   
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Key Drivers Detail
    (unaudited)
             
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Capital Access Platforms      
      Annualized recurring revenues (in millions) (1) $ 1,281     $ 1,220  
      Initial public offerings      
      The Nasdaq Stock Market (2)   63       27  
      Exchanges that comprise Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic   4       1  
      Total new listings      
      The Nasdaq Stock Market (2)   170       79  
      Exchanges that comprise Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic (3)   9       2  
      Number of listed companies      
      The Nasdaq Stock Market (4)   4,139       4,020  
      Exchanges that comprise Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic (5)   1,160       1,203  
      Index      
      Number of licensed exchange traded products (6)   418       362  
      Period end ETP assets under management (AUM) tracking Nasdaq indexes (in billions) $ 622     $ 519  
      Total average ETP AUM tracking Nasdaq indexes (in billions) $ 662     $ 492  
      TTM (7) net inflows ETP AUM tracking Nasdaq indexes (in billions) $ 86     $ 46  
      TTM (7) net appreciation ETP AUM tracking Nasdaq indexes (in billions) $ 17     $ 124  
             
    Financial Technology      
      Annualized recurring revenues (in millions) (1)      
      Financial Crime Management Technology $ 295     $ 243  
      Regulatory Technology   362       328  
      Capital Markets Technology   893       821  
      Total Financial Technology $ 1,550     $ 1,392  
             
    Market Services      
      Equity Derivative Trading and Clearing      
      U.S. equity options      
      Total industry average daily volume (in millions)   53.6       43.3  
      Nasdaq PHLX matched market share   9.1 %     10.3 %
      The Nasdaq Options Market matched market share   5.1 %     5.4 %
      Nasdaq BX Options matched market share   1.7 %     2.2 %
      Nasdaq ISE Options matched market share   6.8 %     6.3 %
      Nasdaq GEMX Options matched market share   3.6 %     2.5 %
      Nasdaq MRX Options matched market share   2.8 %     2.5 %
      Total matched market share executed on Nasdaq’s exchanges   29.1 %     29.2 %
      Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic options and futures      
      Total average daily volume of options and futures contracts   256,009       241,665  
             
      Cash Equity Trading      
      Total U.S.-listed securities      
      Total industry average daily share volume (in billions)   15.7       11.8  
      Matched share volume (in billions)   137.6       116.7  
      The Nasdaq Stock Market matched market share   14.2 %     15.7 %
      Nasdaq BX matched market share   0.3 %     0.4 %
      Nasdaq PSX matched market share   0.1 %     0.2 %
      Total matched market share executed on Nasdaq’s exchanges   14.6 %     16.3 %
      Market share reported to the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility   48.1 %     41.4 %
      Total market share (8)   62.7 %     57.7 %
      Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic securities      
      Average daily number of equity trades executed on Nasdaq’s exchanges   789,103       666,408  
      Total average daily value of shares traded (in billions) $ 5.4     $ 4.7  
      Total market share executed on Nasdaq’s exchanges   69.9 %     71.7 %
             
      Fixed Income and Commodities Trading and Clearing      
      Fixed Income      
      Total average daily volume of Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic fixed income contracts   83,864       92,070  
             
      (1) Annualized Recurring Revenue (ARR) for a given period is the current annualized value derived from subscription contracts with a defined contract value. This excludes contracts that are not recurring, are one-time in nature, or where the contract value fluctuates based on defined metrics. ARR is currently one of our key performance metrics to assess the health and trajectory of our recurring business. ARR does not have any standardized definition and is therefore unlikely to be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. ARR should be viewed independently of revenue and deferred revenue and is not intended to be combined with or to replace either of those items. For AxiomSL and Calypso recurring revenue contracts, the amount included in ARR is consistent with the amount that we invoice the customer during the current period. Additionally, for AxiomSL and Calypso recurring revenue contracts that include annual values that increase over time, we include in ARR only the annualized value of components of the contract that are considered active as of the date of the ARR calculation. We do not include the future committed increases in the contract value as of the date of the ARR calculation. ARR is not a forecast and the active contracts at the end of a reporting period used in calculating ARR may or may not be extended or renewed by our customers.
      (2) New listings include IPOs, issuers that switched from other listing venues, closed-end funds and separately listed ETPs. For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, IPOs included 18 and 5 SPACs, respectively.
      (3) New listings include IPOs and represent companies listed on the Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic exchanges and companies on the alternative markets of Nasdaq First North.
      (4) Number of total listings on The Nasdaq Stock Market for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 included 833 and 619 ETPs, respectively.
      (5) Represents companies listed on the Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic exchanges and companies on the alternative markets of Nasdaq First North.
      (6) The number of listed ETPs as of March 31, 2024 has been updated to reflect a revised methodology whereby an ETP listed on multiple exchanges is counted as one product, rather than formerly being counted per exchange. This change has no impact on reported AUM.
      (7) Trailing 12-months.
      (8) Includes transactions executed on The Nasdaq Stock Market’s, Nasdaq BX’s and Nasdaq PSX’s systems plus trades reported through the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: OP Corporate Bank plc to redeem its EUR 1,000,000,000 Resettable Callable Tier 2 Instruments due June 2030

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    OP Corporate Bank plc
    Inside Information
    24 April 2025 at 14:00 EEST

    OP Corporate Bank plc to redeem its EUR 1,000,000,000 Resettable Callable Tier 2 Instruments due June 2030

    OP Corporate Bank plc will redeem its EUR 1,000,000,000 Resettable Callable Tier 2 Instruments due June 2030 originally issued in June 2020 (ISIN: XS2185867673).

    OP Corporate Bank plc will redeem all of the outstanding instruments on 9 June 2025 at par plus accrued interest.

    OP Corporate Bank plc requests the Irish Stock Exchange plc trading as Euronext Dublin to cancel the listing of the instruments on the Official List of Euronext Dublin and the admission to trading on the Regulated Market of Euronext Dublin.

    This announcement contains information that qualifies, or may qualify, as inside information within the meaning of Article 7(1) of the Market Abuse Regulation (EU) 596/2014 (“MAR”) including as it forms part of United Kingdom domestic law by virtue of the European Union (withdrawal) Act 2018 (“UK MAR”), encompassing information relating to the instruments.

    OP Corporate Bank plc
    Mikko Timonen
    Chief Financial Officer, OP Financial Group

    Further information:
    OP Financial Group’s Investor Relations, IR@op.fi

    Media inquiries:
    OP Financial Group’s  Communications, tel. +358 10 252 8719, viestinta@op.fi

    DISTRIBUTION
    Nasdaq Helsinki Ltd
    Euronext Dublin (Irish Stock Exchange)
    LSE London Stock Exchange
    Major media
    op.fi

    OP Corporate Bank plc is part of OP Financial Group. OP Corporate Bank and OP Mortgage Bank are responsible for OP’s funding in money and capital markets. As laid down in the applicable law, OP Corporate Bank, OP Mortgage Bank and their parent company OP Cooperative and other OP Financial Group member credit institutions are ultimately jointly and severally liable for each other’s debts and commitments. OP Corporate Bank acts as OP Financial Group’s central bank.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Marex Group Plc to Announce First Quarter 2025 Earnings on May 15, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Marex Group plc (NASDAQ: MRX) today announced that it will release its fiscal 2025 first quarter results before market open on Thursday, May 15, 2025. The earnings release and supplementary materials will be available through the “Investors” section of the Marex website at https://ir.marex.com/.

    A conference call to discuss the results will take place at 9am ET the same day. Analysts and investors who wish to participate in the live conference call can register using the link here: https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/zudci4bx

    About Marex:
    Marex Group plc (NASDAQ: MRX) is a diversified global financial services platform providing essential liquidity, market access and infrastructure services to clients across energy, commodities and financial markets. The Group provides comprehensive breadth and depth of coverage across four core services: Clearing, Agency and Execution, Market Making and Hedging and Investment Solutions. It has a leading franchise in many major metals, energy and agricultural products, with access to 60 exchanges. The Group provides access to the world’s major commodity markets, covering a broad range of clients that include some of the largest commodity producers, consumers and traders, banks, hedge funds and asset managers. With more than 40 offices worldwide, the Group has over 2,400 employees across Europe, Asia and the Americas. For more information visit www.marex.com.

    Enquiries please contact:
    Marex:
    Nicola Ratchford / Adam Strachan
    +44 778 654 8889 / +1 914 200 2508 
    nratchford@marex.comastrachan@marex.com

    FTI Consulting US / UK
    +1 919 609 9423 / +44 777 611 1222
    marex@fticonsulting.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Šiaulių Bankas Invitation to Q1 2025 Financial Results webinar

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Šiaulių Bankas (SAB1L) invites shareholders, investors, analysts and other stakeholders to join its Investors Webinar for Q1 2025 Financial Results and highlights scheduled on 29 April, 2025 at 8:30 am (EEST). The presentation will be held online in English.

    The webinar will be hosted by Vytautas Sinius, CEO, Tomas Varenbergas, Head of Investment Management Division, Chief Economist Indrė Genytė–Pikčienė and Tautvydas Mėdžius, Strategy Partner, who will discuss the bank’s financial results for the first quarter of 2025, recent developments, and will take questions from participants.

    Please send your questions in advance to investors@sb.lt   

    The Q1 2025 results will be announced in advance on 28 April after trading hours.

    How to join the webinar?

    To join the webinar, please register via following link https://sb.zoomtv.lt. After successful registration You will be provided with the webinar link. The webinar will be recorded and available online for everyone at Šiaulių Bankas website www.sb.lt/en/investors 

    Additional information:
    Tomas Varenbergas
    Head of Investment Management Division
    tomas.varenbergas@sb.lt, +370 610 44447  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Valley National Bancorp Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Valley National Bancorp (NASDAQ:VLY), the holding company for Valley National Bank, today reported net income for the first quarter 2025 of $106.1 million, or $0.18 per diluted common share, as compared to the fourth quarter 2024 net income of $115.7 million, or $0.20 per diluted common share, and net income of $96.3 million, or $0.18 per diluted common share, for the first quarter 2024. Excluding all non-core income and charges, our adjusted net income (a non-GAAP measure) was $106.1 million, or $0.18 per diluted common share, for the first quarter 2025, $75.7 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, for the fourth quarter 2024, and $99.4 million, or $0.19 per diluted common share, for the first quarter 2024. See further details below, including a reconciliation of our non-GAAP adjusted net income, in the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables.

    Ira Robbins, CEO, commented, “The first quarter was highlighted by the continued improvement in our funding base. Core deposit growth has enabled us to further reduce our reliance on indirect deposits which benefited our revenue and net interest margin. We anticipate that additional core deposit growth will create a sustainable tailwind despite the volatility in the current operating environment.”

    Mr. Robbins continued, “I am generally pleased with the quarter’s results from a credit perspective. The provision for loan losses for the first quarter was at the lowest point in the last four quarters, and we anticipate further improvement throughout the remainder of the year. Non-accrual loans and early stage delinquencies also improved sequentially, and we believe our allowance coverage to total loans is at a comfortable level as of March 31, 2025. We remain on track to achieve our profitability goals for the year as we continue to benefit from the net interest income and credit cost tailwinds that we have discussed previously.”

    Key financial highlights for the first quarter 2025:

    • Net Interest Income and Margin: Our net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis increased by 4 basis points to 2.96 percent in the first quarter 2025 as compared to 2.92 percent for the fourth quarter 2024. Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis of $421.4 million for the first quarter 2025 decreased $2.9 million compared to the fourth quarter 2024 and increased $26.5 million as compared to the first quarter 2024. The moderate decrease in net interest income from the fourth quarter 2024 was due to the impact of two less days during the first quarter 2025. See additional details in the “Net Interest Income and Margin” section below.
    • Loan Portfolio: Total loans decreased $142.6 million, or 1.2 percent on an annualized basis, to $48.7 billion at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024 mostly due to normal repayment activity and selective originations within the commercial real estate (CRE) portfolio. As a result, our CRE loan concentration ratio (defined as total commercial real estate loans held for investment and held for sale, excluding owner occupied loans, as a percentage of total risk-based capital) declined to approximately 353 percent at March 31, 2025 from 362 percent at December 31, 2024. Partially offsetting the lower CRE loan balances, commercial and industrial (C&I) and automobile loans grew by $218.8 million and $140.2 million, respectively, at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024. Auto loan originations resulting from high quality consumer demand remained strong during the first quarter 2025. See the “Loans” section below for more details.
    • Allowance and Provision for Credit Losses for Loans: The allowance for credit losses for loans totaled $594.1 million and $573.3 million at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, representing 1.22 percent and 1.17 percent of total loans at each respective date. During the first quarter 2025, we recorded a provision for credit losses for loans of $62.7 million as compared to $107.0 million and $45.3 million for the fourth quarter 2024 and first quarter 2024, respectively. See the “Credit Quality” section below for more details.
    • Credit Quality: Total accruing past due loans (i.e., loans past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest) decreased $47.5 million to $51.7 million, or 0.11 percent of total loans, at March 31, 2025 as compared to $99.2 million, or 0.20 percent of total loans, at December 31, 2024. Non-accrual loans totaled $346.5 million, or 0.71 percent of total loans, at March 31, 2025 as compared to $359.5 million, or 0.74 percent of total loans, at December 31, 2024. Net loan charge-offs totaled $41.9 million for the first quarter 2025 as compared to $98.3 million and $23.6 million for the fourth quarter 2024 and first quarter 2024, respectively. See the “Credit Quality” section below for more details.
    • Deposits: Non-interest bearing deposits increased $199.9 million to $11.6 billion at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024 largely due to higher inflows of commercial customer deposits during the first quarter 2025. Savings, NOW, and money market deposits increased $108.6 million to $26.4 billion at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024 mostly due to new deposits from our online savings deposit product offerings. Total actual deposit balances decreased $110.0 million to $50.0 billion at March 31, 2025 as compared to $50.1 billion at December 31, 2024 as the increases in our direct customer deposits were offset by a $726.5 million decrease in indirect customer deposits (consisting largely of brokered CDs) during the first quarter 2025. See the “Deposits” section below for more details.
    • Non-Interest Income: Non-interest income increased $7.1 million to $58.3 million for the first quarter 2025 as compared to the fourth quarter 2024. The increase reflected net gains on sales of loans of $2.2 million for the first quarter 2025 as compared to net losses of $4.7 million for the fourth quarter 2024, which included $7.9 million of losses related to the sale of performing CRE loans.
    • Non-Interest Expense: Non-interest expense decreased $2.0 million to $276.6 million for the first quarter 2025 as compared to the fourth quarter 2024 largely due to decreases of $6.1 million in professional and legal expenses; and $5.6 million in technology, furniture and equipment expense, partially offset by higher amortization of tax credit investments and the normal seasonal increases in salary and employee benefits expense related to payroll taxes during the first quarter 2025. The decreases in professional and technology-related expenses were mostly due to elevated fourth quarter 2024 expenses resulting from transformation and enhancement efforts in our bank operations.
    • Income Tax Expense: Income tax expense was $33.1 million for the first quarter 2025 as compared to an income tax benefit of $26.7 million for the fourth quarter 2024, which reflected a $46.4 million total reduction in uncertain tax liability positions and related accrued interest due to statute of limitation expirations. Our effective tax rate was 23.8 percent for the first quarter 2025 compared to a negative 29.9 percent for the fourth quarter 2024.
    • Efficiency Ratio: Our efficiency ratio was 55.87 percent for the first quarter 2025 as compared to 57.21 percent and 59.10 percent for the fourth quarter 2024 and first quarter 2024, respectively. See the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.
    • Performance Ratios: Annualized return on average assets (ROA), shareholders’ equity (ROE) and tangible ROE were 0.69 percent, 5.69 percent and 7.76 percent for the first quarter 2025, respectively. See the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.

    Net Interest Income and Margin

    Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis of $421.4 million for the first quarter 2025 decreased $2.9 million compared to the fourth quarter 2024 and increased $26.5 million as compared to the first quarter 2024. Interest income on a tax equivalent basis decreased $50.1 million to $786.0 million for the first quarter 2025 as compared to the fourth quarter 2024. The decrease was mostly driven by the impact of (i) two less days in the first quarter 2025, (ii) the bulk sale of certain performing CRE loans during the fourth quarter 2024, and (iii) downward repricing on adjustable rate loans. Total interest expense decreased $47.2 million to $364.6 million for the first quarter 2025 as compared to the fourth quarter 2024 mainly due to (i) the aforementioned reduction in day count, (ii) a $2.0 billion decrease in average time deposit balances (primarily related to the maturity and repayment of higher cost indirect customer CDs), and (iii) lower interest rates on many interest bearing deposit products in the first quarter 2025. See the “Deposits” and “Other Borrowings” sections below for more details.

    Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis of 2.96 percent for the first quarter 2025 increased by 4 basis points from 2.92 percent for the fourth quarter 2024 and increased 17 basis points from 2.79 percent for the first quarter 2024. The increase as compared to the fourth quarter 2024 was mostly due to the 29 basis point decline in our cost of total average deposits, largely offset by the lower yield on average interest earning assets. The yield on average interest earning assets decreased by 22 basis points to 5.53 percent on a linked quarter basis largely due to downward repricing of our adjustable rate loans and two less days in the first quarter 2025, partially offset by higher yielding investment purchases. The overall cost of average interest bearing liabilities decreased 31 basis points to 3.54 percent for the first quarter 2025 as compared to the fourth quarter 2024 largely due to a decrease in higher cost time deposits and lower interest rates on most deposit products. Our cost of total average deposits was 2.65 percent for the first quarter 2025 as compared to 2.94 percent and 3.16 percent for the fourth quarter 2024 and the first quarter 2024, respectively.

    Loans, Deposits and Other Borrowings

    Loans. Total loans decreased $142.6 million, or 1.2 percent on an annualized basis, to $48.7 billion at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024. Total CRE (including construction) loans decreased $530.4 million to $29.1 billion at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024. The decrease was largely driven by repayment activity and continued selective origination activity within the CRE portfolio. Additionally, construction loans decreased $87.8 million to $3.0 billion at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024 mainly due to the migration of completed projects to permanent financing within the multifamily loan category during the first quarter 2025 and a non-performing loan totaling $10.2 million, net of $638 thousand of charge-offs, transferred to loans held for sale at March 31, 2025, partially offset by new advances. As a result of the completed construction projects, multifamily loans increased $121.1 million to $8.4 billion at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024. C&I loans grew by $218.8 million, or 8.8 percent on an annualized basis, to $10.2 billion at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024 largely due to our continued strategic focus on growth within this category. Automobile loans increased by $140.2 million, or 29.5 percent on an annualized basis, to $2.0 billion at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024 mainly due to high quality consumer demand generated by our indirect auto dealer network and low prepayment activity within the portfolio.

    Deposits. Actual ending balances for deposits decreased $110.0 million to $50.0 billion at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024 mainly due to a $418.5 million decrease in time deposits, partially offset by increases of $199.9 million and $108.6 million in non-interest bearing deposits and savings, NOW and money market deposits, respectively. The decrease in time deposit balances was mainly driven by a decline of approximately $661 million in indirect (i.e., brokered) customer CDs, partially offset by deposit inflows from new retail CD offerings during the first quarter 2025. The increase in non-interest bearing was mostly due to higher commercial customer deposit inflows late in the first quarter 2025. Savings, NOW and money market deposit balances increased at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024 largely due to new deposits from our online savings deposit product offerings, partially offset by lower governmental deposits account balances. Total indirect customer deposits (including both brokered money market and time deposits) totaled $6.3 billion and $7.0 billion in March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Non-interest bearing deposits; savings, NOW and money market deposits; and time deposits represented approximately 23 percent, 53 percent and 24 percent of total deposits as of March 31, 2025, respectively, as compared to 23 percent, 52 percent and 25 percent of total deposits as of December 31, 2024, respectively.

    Other Borrowings. Short-term borrowings, consisting of securities sold under agreements to repurchase, decreased $13.7 million to $59.0 million at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024. Long-term borrowings totaled $2.9 billion at March 31, 2025 and decreased $269.6 million as compared to December 31, 2024 due to the maturity and repayment of certain FHLB advances.

    Credit Quality

    Non-Performing Assets (NPAs). Total NPAs, consisting of non-accrual loans, other real estate owned (OREO) and other repossessed assets, decreased $17.1 million to $356.2 million at March 31, 2025 as compared to December 31, 2024. Non-accrual loans decreased $13.0 million to $346.5 million at March 31, 2025 as compared to $359.5 million at December 31, 2024 largely driven by partial charge-offs of two non-performing C&I loan relationships during the first quarter 2025, partially offset by a moderate increase in non-performing CRE loans at March 31, 2025. Non-accrual loans represented 0.71 percent of total loans at March 31, 2025 as compared to 0.74 percent of total loans at December 31, 2024. OREO decreased $4.4 million to $7.7 million at March 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024 mostly due to the sale of one CRE property, which resulted in a $2.9 million loss for the first quarter 2025.

    Accruing Past Due Loans. Total accruing past due loans (i.e., loans past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest) decreased $47.5 million to $51.7 million, or 0.11 percent of total loans, at March 31, 2025 as compared to $99.2 million, or 0.20 percent of total loans, at December 31, 2024.

    Loans 30 to 59 days past due decreased $23.7 million to $33.4 million at March 31, 2025 as compared to December 31, 2024 largely due to a previously reported delinquent CRE loan totaling $15.4 million that was current to its contractual payments at March 31, 2025, as well as a general improvement in residential mortgage loan delinquencies in this category. Loans 60 to 89 days past due decreased $25.6 million to $10.5 million at March 31, 2025 as compared to December 31, 2024 mostly due to the renewal of an $18.6 million matured performing CRE loan reported in this delinquency category at December 31, 2024 and two CRE loans totaling $6.9 million that were reclassified to the non-accrual category during the first quarter 2025. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest increased $1.9 million to $7.8 million at March 31, 2025 as compared to December 31, 2024 mainly due to an increase in residential mortgage loans delinquencies. All loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest are well-secured and in the process of collection.

    Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans and Unfunded Commitments. The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for credit losses to loan categories and the allocation as a percentage of each loan category at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024:

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
          Allocation       Allocation       Allocation
          as a % of       as a % of       as a % of
      Allowance   Loan   Allowance   Loan   Allowance   Loan
      Allocation   Category   Allocation   Category   Allocation   Category
      ($ in thousands)
    Loan Category:                      
    Commercial and industrial loans $ 184,700   1.82 %   $ 173,002   1.74 %   $ 138,593   1.52 %
    Commercial real estate loans:                      
    Commercial real estate   266,938   1.02       251,351   0.95       209,355   0.74  
    Construction   54,724   1.81       52,797   1.70       56,492   1.59  
    Total commercial real estate loans   321,662   1.10       304,148   1.03       265,847   0.84  
    Residential mortgage loans   48,906   0.87       58,895   1.05       44,377   0.79  
    Consumer loans:                      
    Home equity   3,401   0.56       3,379   0.56       2,809   0.50  
    Auto and other consumer   19,531   0.62       19,426   0.65       17,622   0.60  
    Total consumer loans   22,932   0.61       22,805   0.64       20,431   0.58  
    Allowance for loan losses   578,200   1.19       558,850   1.15       469,248   0.94  
    Allowance for unfunded credit commitments   15,854         14,478         18,021    
    Total allowance for credit losses for loans $ 594,054       $ 573,328       $ 487,269    
    Allowance for credit losses for loans as a % total of loans     1.22 %       1.17 %       0.98 %
                                 

    Our loan portfolio, totaling $48.7 billion at March 31, 2025, had net loan charge-offs totaling $41.9 million for the first quarter 2025 as compared to $98.3 million and $23.6 million for the fourth quarter 2024 and the first quarter 2024, respectively. Gross loan charge-offs totaled $44.0 million for the first quarter 2025 and included $24.1 million of partial and full charge-offs related to two non-performing C&I loan relationships with combined specific reserves of $16.0 million at December 31, 2024.

    The allowance for credit losses for loans, comprised of our allowance for loan losses and unfunded credit commitments, as a percentage of total loans was 1.22 percent at March 31, 2025, 1.17 percent at December 31, 2024, and 0.98 percent at March 31, 2024. For the first quarter 2025, the provision for credit losses for loans totaled $62.7 million as compared to $107.0 million and $45.3 million for the fourth quarter 2024 and first quarter 2024, respectively. The first quarter 2025 provision reflects, among other factors, the impact of loan charge-offs, increased quantitative reserves and continued growth in the C&I loan portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in specific reserves associated with collateral dependent loans at March 31, 2025.

    Capital Adequacy

    Valley’s total risk-based capital, Tier 1 capital, common equity Tier 1 capital, and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios were 13.91 percent, 11.53 percent, 10.80 percent and 9.41 percent, respectively, at March 31, 2025 as compared to 13.87 percent, 11.55 percent, 10.82 percent and 9.16 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2024.

    Investor Conference Call

    Valley’s CEO, Ira Robbins, will host a conference call with investors and the financial community at 11:00 AM (ET) today to discuss Valley’s first quarter 2025 earnings. Interested parties should preregister using this link: https://register.vevent.com/register to receive the dial-in number and a personal PIN, which are required to access the conference call. The teleconference will also be webcast live: https://edge.media-server.com and archived on Valley’s website through Monday, May 26, 2025. Investor presentation materials will be made available prior to the conference call at valley.com.

    About Valley

    As the principal subsidiary of Valley National Bancorp, Valley National Bank is a regional bank with approximately $62 billion in assets. Valley is committed to giving people and businesses the power to succeed. Valley operates many convenient branch locations and commercial banking offices across New Jersey, New York, Florida, Alabama, California, and Illinois, and is committed to providing the most convenient service, the latest innovations and an experienced and knowledgeable team dedicated to meeting customer needs. Helping communities grow and prosper is the heart of Valley’s corporate citizenship philosophy. To learn more about Valley, go to valley.com or call our Customer Care Center at 800-522-4100.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    The foregoing contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about our business, new and existing programs and products, acquisitions, relationships, opportunities, taxation, technology, market conditions and economic expectations. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “intend,” “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “view,” “opportunity,” “allow,” “continues,” “reflects,” “would,” “could,” “typically,” “usually,” “anticipate,” “may,” “estimate,” “outlook,” “project” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Such forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    • the impact of market interest rates and monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies in connection with prolonged inflationary pressures, which could have a material adverse effect on our clients, our business, our employees, and our ability to provide services to our customers;
    • the impact of unfavorable macroeconomic conditions or downturns, including instability or volatility in financial markets resulting from the impact of tariffs, any retaliatory actions, related market uncertainty, or other factors; debt default or rating downgrade; unanticipated loan delinquencies; loss of collateral; decreased service revenues; increased business disruptions or failures; reductions in employment; and other potential negative effects on our business, employees or clients caused by factors outside of our control, such as legislation and policy changes under the new U.S. presidential administration, geopolitical instabilities or events, natural and other disasters, including severe weather events, health emergencies, acts of terrorism, or other external events;
    • the impact of any potential instability within the U.S. financial sector or future bank failures, including the possibility of a run on deposits by a coordinated deposit base, and the impact of the actual or perceived soundness, or concerns about the creditworthiness, of other financial institutions, including any resulting disruption within the financial markets, increased expenses, including Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments, or adverse impact on our stock price, deposits or our ability to borrow or raise capital;
    • the impact of negative public opinion regarding Valley or banks in general that damages our reputation and adversely impacts business and revenues;
    • changes in the statutes, regulations, policies, or enforcement priorities of the federal bank regulatory agencies;
    • the loss of or decrease in lower-cost funding sources within our deposit base;
    • damage verdicts or settlements or restrictions related to existing or potential class action litigation or individual litigation arising from claims of violations of laws or regulations, contractual claims, breach of fiduciary responsibility, negligence, fraud, environmental laws, patent, trademark or other intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation, employment related claims, and other matters;
    • a prolonged downturn and contraction in the economy, as well as an unexpected decline in commercial real estate values collateralizing a significant portion of our loan portfolio;
    • higher or lower than expected income tax expense or tax rates, including increases or decreases resulting from changes in uncertain tax position liabilities, tax laws, regulations, and case law;
    • the inability to grow customer deposits to keep pace with the level of loan growth;
    • a material change in our allowance for credit losses under CECL due to forecasted economic conditions and/or unexpected credit deterioration in our loan and investment portfolios;
    • the need to supplement debt or equity capital to maintain or exceed internal capital thresholds;
    • changes in our business, strategy, market conditions or other factors that may negatively impact the estimated fair value of our goodwill and other intangible assets and result in future impairment charges;
    • greater than expected technology-related costs due to, among other factors, prolonged or failed implementations, additional project staffing and obsolescence caused by continuous and rapid market innovations;
    • increased competitive challenges, including our ability to stay current with rapid technological changes in the financial services industry;
    • cyberattacks, ransomware attacks, computer viruses, malware or other cybersecurity incidents that may breach the security of our websites or other systems or networks to obtain unauthorized access to personal, confidential, proprietary or sensitive information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage our systems or networks, and the increasing sophistication of such attacks;
    • results of examinations by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Federal Reserve Bank, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) and other regulatory authorities, including the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for credit losses, write-down assets, reimburse customers, change the way we do business, or limit or eliminate certain other banking activities;
    • application of the OCC heightened regulatory standards for certain large insured national banks, and the expenses we will incur to develop policies, programs, and systems that comply with the enhanced standards applicable to us;
    • our inability or determination not to pay dividends at current levels, or at all, because of inadequate earnings, regulatory restrictions or limitations, changes in our capital requirements, or a decision to increase capital by retaining more earnings;
    • unanticipated loan delinquencies, loss of collateral, decreased service revenues, and other potential negative effects on our business caused by severe weather, pandemics or other public health crises, acts of terrorism or other external events;
    • our ability to successfully execute our business plan and strategic initiatives; and
    • unexpected significant declines in the loan portfolio due to the lack of economic expansion, increased competition, large prepayments, risk mitigation strategies, changes in regulatory lending guidance or other factors.

    A detailed discussion of factors that could affect our results is included in our SEC filings, including Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024.

    We undertake no duty to update any forward-looking statement to conform the statement to actual results or changes in our expectations, except as required by law. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

    -Tables to Follow-

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
     
    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
     
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data and stock price) 2025   2024   2024
    FINANCIAL DATA:          
    Net interest income – FTE (1) $ 421,378     $ 424,277     $ 394,847  
    Net interest income $ 420,105     $ 422,977     $ 393,548  
    Non-interest income   58,294       51,202       61,415  
    Total revenue   478,399       474,179       454,963  
    Non-interest expense   276,618       278,582       280,310  
    Pre-provision net revenue   201,781       195,597       174,653  
    Provision for credit losses   62,661       106,536       45,200  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   33,062       (26,650 )     33,173  
    Net income   106,058       115,711       96,280  
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,955       7,025       4,119  
    Net income available to common shareholders $ 99,103     $ 108,686     $ 92,161  
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:          
    Basic   559,613,272       536,159,463       508,340,719  
    Diluted   563,305,525       540,087,600       510,633,945  
    Per common share data:          
    Basic earnings $ 0.18     $ 0.20     $ 0.18  
    Diluted earnings   0.18       0.20       0.18  
    Cash dividends declared   0.11       0.11       0.11  
    Closing stock price – high   10.42       10.78       10.80  
    Closing stock price – low   8.56       8.70       7.43  
    FINANCIAL RATIOS:          
    Net interest margin   2.95 %     2.91 %     2.78 %
    Net interest margin – FTE (1)   2.96       2.92       2.79  
    Annualized return on average assets   0.69       0.74       0.63  
    Annualized return on avg. shareholders’ equity   5.69       6.38       5.73  
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS: (2)          
    Basic earnings per share, as adjusted $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.19  
    Diluted earnings per share, as adjusted   0.18       0.13       0.19  
    Annualized return on average assets, as adjusted   0.69 %     0.48 %     0.65 %
    Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity, as adjusted   5.69       4.17       5.91  
    Annualized return on avg. tangible shareholders’ equity   7.76       8.81       8.19  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, as adjusted   7.76       5.76       8.46  
    Efficiency ratio   55.87       57.21       59.10  
               
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET ITEMS:          
    Assets $ 61,502,768     $ 62,865,338     $ 61,256,868  
    Interest earning assets   56,891,691       58,214,783       56,618,797  
    Loans   48,654,921       49,730,130       50,246,591  
    Interest bearing liabilities   41,230,709       42,765,949       41,556,588  
    Deposits   49,139,303       50,726,080       48,575,974  
    Shareholders’ equity   7,458,177       7,255,159       6,725,695  
                           
      As Of
    BALANCE SHEET ITEMS: March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
    (In thousands) 2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
    Assets $ 61,865,655     $ 62,491,691     $ 62,092,332     $ 62,058,974     $ 61,000,188  
    Total loans   48,657,128       48,799,711       49,355,319       50,311,702       49,922,042  
    Deposits   49,965,844       50,075,857       50,395,966       50,112,177       49,077,946  
    Shareholders’ equity   7,499,897       7,435,127       6,972,380       6,737,737       6,727,139  
                       
    LOANS:                  
    (In thousands)                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 10,150,205     $ 9,931,400     $ 9,799,287     $ 9,479,147     $ 9,104,193  
    Commercial real estate:                  
    Non-owner occupied   11,945,222       12,344,355       12,647,649       13,710,015       14,962,851  
    Multifamily   8,420,385       8,299,250       8,612,936       8,976,264       8,818,263  
    Owner occupied   5,722,014       5,886,620       5,654,147       5,536,844       4,367,839  
    Construction   3,026,935       3,114,733       3,487,464       3,545,723       3,556,511  
    Total commercial real estate   29,114,556       29,644,958       30,402,196       31,768,846       31,705,464  
    Residential mortgage   5,636,407       5,632,516       5,684,079       5,627,113       5,618,355  
    Consumer:                  
    Home equity   602,161       604,433       581,181       566,467       564,083  
    Automobile   2,041,227       1,901,065       1,823,738       1,762,852       1,700,508  
    Other consumer   1,112,572       1,085,339       1,064,838       1,107,277       1,229,439  
    Total consumer loans   3,755,960       3,590,837       3,469,757       3,436,596       3,494,030  
    Total loans $ 48,657,128     $ 48,799,711     $ 49,355,319     $ 50,311,702     $ 49,922,042  
                       
    CAPITAL RATIOS:                  
    Book value per common share $ 12.76     $ 12.67     $ 13.00     $ 12.82     $ 12.81  
    Tangible book value per common share (2)   9.21       9.10       9.06       8.87       8.84  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (2)   8.61 %     8.40 %     7.68 %     7.52 %     7.62 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital   9.41       9.16       8.40       8.19       8.20  
    Common equity tier 1 capital   10.80       10.82       9.57       9.55       9.34  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital   11.53       11.55       10.29       9.98       9.78  
    Total risk-based capital   13.91       13.87       12.56       12.17       11.88  
                                           
      Three Months Ended
    ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES: March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    ($ in thousands) 2025   2024   2024
    Allowance for credit losses for loans          
    Beginning balance – Allowance for credit losses for loans $ 573,328     $ 564,671     $ 465,550  
    Loans charged-off:          
    Commercial and industrial   (28,456 )     (31,784 )     (14,293 )
    Commercial real estate   (12,260 )     (69,218 )     (1,204 )
    Construction   (1,163 )           (7,594 )
    Residential mortgage         (29 )      
    Total consumer   (2,140 )     (2,621 )     (1,809 )
    Total loans charged-off   (44,019 )     (103,652 )     (24,900 )
    Charged-off loans recovered:          
    Commercial and industrial   810       1,452       682  
    Commercial real estate   249       3,138       241  
    Residential mortgage   168       81       25  
    Total consumer   843       673       397  
    Total loans recovered   2,070       5,344       1,345  
    Total net charge-offs   (41,949 )     (98,308 )     (23,555 )
    Provision for credit losses for loans   62,675       106,965       45,274  
    Ending balance $ 594,054     $ 573,328     $ 487,269  
    Components of allowance for credit losses for loans:          
    Allowance for loan losses $ 578,200     $ 558,850     $ 469,248  
    Allowance for unfunded credit commitments   15,854       14,478       18,021  
    Allowance for credit losses for loans $ 594,054     $ 573,328     $ 487,269  
    Components of provision for credit losses for loans:          
    Provision for credit losses for loans $ 61,299     $ 108,831     $ 46,723  
    Provision (credit) for unfunded credit commitments   1,376       (1,866 )     (1,449 )
    Total provision for credit losses for loans $ 62,675     $ 106,965     $ 45,274  
    Annualized ratio of total net charge-offs to total average loans   0.34 %     0.79 %     0.19 %
    Allowance for credit losses for loans as a % of total loans   1.22 %     1.17 %     0.98 %
                           
      As Of
    ASSET QUALITY: March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
    ($ in thousands) 2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
    Accruing past due loans:                  
    30 to 59 days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 3,609     $ 2,389     $ 4,537     $ 5,086     $ 6,202  
    Commercial real estate   170       20,902       76,370       1,879       5,791  
    Residential mortgage   16,747       21,295       19,549       17,389       20,819  
    Total consumer   12,887       12,552       14,672       21,639       14,032  
    Total 30 to 59 days past due   33,413       57,138       115,128       45,993       46,844  
    60 to 89 days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial   420       1,007       1,238       1,621       2,665  
    Commercial real estate         24,903       43,926             3,720  
    Residential mortgage   7,700       5,773       6,892       6,632       5,970  
    Total consumer   2,408       4,484       2,732       3,671       1,834  
    Total 60 to 89 days past due   10,528       36,167       54,788       11,924       14,189  
    90 or more days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial         1,307       1,786       2,739       5,750  
    Commercial real estate                     4,242        
    Construction                     3,990       3,990  
    Residential mortgage   6,892       3,533       1,931       2,609       2,884  
    Total consumer   864       1,049       1,063       898       731  
    Total 90 or more days past due   7,756       5,889       4,780       14,478       13,355  
    Total accruing past due loans $ 51,697     $ 99,194     $ 174,696     $ 72,395     $ 74,388  
    Non-accrual loans:                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 110,146     $ 136,675     $ 120,575     $ 102,942     $ 102,399  
    Commercial real estate   172,011       157,231       113,752       123,011       100,052  
    Construction   24,275       24,591       24,657       45,380       51,842  
    Residential mortgage   35,393       36,786       33,075       28,322       28,561  
    Total consumer   4,626       4,215       4,260       3,624       4,438  
    Total non-accrual loans   346,451       359,498       296,319       303,279       287,292  
    Other real estate owned (OREO)   7,714       12,150       7,172       8,059       88  
    Other repossessed assets   2,054       1,681       1,611       1,607       1,393  
    Total non-performing assets $ 356,219     $ 373,329     $ 305,102     $ 312,945     $ 288,773  
    Total non-accrual loans as a % of loans   0.71 %     0.74 %     0.60 %     0.60 %     0.58 %
    Total accruing past due and non-accrual loans as a % of loans   0.82       0.94 %     0.95 %     0.75 %     0.72 %
    Allowance for losses on loans as a % of non-accrual loans   166.89       155.45 %     185.05 %     171.23 %     163.33 %
                                           

    NOTES TO SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

    (1)   Net interest income and net interest margin are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 21 percent federal tax rate. Valley believes that this presentation provides comparability of net interest income and net interest margin arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice and SEC rules.
    (2)   Non-GAAP Reconciliations. This press release contains certain supplemental financial information, described in the Notes below, which has been determined by methods other than U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) that management uses in its analysis of Valley’s performance. The Company believes that the non-GAAP financial measures provide useful supplemental information to both management and investors in understanding Valley’s underlying operational performance, business and performance trends, and may facilitate comparisons of our current and prior performance with the performance of others in the financial services industry. Management utilizes these measures for internal planning, forecasting and analysis purposes. Management believes that Valley’s presentation and discussion of this supplemental information, together with the accompanying reconciliations to the GAAP financial measures, also allows investors to view performance in a manner similar to management. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for or superior to financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures may also be calculated differently from similar measures disclosed by other companies.
         
    Non-GAAP Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
     
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data) 2025
      2024
      2024
    Adjusted net income available to common shareholders (non-GAAP):          
    Net income, as reported (GAAP) $ 106,058     $ 115,711     $ 96,280  
    Add: FDIC special assessment (a)               7,394  
    Add: Losses on available for sale and held to maturity debt securities, net (b)   11       3       7  
    Add: Restructuring charge(c)         1,085       620  
    Add: Net losses on the sale of commercial real estate loans (d)         7,866        
    Less: Gain on sale of commercial premium finance lending division (e)               (3,629 )
    Less: Income tax benefit (f)         (46,431 )      
    Total non-GAAP adjustments to net income   11       (37,477 )     4,392  
    Income tax adjustments related to non-GAAP adjustments (g)   (3 )     (2,520 )     (1,224 )
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 106,066     $ 75,714     $ 99,448  
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,955       7,025       4,119  
    Net income available to common shareholders, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 99,111     $ 68,689     $ 95,329  
               
    (a) Included in the FDIC insurance assessment.
    (b) Included in gains on securities transactions, net.
    (c) Represents severance expense related to workforce reductions within salary and employee benefits expense.
    (d) Represents actual and mark to market losses on commercial real estate loan sales included in gains (losses) on sales of loans, net.
    (e) Included in gains (losses) on sales of assets, net within non-interest income.
    (f)  Represents the income tax benefit from the reduction in uncertain tax liability positions and accrued interest due to statute of limitation expirations included in income tax expense (benefit).
    (g) Calculated using the appropriate blended statutory tax rate for the applicable period.
     
    Adjusted per common share data (non-GAAP):          
    Net income available to common shareholders, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 99,111     $ 68,689     $ 95,329  
    Average number of shares outstanding   559,613,272       536,159,463       508,340,719  
    Basic earnings, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.19  
    Average number of diluted shares outstanding   563,305,525       540,087,600       510,633,945  
    Diluted earnings, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.19  
    Adjusted annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):          
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 106,066     $ 75,714     $ 99,448  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 7,458,177     $ 7,255,159     $ 6,725,695  
    Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets   1,994,061       2,000,574       2,024,999  
    Average tangible shareholders’ equity $ 5,464,116     $ 5,254,585     $ 4,700,696  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   7.76 %     5.76 %     8.46 %
    Adjusted annualized return on average assets (non-GAAP):          
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 106,066     $ 75,714     $ 99,448  
    Average assets $ 61,502,768     $ 62,865,338     $ 61,256,868  
    Annualized return on average assets, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   0.69 %     0.48 %     0.65 %
                           
    Non-GAAP Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures (Continued)
     
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data) 2025   2024   2024
    Adjusted annualized return on average shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):          
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 106,066     $ 75,714     $ 99,448  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 7,458,177     $ 7,255,159     $ 6,725,695  
    Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   5.69 %     4.17 %     5.91 %
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):          
    Net income, as reported (GAAP) $ 106,058     $ 115,711     $ 96,280  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 7,458,177     $ 7,255,159     $ 6,725,695  
    Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets   1,994,061       2,000,574       2,024,999  
    Average tangible shareholders’ equity $ 5,464,116     $ 5,254,585     $ 4,700,696  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP)   7.76 %     8.81 %     8.19 %
               
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP):          
    Non-interest expense, as reported (GAAP) $ 276,618     $ 278,582     $ 280,310  
    Less: FDIC special assessment (pre-tax)               7,394  
    Less: Restructuring charge (pre-tax)         1,085       620  
    Less: Amortization of tax credit investments (pre-tax)   9,320       1,740       5,562  
    Non-interest expense, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 267,298     $ 275,757     $ 266,734  
    Net interest income, as reported (GAAP)   420,105       422,977       393,548  
    Non-interest income, as reported (GAAP)   58,294       51,202       61,415  
    Add: Losses on available for sale and held to maturity securities transactions, net (pre-tax)   11       3       7  
    Add: Net losses on the sale of commercial real estate loans (pre-tax)         7,866        
    Less: Gain on sale of premium finance division (pre-tax)               (3,629 )
    Non-interest income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 58,305     $ 59,071     $ 57,793  
    Gross operating income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 478,410     $ 482,048     $ 451,341  
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   55.87 %     57.21 %     59.10 %
      As of
      March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data) 2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP):                  
    Common shares outstanding   560,028,101       558,786,093       509,252,936       509,205,014       508,893,059  
    Shareholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 7,499,897     $ 7,435,127     $ 6,972,380     $ 6,737,737     $ 6,727,139  
    Less: Preferred stock   354,345       354,345       354,345       209,691       209,691  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   1,990,276       1,997,597       2,004,414       2,012,580       2,020,405  
    Tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 5,155,276     $ 5,083,185     $ 4,613,621     $ 4,515,466     $ 4,497,043  
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) $ 9.21     $ 9.10     $ 9.06     $ 8.87     $ 8.84  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP):                  
    Tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 5,155,276     $ 5,083,185     $ 4,613,621     $ 4,515,466     $ 4,497,043  
    Total assets (GAAP)   61,865,655       62,491,691       62,092,332       62,058,974       61,000,188  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   1,990,276       1,997,597       2,004,414       2,012,580       2,020,405  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 59,875,379     $ 60,494,094     $ 60,087,918     $ 60,046,394     $ 58,979,783  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)   8.61 %     8.40 %     7.68 %     7.52 %     7.62 %
                                           

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
    (in thousands, except for share data)

           
      March 31,   December 31,
      2025   2024
      (Unaudited)    
    Assets      
    Cash and due from banks $ 508,887     $ 411,412  
    Interest bearing deposits with banks   714,810       1,478,713  
    Investment securities:      
    Equity securities   74,425       71,513  
    Available for sale debt securities   3,658,704       3,369,724  
    Held to maturity debt securities (net of allowance for credit losses of $633 at March 31, 2025 and $647 at December 31, 2024)   3,545,328       3,531,573  
    Total investment securities   7,278,457       6,972,810  
    Loans held for sale (includes fair value of $8,427 at March 31, 2025 and $16,931 at December 31, 2024 for loans originated for sale)   27,377       25,681  
    Loans   48,657,128       48,799,711  
    Less: Allowance for loan losses   (578,200 )     (558,850 )
    Net loans   48,078,928       48,240,861  
    Premises and equipment, net   344,123       350,796  
    Lease right of use assets   334,013       328,475  
    Bank owned life insurance   733,135       731,574  
    Accrued interest receivable   238,326       239,941  
    Goodwill   1,868,936       1,868,936  
    Other intangible assets, net   121,340       128,661  
    Other assets   1,617,323       1,713,831  
    Total Assets $ 61,865,655     $ 62,491,691  
    Liabilities      
    Deposits:      
    Non-interest bearing $ 11,628,578     $ 11,428,674  
    Interest bearing:      
    Savings, NOW and money market   26,413,258       26,304,639  
    Time   11,924,008       12,342,544  
    Total deposits   49,965,844       50,075,857  
    Short-term borrowings   59,026       72,718  
    Long-term borrowings   2,904,567       3,174,155  
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   57,542       57,455  
    Lease liabilities   394,334       388,303  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   984,445       1,288,076  
    Total Liabilities   54,365,758       55,056,564  
    Shareholders’ Equity      
    Preferred stock, no par value; 50,000,000 authorized shares:      
    Series A (4,600,000 shares issued at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024)   111,590       111,590  
    Series B (4,000,000 shares issued at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024)   98,101       98,101  
    Series C (6,000,000 shares issued at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024)   144,654       144,654  
    Common stock (no par value, authorized 650,000,000 shares; issued 560,278,101 shares at March 31, 2025 and 558,786,093 shares at December 31, 2024)   196,520       195,998  
    Surplus   5,444,756       5,442,070  
    Retained earnings   1,634,690       1,598,048  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (128,252 )     (155,334 )
    Treasury stock, at cost (250,000 common shares at March 31, 2025)   (2,162 )      
    Total Shareholders’ Equity   7,499,897       7,435,127  
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $ 61,865,655     $ 62,491,691  
                   

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for share data)

      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
      2025   2024   2024
    Interest Income          
    Interest and fees on loans $ 703,609     $ 750,667     $ 771,553  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities:          
    Taxable   63,898       55,983       35,797  
    Tax-exempt   4,702       4,803       4,796  
    Dividends   5,664       5,860       6,828  
    Interest on federal funds sold and other short-term investments   6,879       17,513       9,682  
    Total interest income   784,752       834,826       828,656  
    Interest Expense          
    Interest on deposits:          
    Savings, NOW and money market   200,221       214,489       232,506  
    Time   125,069       158,716       151,065  
    Interest on short-term borrowings   2,946       293       20,612  
    Interest on long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures   36,411       38,351       30,925  
    Total interest expense   364,647       411,849       435,108  
    Net Interest Income   420,105       422,977       393,548  
    (Credit) provision for credit losses for available for sale and held to maturity securities   (14 )     (429 )     (74 )
    Provision for credit losses for loans   62,675       106,965       45,274  
    Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses   357,444       316,441       348,348  
    Non-Interest Income          
    Wealth management and trust fees   15,031       16,425       17,930  
    Insurance commissions   3,402       3,705       2,251  
    Capital markets   6,940       7,425       5,670  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   12,726       12,989       11,249  
    Gains on securities transactions, net   46       1       49  
    Fees from loan servicing   3,215       3,071       3,188  
    Gains (losses) on sales of loans, net   2,197       (4,698 )     1,618  
    Gains (losses) on sales of assets, net   43       (20 )     3,694  
    Bank owned life insurance   4,777       3,775       3,235  
    Other   9,917       8,529       12,531  
    Total non-interest income   58,294       51,202       61,415  
    Non-Interest Expense          
    Salary and employee benefits expense   142,618       137,117       141,831  
    Net occupancy expense   25,888       26,576       24,323  
    Technology, furniture and equipment expense   29,896       35,482       35,462  
    FDIC insurance assessment   12,867       14,002       18,236  
    Amortization of other intangible assets   8,019       8,373       9,412  
    Professional and legal fees   15,670       21,794       16,465  
    Amortization of tax credit investments   9,320       1,740       5,562  
    Other   32,340       33,498       29,019  
    Total non-interest expense   276,618       278,582       280,310  
    Income Before Income Taxes   139,120       89,061       129,453  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   33,062       (26,650 )     33,173  
    Net Income   106,058       115,711       96,280  
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,955       7,025       4,119  
    Net Income Available to Common Shareholders $ 99,103     $ 108,686     $ 92,161  
                           

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    Quarterly Analysis of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity and
    Net Interest Income on a Tax Equivalent Basis

      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Average       Avg.   Average       Avg.   Average       Avg.
    ($ in thousands) Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate
    Assets                                  
    Interest earning assets:                              
    Loans (1)(2) $ 48,654,921   $ 703,632     5.78 %   $ 49,730,130   $ 750,690     6.04 %   $ 50,246,591   $ 771,577     6.14 %
    Taxable investments (3)   7,100,958     69,562     3.92       6,504,106     61,843     3.80       5,094,978     42,625     3.35  
    Tax-exempt investments (1)(3)   552,291     5,952     4.31       565,877     6,080     4.30       579,842     6,071     4.19  
    Interest bearing deposits with banks   583,521     6,879     4.72       1,414,670     17,513     4.95       697,386     9,682     5.55  
    Total interest earning assets   56,891,691     786,025     5.53       58,214,783     836,126     5.75       56,618,797     829,955     5.86  
    Other assets   4,611,077             4,650,555             4,638,071        
    Total assets $ 61,502,768           $ 62,865,338           $ 61,256,868        
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                                  
    Interest bearing liabilities:                                  
    Savings, NOW and money market deposits $ 26,345,983   $ 200,221     3.04     $ 25,928,201   $ 214,489     3.31 %   $ 24,793,452   $ 232,506     3.75 %
    Time deposits   11,570,758     125,069     4.32       13,530,980     158,716     4.69       12,599,395     151,065     4.80  
    Short-term borrowings   307,637     2,946     3.83       72,504     293     1.62       1,537,879     20,612     5.36  
    Long-term borrowings (4)   3,006,331     36,411     4.84       3,234,264     38,351     4.74       2,625,862     30,925     4.71  
    Total interest bearing liabilities   41,230,709     364,647     3.54       42,765,949     411,849     3.85       41,556,588     435,108     4.19  
    Non-interest bearing deposits   11,222,562             11,266,899             11,183,127        
    Other liabilities   1,591,320             1,577,331             1,791,458        
    Shareholders’ equity   7,458,177             7,255,159             6,725,695        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 61,502,768           $ 62,865,338           $ 61,256,868        
                                       
    Net interest income/interest rate spread (5)     $ 421,378     1.99 %       $ 424,277     1.90 %       $ 394,847     1.67 %
    Tax equivalent adjustment       (1,273 )             (1,300 )             (1,299 )    
    Net interest income, as reported     $ 420,105             $ 422,977             $ 393,548      
    Net interest margin (6)         2.95             2.91             2.78  
    Tax equivalent effect         0.01             0.01             0.01  
    Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis (6)         2.96 %           2.92 %           2.79 %
                                             

    _________

    (1) Interest income is presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 21 percent federal tax rate.
    (2) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include non-accrual loans.
    (3) The yield for securities that are classified as available for sale is based on the average historical amortized cost.
    (4) Includes junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts which are presented separately on the consolidated statements of financial condition.
    (5) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest earning assets and the average cost of interest bearing liabilities and is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis.
    (6) Net interest income as a percentage of total average interest earning assets.
       

    SHAREHOLDERS RELATIONS
    Requests for copies of reports and/or other inquiries should be directed to Tina Zarkadas, Assistant Vice President, Shareholder Relations Specialist, Valley National Bancorp, 70 Speedwell Avenue, Morristown, New Jersey, 07960, by telephone at (973) 305-3380, by fax at (973) 305-1364 or by e-mail at tzarkadas@valley.com.

    Contact: Travis Lan
      Senior Executive Vice President and
      Chief Financial Officer
      973-686-5007

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Nasdaq Announces 13% Increase in Quarterly Dividend to $0.27 Per Share

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The Board of Directors of Nasdaq, Inc. (Nasdaq: NDAQ) has declared a regular quarterly dividend of $0.27 per share on the company’s outstanding common stock, a 13% increase from the previous quarter. The dividend is payable on June 27, 2025 to shareholders of record at the close of business on June 13, 2025. Future declarations of quarterly dividends and the establishment of future record and payment dates are subject to approval by the Board of Directors.

    About Nasdaq

    Nasdaq (Nasdaq: NDAQ) is a leading global technology company serving corporate clients, investment managers, banks, brokers, and exchange operators as they navigate and interact with the global capital markets and the broader financial system. We aspire to deliver world-leading platforms that improve the liquidity, transparency, and integrity of the global economy. Our diverse offering of data, analytics, software, exchange capabilities, and client-centric services enables clients to optimize and execute their business vision with confidence. To learn more about the company, technology solutions, and career opportunities, visit us on LinkedIn, on X @Nasdaq, or at www.nasdaq.com.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    Information set forth in this communication contains forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Nasdaq cautions readers that any forward-looking information is not a guarantee of future performance and that actual results could differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking information. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, information regarding our dividend program and future payment obligations. Forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties or other factors beyond Nasdaq’s control. These factors include, but are not limited to, Nasdaq’s ability to implement its strategic initiatives, economic, political and market conditions and fluctuations, government and industry regulation, interest rate risk, U.S. and global competition, and other factors detailed in Nasdaq’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including its annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q which are available on Nasdaq’s investor relations website at http://ir.nasdaq.com and the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Nasdaq undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Media Relations Contact:

    Nick Jannuzzi
    +1.973.760.1741
    Nicholas.Jannuzzi@Nasdaq.com

    Investor Relations Contact:

    Ato Garrett
    +1.212.401.8737
    Ato.Garrett@Nasdaq.com

    -NDAQF-

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Manhattan Bridge Capital, Inc. Reports First Quarter Results for 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    GREAT NECK, N.Y., April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Manhattan Bridge Capital, Inc. (Nasdaq: LOAN) (the “Company”) announced today that its net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was approximately $1,373,000, or $0.12 per share (based on approximately 11.4 million weighted-average outstanding common shares), compared to approximately $1,476,000, or $0.13 per share (based on approximately 11.4 million weighted-average outstanding common shares) for the three months ended March 31, 2024, a decrease of $103,000, or 7.0%. This decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in interest income from loans, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense.

    Total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2025 were approximately $2,274,000 compared to approximately $2,573,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024, a decrease of $299,000, or 11.6%. The decrease in revenue was primarily attributable to lower interest income, resulting from a reduction in loans receivable, period over period. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, approximately $1,834,000 of the Company’s revenue represents interest income on secured commercial loans that the Company offers to real estate investors, compared to approximately $2,142,000 for the same period in 2024, and approximately $440,000 and $431,000, respectively, represent origination fees on such loans. The loans are principally secured by collateral consisting of real estate and accompanied by personal guarantees from the principals of the borrowers.

    As of March 31, 2025, total shareholders’ equity was approximately $43,326,000.

    Assaf Ran, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, stated, “The first quarter of 2025 began with an optimistic consensus among the real estate investor community. However, due to the delays in the reduction of interest rates and global economic uncertainty, we now sense some concerns about the likelihood of an immediate recovery of the real estate market. Again, thanks to our low leverage, strict underwriting, and strong relationships with our borrowers, we believe that we remain well-positioned to navigate these challenges.”

    About Manhattan Bridge Capital, Inc.

    Manhattan Bridge Capital, Inc. offers short-term secured, non–banking loans (sometimes referred to as ‘‘hard money’’ loans) to real estate investors to fund their acquisition, renovation, rehabilitation or improvement of properties located in the New York metropolitan area, including New Jersey and Connecticut, and in Florida. We operate the website: https://www.manhattanbridgecapital.com.

    Forward Looking Statements

    This press release and the statements of the Company’s representatives related thereto contain or may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, words such as “plan,” “project,” “potential,” “seek,” “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “estimate,” or “continue” are intended to identify forward-looking statements. For example, when the Company discusses its belief that it remains well-positioned to navigate market challenges, it is using forward looking statements. Readers are cautioned that certain important factors may affect the Company’s actual results and could cause such results to differ materially from any forward-looking statements that may be made in this news release. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those projected, expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to the following: (i) our loan origination activities, revenues and profits are limited by available funds; (ii) we operate in a highly competitive market and competition may limit our ability to originate loans with favorable interest rates; (iii) our Chief Executive Officer is critical to our business and our future success may depend on our ability to retain him; (iv) if we overestimate the yields on our loans or incorrectly value the collateral securing the loan, we may experience losses; (v) we may be subject to “lender liability” claims; (vi) our due diligence may not uncover all of a borrower’s liabilities or other risks to its business; (vii) borrower concentration could lead to significant losses; (viii) we may choose to make distributions in our own stock, in which case you may be required to pay income taxes in excess of the cash dividends you receive; (ix) an increase in interest rates may impact our profitability; (x) we may be unsuccessful in our efforts to extend or replace our existing credit line; and (xi) we may be unsuccessful in our efforts to refinance our 6% senior secured notes, due April 22, 2026. The risk factors contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission identify important factors that could cause such differences. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this press release, and we caution potential investors not to place undue reliance on such statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

    MANHATTAN BRIDGE CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
           
    Assets March 31, 2025
    (unaudited)
      December 31, 2024
                    (audited)
    Loans receivable, net of deferred origination and other fees $ 63,672,278   $ 65,405,731
    Interest and other fees receivable on loans   1,618,826     1,521,033
    Cash           201,363     178,012
    Cash – restricted   21,769     23,750
    Other assets   119,642     62,080
    Right-of-use asset – operating lease, net   140,836     154,039
    Deferred financing costs, net   12,706     16,171
             Total assets $ 65,787,420   $ 67,360,816
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
    Liabilities:      
    Line of credit $ 14,825,735   $ 16,427,874
    Senior secured notes (net of deferred financing costs of
    $78,214 and $96,985, respectively)
     

    5,921,786

       

    5,903,015

    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   194,801     232,236
    Operating lease liability   153,571     167,119
    Loan holdback   50,000     50,000
    Dividends payable   1,315,445     1,315,445
    Total liabilities   22,461,338     24,095,689

    Commitments and contingencies

         
           
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Preferred shares – $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares
    authorized; none issued and outstanding
         
    Common shares – $.001 par value; 25,000,000 shares
    authorized; 11,757,058 issued; 11,438,651 outstanding
      11,757     11,757
    Additional paid-in capital   45,565,207     45,561,941
    Less: Treasury stock, at cost – 318,407 shares   (1,070,406)     (1,070,406)
    Accumulated deficit   (1,180,476)     (1,238,165)
             Total stockholders’ equity   43,326,082     43,265,127
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    $

    65,787,420

     

    $

    67,360,816

    MANHATTAN BRIDGE CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY 
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

     (unaudited)

     
      Three Months
    Ended March 31,
        2025   2024
    Revenue:    
    Interest income from loans $1,833,914 $2,142,487
    Origination fees   439,799   430,591
            Total revenue   2,273,713   2,573,078

    Operating costs and expenses:

       
    Interest and amortization of deferred financing costs   451,365   690,589
    Referral fees   144   500
    General and administrative expenses   453,570   410,278
             Total operating costs and expenses   905,079   1,101,367
         
    Income from operations   1,368,634   1,471,711
    Other income   4,500   4,500
    Net income $1,373,134 $1,476,211
         
    Basic and diluted net income per common share outstanding:    
    –Basic $0.12 $0.13
    –Diluted $0.12 $0.13
         
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:    
    –Basic   11,438,651   11,438,673
    –Diluted   11,438,651   11,438,673
     
    MANHATTAN BRIDGE CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    (unaudited)
     
     
    FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025
      Common Shares Additional
    Paid-in

    Capital
    Treasury Stock Accumulated
    Deficit
    Totals
               
      Shares Amount   Shares Cost    
    Balance, January 1, 2025 11,757,058 $11,757 $45,561,941 318,407 $(1,070,406) $(1,238,165) $43,265,127  
    Non-cash compensation      3,266         3,266  
    Dividends declared and payable             (1,315,445)     (1,315,445)  
    Net income .           1,373,134     1,373,134  
    Balance, March 31, 2025 11,757,058 $11,757 $45,565,207 318,407 $(1,070,406) $(1,180,476) $43,326,082  
    FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2024
      Common Shares Additional
    Paid-in

    Capital
    Treasury Stock Accumulated
    Deficit
    Totals
               
      Shares Amount   Shares Cost    
    Balance, January 1, 2024 11,757,058 $11,757 $45,548,876 316,407 $(1,060,606) $(1,567,321) $42,932,706
    Non-cash compensation      3,266        3,266 
    Purchase of treasury shares       2,000  (9,800)    (9,800)
    Dividends declared and payable             (1,315,445)    
    Net income .           1,476,211    1,476,211 
    Balance, March 31, 2024 11,757,058 $11,757 $45,552,142 318,407 $(1,070,406) $(1,406,555) $43,086,938 
    MANHATTAN BRIDGE CAPITAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (unaudited)
     
      Three Months
    Ended March 31,
        2025   2024
    Cash flows from operating activities:    
    Net income $ 1,373,134 $ 1,476,211
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
    operating activities –
       
    Amortization of deferred financing costs   22,237   21,954
    Adjustment to right-of-use asset – operating lease and liability   (345)   121
    Depreciation   1,390   1,055
    Non-cash compensation expense   3,266   3,266
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:    
    Interest and other fees receivable on loans   (110,915)   (231,202)
    Other assets   (58,952)   (35,153)
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   (37,435)   (31,600)
    Deferred origination and other fees   (11,437)   (63,996)
    Net cash provided by operating activities   1,180,943   1,140,656
         
    Cash flows from investing activities:    
    Issuance of short-term loans   (10,940,040)   (9,538,000)
    Collections received from loans   12,698,051   10,102,525
    Net cash provided by investing activities   1,758,011   564,525
         
    Cash flows from financing activities:    
    Repayment of line of credit, net   (1,602,139)   (1,701,661)
    Dividend paid   (1,315,445)   (1,287,073)
    Purchase of treasury shares     (9,800
    Net cash used in financing activities   (2,917,584)   (2,998,534)
         
    Net increase (decrease) in cash   21,370   (1,293,353)
    Cash and restricted cash, beginning of period(1)   201,762   1,691,995
    Cash and restricted cash, end of period(2) $ 223,132 $ 398,642
    Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:    
    Cash paid during the period for interest $ 437,993 $ 667,488
    Cash paid during the period for operating leases $ 15,991 $ 16,370
         
    Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Financing Activities:    
    Dividend declared and payable $ 1,315,445 $ 1,315,445
         
    Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Operating and Investing Activities:    
    Reduction in interest receivable in connection with the increase in loans receivable $ 13,122 $ 112,271


    (1)
    At December 31, 2024 and 2023, cash and restricted cash included $23,750 and $1,587,773, respectively, of restricted cash.
    (2) At March 31, 2025 and 2024, cash and restricted cash included $21,769 and $311,545, respectively, of restricted cash.

    SOURCE: Manhattan Bridge Capital, Inc.  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Governor Newsom announces appointments 4.23.25

    Source: US State of California 2

    Apr 23, 2025

    SACRAMENTO – Governor Gavin Newsom today announced the following appointments:

    Annabelle Hopkins, of Sacramento, has been appointed Deputy Director of Government Affairs at the California Public Advocates Office. Hopkins has been Government Relations Manager at RWE Offshore Wind since 2024. She was Legislative Director at the Office of Assemblymember Jim Wood in the California State Assembly from 2022 to 2023. Hopkins held multiple positions in the Office of Senator Dave Min in the California State Senate from 2021 to 2022, including Legislative Director and Legislative Aide. She was a Senate Fellow in the Office of Senator Mike McGuire in the California State Senate from 2019 to 2020. Hopkins was the Finance Director/Policy Advisor for Audrey Denney for Congress from 2018 to 2019. She is a Board Member of FemDems and Young Professionals in Energy, Sacramento. Hopkins earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science and History from College of Wooster. This position does not require Senate confirmation, and compensation is $153,000. Hopkins is a Democrat.

    Mandi Posner, of Gold River, has been appointed Deputy Director of the Center for Health Care Quality at the California Department of Public Health. Posner has been Chief of Field Operations for the South Division of the Center for Health Care Quality at the California Department of Public Health since 2021, where she has held multiple positions since 2016, including Branch Chief of Field Operations for the South Division, Los Angeles County Contract Manager, Staff Services Manager for Fiscal Operations, and Associate Governmental Program Analyst. Posner is a Member and California Representative of the Association of Health Facility Survey Agencies. She earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Recreation Administration from California State University, Chico. This position does not require Senate confirmation, and the compensation is $183,840. Posner is a Democrat.

    Yang Lee, of Sacramento, has been appointed Chief of Data Analytics and Strategy at the California Department of Developmental Services. Lee has been Deputy Director and Chief Financial Officer at the California Department of Social Services since 2022, where he was previously Assistant Director from 2020 to 2022. He held multiple positions at the California Department of Finance from 2008 to 2020, including Principal Program Budget and Finance Budget Analyst. Lee was a Legislative Assistant in the Office of Assemblymember Loni Hancock in the California State Assembly from 2006 to 2008. Lee earned a Master of Public Policy Analysis degree and a Bachelor of Arts degree in Ethnic Studies from California State University, Sacramento. This position does not require Senate confirmation, and the compensation is $198,660. Lee is a Democrat. 

    Heather Leslie, of Sacramento, has been appointed Chief Counsel at the California Office of Energy Infrastructure Safety. Leslie has been the Assistant General Counsel at the California Natural Resources Agency since 2021. She was a Deputy Attorney General at the California Department of Justice, Office of the Attorney General from 2015 to 2021. Leslie earned a Juris Doctor degree from University of California, Los Angeles School of Law and a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science from University of California, Berkeley. This position does not require Senate confirmation, and compensation is $198,000. Leslie is a Democrat.

    Cindy Gustafson, of Tahoe City, has been appointed to the State Board of Fire Services. Gustafson has been the District Five County Supervisor for the County of Placer since 2019. She was the Chief Executive Officer of the North Lake Tahoe Resort Association from 2017 to 2018. Gustafson held multiple positions at the Tahoe City Public Utility District from 1991 to 2017, including Director of Resource Development and Community Relations, Assistant General Manager, and General Manager. She was a Commissioner at the California Fish and Game Commission from 2005 to 2009. Gustafson is a Member of Tahoe Fund. She earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in History from Gustavus Adolphus College. This position does not require Senate Confirmation and there is no compensation. Gustafson is registered without party preference.

    Hampus Idsater, of Thousand Oaks, has been appointed to the Boating and Waterways Commission. Idsater has been an Investment Manager at Suntex Marina Investors since 2022. He was a Finance and Business Development Director at Hamner, Jewell & Associates from 2020 to 2022. Idsater was a Vice President at Eight Roads from 2015 to 2020. He was an Investment Manager at Fosun International from 2013 to 2015. Idsater was an Analyst at Morgan Stanley from 2011 to 2013. He is a Member of the Marine Recreation Association and Toastmasters International. Idsater earned a Master of Arts degree in Economics from University of Oxford. This position requires Senate confirmation, and the compensation is $100 per diem. Idsater is a Democrat.

    Press Releases, Recent News

    Recent news

    News What you need to know: California’s economy continues to dominate and grow at a faster rate than the world’s top economies, with new data showing it has overtaken Japan as the 4th largest economy in the world. SACRAMENTO — Governor Gavin Newsom today announced…

    News What you need to know: California is investing $500 million to help add 1,000 clean school buses across the state, and demand for incentives supporting zero-emission buses and trucks has more than doubled year-over-year. SACRAMENTO – California’s transition to…

    News What you need to know: More than 4 million California children will automatically receive SUN Bucks food benefits via EBT card starting in June. Each eligible child will receive $120 in food benefits. Sacramento, California – Governor Gavin Newsom announced today…

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: 1,000 more clean school buses coming soon to California roads as state sees big demand for zero-emission buses and trucks

    Source: US State of California 2

    Apr 23, 2025

    What you need to know: California is investing $500 million to help add 1,000 clean school buses across the state, and demand for incentives supporting zero-emission buses and trucks has more than doubled year-over-year.

    SACRAMENTO – California’s transition to zero-emission transportation is accelerating faster than ever thanks to incentives and investments from the state.

    Following an announcement last August on plans to expand California’s largest-in-the-nation zero-emission school bus fleet, Governor Gavin Newsom today announced that $500 million has been awarded for educational agencies to buy zero-emission school buses and chargers. 

    Governor Newsom also announced that California saw a 177% increase in the state’s Clean Truck and Bus Voucher Incentive Project (HVIP) from 2023 to 2024. This program is funded primarily with proceeds from the cap-and-trade program and provides point-of-sale discounts to make zero-emission trucks and buses more accessible for fleets and businesses. In February alone more than 200 HVIP-funded zero-emission trucks and buses were deployed with $31 million in incentives.

    California is paving the way to a cleaner, healthier future by investing in zero-emission vehicles across the state. From clean buses for kids in some of our most polluted communities to electric semi-trucks that provide the backbone for California businesses – we’re proving that clean transportation is here to stay.

    Governor Gavin Newsom

    Why it matters

    🚌 Clean school buses funded by the state are expected to reduce 18,000 metric tons of greenhouse gas emissions annually — equivalent to taking more than 4,000 cars off the road for a year. Over 70% of the zero-emission school buses in use are in California’s most pollution-burdened communities.

     While trucks total just 6% of vehicles on California’s roads, they account for over 35% of the state’s transportation emissions. Clean vehicles purchased through HVIP are helping to significantly cut emissions statewide, with 340+ million miles logged since the start of the program. while.

    Investing in clean school buses

    The Zero-Emissions School Bus and Infrastructure (ZESBI) project has selected 133 educational agencies to receive 1,000 zero-emission school buses and related charging infrastructure in rural, low-income, and disadvantaged school districts and other local educational entities. The grants are expected to be finalized by the end of the year. A map of awardees can be viewed here.

    “Cleaning up the state’s school bus fleet is central to California’s efforts to provide clean transportation in priority communities that are disproportionately hurt by air pollution,” said California Air Resources Board Chair Liane Randolph. “The vast majority of these grants will go to local educational agencies that serve these communities.”

    To date, California has provided more than $1.3 billion in incentives to school districts, funding more than 2,300 zero-emission school buses, of which 1,100 are already in use. More than 300 California school districts and local education agencies have purchased at least one zero-emission school bus – and a few have made the switch to a 100% clean fleet.

    “California has set important benchmarks for removing internal combustion vehicles from our roads and replacing them with clean transportation,” said California Energy Commission Chair David Hochschild. “CEC is helping school districts move in that direction by funding ZESBI.”

    Zero-emission school buses play a key role in California’s efforts to achieve carbon neutrality by 2045 and help protect children who are particularly vulnerable to the health impacts from diesel exhaust. In California, all school bus purchases made by school districts will need to be zero-emission technology by 2035, with an extension until 2045 for frontier local educational agencies in rural communities.

    Incentivizing clean trucks and buses

    Over 15 years, the state’s Clean Truck and Bus Voucher Incentive Project (HVIP) invested $754 million, helping 2,000 fleets deploy 10,000 clean trucks and buses. These vehicles have logged 340+ million miles while significantly cutting emissions statewide. Over 5,000 HVIP-funded ZEVs are in production to meet surging demand.

    HVIP is a CARB program administered by CALSTART, a nonprofit transportation organization. Sales of new zero-emission trucks, buses and vans doubled in 2023 over the previous year, representing one out of every six new vehicles sold for services including last-mile delivery, freight transportation, and school buses. 16,327 charging and hydrogen fueling points for zero-emission trucks and buses are installed across the state.

    Press Releases, Recent News

    Recent news

    News What you need to know: More than 4 million California children will automatically receive SUN Bucks food benefits via EBT card starting in June. Each eligible child will receive $120 in food benefits. Sacramento, California – Governor Gavin Newsom announced today…

    News What you need to know: 14,133 cases have been referred to district attorneys’ offices through a community grant investment proposed by Governor Gavin Newsom to root out organized retail crime and hold bad actors accountable. Sacramento, California – Marking a…

    News SACRAMENTO – Governor Gavin Newsom today announced the following appointments:Claire Cullis, of Carmichael, has been appointed Deputy Secretary of Business and Consumer Relations at the California Business, Consumer Services, and Housing Agency. Cullis has been…

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Bread Financial Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    COLUMBUS, Ohio, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Bread Financial® Holdings, Inc. (NYSE: BFH), a tech-forward financial services company that provides simple, flexible payment, lending and saving solutions, today announced its first quarter 2025 financial results. All earnings-related materials are now available at the company’s investor relations website, here.

    Bread Financial President and Chief Executive Officer Ralph Andretta and Chief Financial Officer Perry Beberman will host a conference call at 8:30 a.m. ET today to discuss results. A link to the conference call will be available at the company’s investor relations website, and a replay will also be available there following the call.

    About Bread Financial® 
    Bread Financial® (NYSE: BFH) is a tech-forward financial services company that provides simple, personalized payment, lending and saving solutions to millions of U.S consumers. Our payment solutions, including Bread Financial general purpose credit cards and savings products, empower our customers and their passions for a better life. Additionally, we deliver growth for some of the most recognized brands in travel & entertainment, health & beauty, jewelry and specialty apparel through our private label and co-brand credit cards and pay-over-time products providing choice and value to our shared customers.

    To learn more about Bread Financial, our global associates and our sustainability commitments, visit breadfinancial.com or follow us on Instagram and LinkedIn.

    Contacts
    Brian Vereb — Investor Relations
    Brian.Vereb@breadfinancial.com

    Susan Haugen — Investor Relations
    Susan.Haugen@breadfinancial.com

    Rachel Stultz — Media
    Rachel.Stultz@breadfinancial.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Bread Financial Provides Performance Update for March 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    COLUMBUS, Ohio, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —  Bread Financial® Holdings, Inc. (NYSE: BFH), a tech-forward financial services company that provides simple, personalized payment, lending, and saving solutions to millions of U.S. consumers, provided a performance update. The following tables present the Company’s net loss rate and delinquency rate for the periods indicated:

      For the
    month ended
    March 31, 2025
      For the
    three months ended
    March 31, 2025
      (dollars in millions)
    End-of-period credit card and other loans $ 17,815     $ 17,815  
    Average credit card and other loans $ 17,818     $ 18,164  
    Year-over-year change in average credit card and other loans   (2 %)     (2 %)
    Net principal losses $ 123     $ 365  
    Net loss rate   8.1 %     8.2 %
      As of
    March 31, 2025
      As of
    March 31, 2024
      (dollars in millions)
    30 days + delinquencies – principal $ 973     $ 1,048  
    Period ended credit card and other loans – principal $ 16,390     $ 16,780  
    Delinquency rate   5.9 %     6.2 %
                   

    About Bread Financial® 
    Bread Financial® (NYSE: BFH) is a tech-forward financial services company that provides simple, personalized payment, lending, and saving solutions to millions of U.S consumers. Our payment solutions, including Bread Financial general purpose credit cards and savings products, empower our customers and their passions for a better life. Additionally, we deliver growth for some of the most recognized brands in travel & entertainment, health & beauty, jewelry and specialty apparel through our private label and co-brand credit cards and pay-over-time products providing choice and value to our shared customers. 

    To learn more about Bread Financial, our global associates and our sustainability commitments, visit breadfinancial.com or follow us on Instagram and LinkedIn

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements give our expectations or forecasts of future events and can generally be identified by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “project,” “plan,” “likely,” “may,” “should” or other words or phrases of similar import. Similarly, statements that describe our business strategy, outlook, objectives, plans, intentions or goals also are forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding, and the guidance we give with respect to, our anticipated operating or financial results, future financial performance and outlook, future dividend declarations, and future economic conditions.

    We believe that our expectations are based on reasonable assumptions. Forward-looking statements, however, are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and, in many cases, beyond our control. Accordingly, our actual results could differ materially from the projections, anticipated results or other expectations expressed in this release, and no assurances can be given that our expectations will prove to have been correct. Factors that could cause the outcomes to differ materially include, but are not limited to, the following: macroeconomic conditions, including market conditions, inflation, interest rates, labor market conditions, recessionary pressures or concerns over a prolonged economic slowdown, and the related impact on consumer spending behavior, payments, debt levels, savings rates and other behaviors; global political and public health events and conditions, including significant shifts in trade policy, such as changes to, or the imposition of, tariffs and/or trade barriers and any economic impacts, volatility, uncertainty and geopolitical instability resulting therefrom, as well as ongoing wars and military conflicts and natural disasters; future credit performance, including the level of future delinquency and write-off rates; the loss of, or reduction in demand from, significant brand partners or customers in the highly competitive markets in which we compete; the concentration of our business in U.S. consumer credit; inaccuracies in the models and estimates on which we rely, including the amount of our Allowance for credit losses and our credit risk management models; the inability to realize the intended benefits of acquisitions, dispositions and other strategic initiatives; our level of indebtedness and ability to access financial or capital markets; pending and future federal and state legislation, regulation, supervisory guidance, and regulatory and legal actions, including, but not limited to, those related to financial regulatory reform and consumer financial services practices, as well as any such actions with respect to late fees, interchange fees or other charges; impacts arising from or relating to the transition of our credit card processing services to third party service providers that we completed in 2022; failures or breaches in our operational or security systems, including as a result of cyberattacks, unanticipated impacts from technology modernization projects or otherwise; and any tax or other liability or adverse impacts arising out of or related to the spinoff of our former LoyaltyOne segment or the bankruptcy filings of Loyalty Ventures Inc. (LVI) and certain of its subsidiaries and subsequent litigation or other disputes. The foregoing factors, along with other risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in forward-looking statements, are described in greater detail under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the most recently ended fiscal year, which may be updated in Item 1A of, or elsewhere in, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed for periods subsequent to such Form 10-K. Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made, and we undertake no obligation, other than as required by applicable law, to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events, anticipated or unanticipated circumstances or otherwise.

    Contacts
    Brian Vereb – Investor Relations
    Brian.Vereb@BreadFinancial.com

    Susan Haugen – Investor Relations
    Susan.Haugen@BreadFinancial.com

    Rachel Stultz – Media
    Rachel.Stultz@BreadFinancial.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Future of Energy Security summit: Energy Secretary opening remarks

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    Speech

    Future of Energy Security summit: Energy Secretary opening remarks

    The Energy Secretary delivered opening remarks at the International Energy Agency (IEA) Future of Energy Security summit.

    Francine, thank you so much.  

    And distinguished delegates, on behalf of the UK government and the International Energy Agency, I want to welcome you all to this historic setting of Lancaster House and to London for this first global summit on the Future of Energy Security. 

    As Francine has said, there are numerous countries represented here – almost 60 countries represented here today.  

    And I want to thank each and every one of you who have made the trip here. We truly appreciate your presence and we really look forward to the discussions over the coming 2 days. 

    We also have leaders from more than 50 global businesses with us. 

    And I want to thank all of you for everything you do to help create energy security for our countries and our world.  

    And we also have NGOs and civil society groups from around the world who are here with us, who play an important role in ensuring accountability of governments.

    I also want to pay a specific thank you to the official partners of the summit: Iberdrola-Scottish Power, National Grid, SSE and Urenco.  

    And if I may, I want to also thank the teams at the International Energy Agency and across the UK government who have worked incredibly hard to pull this event together. It is some feat of organisation. 

    And I want if I may also to pay particular tribute to Fatih Birol. Fatih, your leadership of the IEA for nearly a decade now has been marked by your commitment to rigour, to values and to multilateral cooperation. That is why the IEA is so central to the global discussion on energy, and I want to thank you. Perhaps the audience could show our appreciation for Fatih and the work he does.  

    You’ve got much more interesting people than me to hear from in these coming sessions, but let me make a few remarks to frame our discussions over the next 2 days.  

    First, our starting point for this summit is that in an unstable and uncertain world, there can be no national or international security without energy security.   

    And indeed it is now more than 50 years since the IEA was founded in response to the oil crisis of 1973.

    Over that time, the challenges we face have changed.  

    But I think the principle underpinning the IEA’s work – that countries need to collaborate to secure the uninterrupted supply of energy at an affordable price – remains the same.  

    And in the years since Russia’s invasion of Ukraine we’ve been reminded in the UK, and indeed across Europe and the world of a simple truth:  

    That as long as energy can be weaponised against us, our countries and our citizens are vulnerable and exposed.  

    It is for this reason that energy security is also at the heart of economic security – because it is central to living standards, job creation and economic growth.  

    And we hope this summit marks an important moment for countries to come together and discuss what the shifting global landscape means for how we deliver energy security in this era.

    Second, the act of bringing together, which is an initiative that I’ve taken alongside Fatih and the IEA, I think stems from an underlying belief that can unite us all, which is there is huge benefit for us from cooperating on the basis of our shared interests.  

    I think it’s really important to say every country faces its own energy security challenges and its own constraints.  

    And each country will pursue its own pathway, following its national interest in securing its energy supplies.  

    Different pathways – and I think this is a really important point for this conference – different pathways for different nations should be respected.   

    And we will all get a chance to reflect on our different national circumstances in our discussions over the coming days.  

    But here is the key thing: whatever our national pathways, I do believe that we share a fundamental belief that shared challenges invite shared solutions.  

    Multilateral co-operation can make us stronger not weaker – in our own individual national interest.  

    Third point – hopefully this is also a uniting idea – I believe that we gathered here are the optimists about what we can achieve for our society. Business, government, civil society – I believe we are, in this energy sector, the optimists.  

    Abundant energy can raise living standards, economic growth and deliver for today’s and future generations of citizens. 

    For the UK, just to talk about us for a moment, there is an exciting vision of energy security and abundance from cheap, homegrown, low carbon power.  

    Following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, we saw family finances, business finances and public finances wrecked as fossil fuel prices rocketed on the global markets, and therefore here in Britain.  

    Now oil and gas, including from our North Sea, will continue to play an important role in our energy system, and we really value our industry and the jobs it supports. But as with many countries, we are a price taker not a price maker in international fossil fuel markets.  

    So our vision of low carbon power goes well beyond the climate imperative — important as that is. Homegrown low carbon power is our nationally chosen route to energy security.  

    Solar power, wind power, tidal, geothermal, nuclear power – also an essential part of the low carbon opportunity.  

    These are often unlimited, low-cost power supplies which we can exploit for the benefit of our citizens.  

    So to be clear about this, ours is a hard-headed approach to the role of low carbon power as the route to energy security. 

    And I believe this isn’t just true for the UK – alongside a continuing important role for oil and gas, low carbon energy can play a critical role in delivering energy security for many countries around the world.  

    And it presents a solution to the issue of energy security that simply wasn’t true in the same way as a decade and a half ago – and this again is important – and that’s because of what many countries in this room, working with business, public and private sector together, have achieved.  

    The cost of solar globally has fallen by 90% since 2010.   

    Offshore wind by more than 60%.  

    That’s in part why last year, $2 trillion was invested in clean energy with 80% of new electricity generation met by renewables and nuclear.  

    Indeed, according to BNEF, for more than two-thirds of the world’s population, new renewables are the cheapest source of bulk power generation.  

    In the spirit of multilateralism, the UK is determined to work with others to accelerate this transition, including through our Global Clean Power Alliance, which the Prime Minister launched at the G20 last year.  

    Final point, let me finish by saying that at a time when so much of what is happening in the world looks so intractable, I hope we can carry this spirit of optimism into our deliberations.  

    And I hope genuinely that everyone here enjoys this event and your time in London. 

    I want to end with the following message from His Majesty The King that he has asked me to read out to you all because this summit is something that he was very much personally interested in.  

    And this is the message from King Charles: 

    As we all navigate the transition to cleaner energy for our planet and energy security for our citizens, summits such as these are of vital importance in facilitating shared learning between nations, particularly those in the global south and across the Commonwealth.  

    Events over recent years have shown that, when well-managed, the transition to more sustainable energy sources can itself lead to more resilient and secure energy systems.  

    While each country will follow its individual path, there are many shared challenges and opportunities on which we can work together, as partners. 

    And he ends by saying: 

    I wanted to take this opportunity to thank you all for participating in this summit on the future of energy security, and to send my warmest best wishes for productive discussions over the coming days.

    Ladies and gentlemen, thank you so much for your attendance, and now it’s my huge privilege to introduce the Executive Director of the IEA, Dr Fatih Birol.

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 April 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi launches development works worth over Rs 13,480 crore in Madhubani, Bihar marking National Panchayati Raj Day

    Source: Government of India

    Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi launches development works worth over Rs 13,480 crore in Madhubani, Bihar marking National Panchayati Raj Day

    In the last decade, several measures have been taken to empower Panchayats, Panchayats have been strengthened through technology: PM

    The rural economy has gained new momentum in the last decade: PM

    The past decade has been the decade of India’s infrastructure: PM

    Makhana is a superfood for the country and the world today, but in Mithila it is a part of the culture,source for prosperity here: PM

    The willpower of 140 crore Indians will now break the back of the perpetrators of terror: PM

    Terrorism will not go unpunished, Every effort will be made to ensure that justice is done, The entire nation is firm in this resolve: PM

    Posted On: 24 APR 2025 2:11PM by PIB Delhi

    The Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi inaugurated, laid the foundation stone and dedicated to the nation multiple development projects worth over Rs 13,480 crore in Madhubani, Bihar today on the occasion of National Panchayati Raj Day. The Prime Minister appealed to everyone at the event to observe silence and pray for the departed souls in the Pahalgam attacks on 22 April 2025. Addressing the gathering on the occasion, he said that on the occasion of Panchayati Raj Day, the entire nation is connected with Mithila and Bihar. He remarked that projects worth thousands of crores of rupees, aimed at Bihar’s development, have been inaugurated and foundations laid for, emphasising that these initiatives in electricity, railways, and infrastructure will create new employment opportunities in Bihar. He paid tributes to the great poet and national icon, Ramdhari Singh Dinkar Ji, on his death anniversary. 

    Remarking that Bihar is the land where Mahatma Gandhi expanded the mantra of Satyagraha, Shri Modi highlighted Mahatma Gandhi’s firm belief that India’s rapid development is only possible when its villages are strong. He emphasized that the concept of Panchayati Raj was rooted in this sentiment. “Over the past decade, continuous steps have been taken to empower Panchayats. Technology has played a significant role in strengthening Panchayats, with over 2 lakh Gram Panchayats connected to the internet in the last decade”, he added. Shri Modi pointed out that more than 5.5 lakh Common Service Centers have been established in villages, underlining that the digitalization of Panchayats has brought additional benefits, such as easy access to documents like birth and death certificates, and landholding certificates. He remarked that while the nation received a new Parliament building after decades of independence, 30,000 new Panchayat Bhawans have also been constructed across the country. He also highlighted that ensuring adequate funds for Panchayats has been a priority for the government. “Over the past decade, Panchayats have received more than ₹2 lakh crore, all of which has been utilized for the development of villages”, he said.

    Highlighting that one of the major issues faced by Gram Panchayats has been related to land disputes, the Prime Minister mentioned the frequent disagreements over which land is residential, agricultural, Panchayat-owned, or government-owned. He emphasized that to address this issue, the digitization of land records is being undertaken, which has helped resolve unnecessary disputes effectively.

    Shri Modi underscored that Panchayats have strengthened social participation, remarking that Bihar was the first state in the country to provide 50% reservation for women in Panchayats. He emphasized that today, a significant number of women from economically weaker sections, Dalits, Mahadalits, backward, and extremely backward communities are serving as public representatives in Bihar, describing it as true social justice and genuine social participation. He underlined that democracy thrives and becomes stronger with greater participation. Reflecting this vision, Shri Modi noted that a law providing 33% reservation for women in the Lok Sabha and State Assemblies has also been enacted. He remarked that this will benefit women across all states, giving our sisters and daughters greater representation.

    Emphasising that the government is working in mission mode to increase women’s income and create new opportunities for employment and self-employment, Shri Modi highlighted the transformative impact of the ‘Jeevika Didi’ program in Bihar, which has changed the lives of many women. He remarked that today, self-help groups of women in Bihar have been provided financial assistance of approximately ₹1,000 crore, noting that this will further strengthen the economic empowerment of women and contribute to the goal of creating 3 crore Lakhpati Didis across the country. He highlighted that the rural economy has gained new momentum over the past decade. He pointed out that villages have seen the construction of houses for the poor, roads, gas connections, water connections, and toilets, bringing lakhs of crores of rupees to rural areas. The Prime Minister remarked that new employment opportunities have been created, benefiting laborers, farmers, vehicle operators, and shopkeepers, providing them with new avenues for income. He emphasized that this has particularly benefited communities that have been deprived for generations. He cited the example of the PM Awas Yojana, which aims to ensure that no family in the country remains homeless and that everyone has a permanent roof over their heads. He noted that over the past decade, more than 4 crore permanent houses have been constructed under this scheme. He highlighted that in Bihar alone, 57 lakh poor families have received permanent houses. He remarked that these houses have been provided to families from economically weaker sections, Dalits, and backward and extremely backward communities like Pasmanda families. Shri Modi announced that in the coming years, 3 crore more permanent houses will be provided to the poor. He noted that today, approximately 1.5 lakh families in Bihar are moving into their new permanent homes. He said that across the country, 15 lakh poor families have been issued approval letters for the construction of new houses, including 3.5 lakh beneficiaries from Bihar. He highlighted that today, financial assistance has been sent to approximately 10 lakh poor families for their permanent houses, including 80,000 rural families and 1 lakh urban families from Bihar.

    “The past decade has been a decade of infrastructure development for India”, said the Prime Minister, highlighting that this modern infrastructure is strengthening the foundation of a developed India. He noted that for the first time, over 12 crore rural families have received tap water connections in their homes, underlining that more than 2.5 crore households have been electrified, and those who never imagined cooking on gas stoves have now received gas cylinders. “Even in challenging regions like Ladakh and Siachen, where providing basic facilities is difficult, 4G and 5G mobile connections have now been established, reflecting the nation’s current priorities”, he pointed out. The Prime Minister highlighted advancements in healthcare, noting that institutions like AIIMS were once limited to major cities like Delhi. He announced that AIIMS is now being established in Darbhanga, and the number of medical colleges in the country has nearly doubled in the past decade and mentioned the construction of a new medical college in Jhanjharpur. He emphasized that to ensure quality healthcare in villages, over 1.5 lakh Ayushman Arogya Mandirs have been established across the country, including more than 10,000 in Bihar. He remarked that Jan Aushadhi Kendras have become a significant relief for the poor and middle class, offering medicines at an 80% discount. He noted that Bihar now has over 800 Jan Aushadhi Kendras, saving its people ₹2,000 crore in medical expenses. The Prime Minister highlighted that under the Ayushman Bharat scheme, lakhs of families in Bihar have received free treatment, resulting in savings of thousands of crores of rupees for these families.

    “India is rapidly advancing its connectivity through infrastructure like railways, roads, and airports”, highlighted Shri Modi, noting that metro projects are underway in Patna, and over two dozen cities across the country are now connected with metro facilities. He announced the launch of the ‘Namo Bharat Rapid Rail’ service between Patna and Jaynagar, which will significantly reduce travel time between the two locations, and emphasized that this development will benefit lakhs of people from Samastipur, Darbhanga, Madhubani, and Begusarai.

    The Prime Minister also mentioned the inauguration and launch of multiple new railway lines in Bihar, highlighting the commencement of the modern Amrit Bharat train service between Saharsa and Mumbai, which will greatly benefit the labor families. He remarked that the government is modernizing several railway stations in Bihar, including Madhubani and Jhanjharpur. He emphasized that air connectivity in Mithila and Bihar has improved significantly with Darbhanga Airport, and the expansion of Patna Airport is underway. “These development projects are creating new employment opportunities in Bihar”, he added.

    “Farmers are the backbone of the rural economy, the stronger this backbone, the stronger the villages, and consequently, the nation”, said Shri Modi. He highlighted the persistent challenges of floods in the Mithila and Kosi regions, noting that the government is set to invest ₹11,000 crore to mitigate the impact of floods in Bihar. He said that this investment will facilitate the construction of dams on rivers such as Bagmati, Dhar, Budhi Gandak, and Kosi, adding that canals will be developed, ensuring irrigation arrangements through river water. “This initiative will not only reduce flood-related issues but will also ensure adequate water supply reaches every farmer’s field”, he added.

    “Makhana, a cultural staple of Mithila, has now gained global recognition as a superfood”, highlighted Shri Modi, mentioning that makhana has been granted a GI tag, officially certifying it as a product of this region. He added that the Makhana Research Centre has been accorded national status. He also highlighted the Budget announcement of the Makhana Board, which is expected to transform the fortunes of makhana farmers, emphasising that Bihar’s makhana will now reach international markets as a superfood. He noted that the National Institute of Food Technology and Management is being established in Bihar, which will support the youth in setting up small enterprises related to food processing. He further emphasized that Bihar is making consistent progress in fisheries along with agriculture, highlighting that fishermen now have access to the benefits of the Kisan Credit Card, providing advantages to numerous families involved in fisheries. He remarked that under the PM Matsya Sampada Yojana, projects worth hundreds of crores have been executed in Bihar.

    Expressing deep sorrow over the brutal killing of innocent civilians by terrorists in Pahalgam, Jammu and Kashmir, on April 22, Shri Modi remarked that the entire nation is distressed and stands in solidarity with the grieving families. He assured that every effort is being made by the government to ensure the speedy recovery of those undergoing treatment. He highlighted the profound loss suffered by families, where some lost their sons, brothers, or life partners, noting that the victims came from diverse linguistic and regional backgrounds—some spoke Bengali, Kannada, Marathi, Odia, Gujarati, and some were from Bihar. Underlining that from Kargil to Kanyakumari, the grief and outrage over this attack are shared equally across the nation, Shri Modi remarked that this attack was not just on unarmed tourists but was a brazen assault on the soul of India. “The terrorists responsible for this attack, along with those who conspired it, will face punishment beyond their imagination”, he declared in unequivocal terms, asserting that the time has come to eliminate the remaining strongholds of terrorism. “The willpower of 140 crore Indians will now break the backbone of the perpetrators of terror”, he stressed.

    The Prime Minister declared from the soil of Bihar that India will identify, track, and punish every terrorist, their handlers, and their backers, emphasising that India will pursue them to the ends of the earth. “India’s spirit will never be broken by terrorism and terrorism will not go unpunished. Every effort will be made to ensure justice is served and the entire nation is firm in this resolve against terrorism”, he stressed. He further stated that everyone who believes in humanity stands with India during these times. He expressed his gratitude to the people and leaders of various countries who have supported India in these moments.

    “Peace and security are the most critical prerequisites for rapid development”, said Shri Modi, remarking that a developed Bihar is essential for a developed India. He concluded by highlighting that efforts are being made to ensure development in Bihar and to extend the benefits of progress to every section and every region of the state. He expressed gratitude to everyone for joining the program on the occasion of Panchayati Raj Day.

    The Governor of Bihar, Shri Arif Mohammed Khan, Chief Minister of Bihar, Shri Nitish Kumar, Union Ministers Shri Rajiv Ranjan Singh, Shri Jitan Ram Manji, Shri Giriraj Singh, Shri Chirag Paswan, Shri Nityanand Rai, Shri Ram Nath Thakur, Dr. Raj Bhushan Choudhary were present among other dignitaries at the event.

    Background 

    Prime Minister participated in the National Panchayati Raj Day programme in Madhubani, Bihar. He also presented National Panchayat Awards, recognizing and incentivizing best-performing Panchayats on the occasion. 

    Prime Minister laid the foundation stone of an LPG bottling plant with rail unloading facility at Hathua in Gopalganj District of Bihar worth around Rs 340 crore. This will help in streamlining the supply chain and improving efficiency of bulk LPG transportation.

    Boosting power infrastructure in the region, Prime Minister laid the foundation stone for projects worth over Rs 1,170 crore and also inaugurated multiple projects worth over Rs 5,030 crore in the power sector in Bihar under the Revamped Distribution Sector Scheme. 

    In line with his commitment to boost rail connectivity across the nation, Prime Minister flagged off Amrit Bharat express between Saharsa and Mumbai, Namo Bharat Rapid rail between Jaynagar and Patna and trains between Pipra and Saharsa and Saharsa and Samastipur. He also inaugurated the Supaul Pipra rail line, Hasanpur Bithan Rail line and two 2-lane Rail over bridges at Chapra and Bagaha. He dedicated to the nation the Khagaria-Alauli Rail line. These projects will improve connectivity and lead to overall socio-economic development of the region.

    Prime Minister distributed benefits of around Rs 930 crore under Community Investment Fund to over 2 lakh SHGs from Bihar under Deendayal Antyodaya Yojana – National Rural Livelihoods Mission (DAY- NRLM).

    Prime Minister handed over sanction letters to 15 lakh new beneficiaries of PMAY-Gramin and released instalments to 10 lakh PMAY-G beneficiaries from across the country. He also handed over keys to some beneficiaries marking the Grih Pravesh of 1 lakh PMAY-G and 54,000 PMAY-U houses in Bihar.

     

     

    ***

    MJPS/SR

    (Release ID: 2124029) Visitor Counter : 85

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI: Donegal Group Inc. Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MARIETTA, Pa., April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Donegal Group Inc. (NASDAQ: DGICA) and (NASDAQ: DGICB) today reported its financial results for the first quarter of 2025.

    Significant Items for First Quarter of 2025 (all comparisons to first quarter of 2024):

    • Net premiums earned increased 2.2% to $232.7 million
    • Combined ratio of 91.6%, compared to 102.4%
    • Net income of $25.2 million, or $0.71 per diluted Class A share, compared to $6.0 million, or $0.18 per diluted Class A share
    • Net investment losses (after tax) of $0.4 million, or 1 cent per diluted Class A share, compared to net investment gains (after tax) of $1.7 million, or 5 cents per diluted Class A share, are included in net income
    • Annualized return on average equity of 17.8%, compared to 4.9%
    • Book value per share of $16.24 at March 31, 2025, compared to $14.53 at March 31, 2024

    Financial Summary

      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024     % Change
      (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
               
    Income Statement Data          
    Net premiums earned $ 232,702     $ 227,749       2.2 %
    Investment income, net   11,984       10,972       9.2  
    Net investment (losses) gains   (471 )     2,113       NM2  
    Total revenues   245,174       241,141       1.7  
    Net income   25,205       5,956       323.2  
    Non-GAAP operating income1   25,577       4,286       496.8  
    Annualized return on average equity   17.8 %     4.9 %     12.9 pts  
                   
    Per Share Data          
    Net income – Class A (diluted) $ 0.71     $ 0.18       294.4 %
    Net income – Class B   0.65       0.16       306.3  
    Non-GAAP operating income – Class A (diluted)   0.72       0.13       453.8  
    Non-GAAP operating income – Class B   0.66       0.12       450.0  
    Book value   16.24       14.53       11.8  
               
     

    1The “Definitions of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of this release defines and reconciles data that we prepare on an accounting basis other than U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).
    2Not meaningful.

    Management Commentary

    Kevin G. Burke, President and Chief Executive Officer of Donegal Group Inc., stated, “We are pleased that positive momentum, which began to emerge in the second half of 2024, continued into the first quarter of 2025 with our achievement of record earnings for the second straight quarter. We believe this accomplishment reflects the deliberate actions and strong operational discipline of our team in prioritizing sustained profitability while pursuing targeted premium growth.

    “Net premiums earned rose by 2.2% to $232.7 million, while net premiums written1 declined modestly by 1.7% compared to the prior-year quarter, with that decline primarily due to lower new business volume and planned attrition, offset partially by solid premium rate increases and strong retention of desired risks. We achieved a combined ratio of 91.6% for the first quarter of 2025, marking significant improvement over the 102.4% combined ratio for the prior-year quarter. We attribute the improvement to core loss ratio decreases that resulted from the strategic initiatives and profit improvement plans we implemented over the past several years, coupled with lower-than-average weather-related and large fire losses and a higher level of favorable development of reserves related to prior accident years.

    “In our commercial lines business, we are actively promoting our small commercial products and capabilities while actively seeking to grow our middle market business segment. In our personal lines business, our strategic focus remains on maintaining profitability through rate adequacy. Our personal lines growth in the first quarter of 2025 was constrained by two intentional strategies. We limited new business volume and continued the non-renewal of a legacy Maryland book of business. We are taking proactive steps to stabilize personal lines premium level as the year progresses, and we will continue to emphasize higher levels of profitable growth in commercial lines that we believe will lead to long-term success.”

    Mr. Burke concluded, “We believe we are well positioned to navigate the evolving insurance landscape, as we continue to enhance and refine our systems and operational capabilities. We are confident in our ability to achieve sustainable excellent financial performance and capitalize on future growth opportunities that will further enhance shareholder value over time.”

    Insurance Operations

    Donegal Group is an insurance holding company whose insurance subsidiaries and affiliates offer property and casualty lines of insurance in three Mid-Atlantic states (Delaware, Maryland and Pennsylvania), five Southern states (Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Virginia), eight Midwestern states (Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Michigan, Nebraska, Ohio, South Dakota and Wisconsin) and five Southwestern states (Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, Texas and Utah). Donegal Mutual Insurance Company and the insurance subsidiaries of Donegal Group conduct business together as the Donegal Insurance Group.

      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024     % Change
      (dollars in thousands)
               
    Net Premiums Earned          
    Commercial lines $ 136,216     $ 132,092       3.1 %
    Personal lines   96,486       95,657       0.9  
    Total net premiums earned $ 232,702     $ 227,749       2.2 %
               
    Net Premiums Written          
    Commercial lines:          
    Automobile $ 56,525     $ 53,514       5.6 %
    Workers’ compensation   28,754       31,074       -7.5  
    Commercial multi-peril   60,790       57,503       5.7  
    Other   14,549       13,403       8.6  
    Total commercial lines   160,618       155,494       3.3  
    Personal lines:          
    Automobile   55,192       61,381       -10.1  
    Homeowners   28,788       31,759       -9.4  
    Other   2,494       2,808       -11.2  
    Total personal lines   86,474       95,948       -9.9  
    Total net premiums written $ 247,092     $ 251,442       -1.7 %
               
     

    Net Premiums Written

    The 1.7% decrease in net premiums written for the first quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2024, as shown in the table above, represents the net combination of a 3.3% increase in commercial lines net premiums written and a 9.9% decrease in personal lines net premiums written. The $4.4 million decrease in net premiums written for the first quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2024 included:

    • Commercial Lines: $5.1 million increase that we attribute primarily to solid retention and a continuation of renewal premium increases in lines other than workers’ compensation, offset partially by lower new business writings.
    • Personal Lines: $9.5 million decrease that we attribute primarily to planned attrition due to lower new business writings and non-renewal actions, offset partially by a continuation of renewal premium rate increases and solid retention.

    Underwriting Performance

    We evaluate the performance of our commercial lines and personal lines segments primarily based upon the underwriting results of our insurance subsidiaries as determined under statutory accounting practices. The following table presents comparative details with respect to the GAAP and statutory combined ratios1 for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024:

      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
        2025       2024  
           
    GAAP Combined Ratios (Total Lines)      
    Loss ratio – core losses   54.4 %     58.7 %
    Loss ratio – weather-related losses   3.7       4.7  
    Loss ratio – large fire losses   3.1       6.6  
    Loss ratio – net prior-year reserve development   -4.5       -3.7  
    Loss ratio   56.7       66.3  
    Expense ratio   34.6       35.7  
    Dividend ratio   0.3       0.4  
    Combined ratio   91.6 %     102.4 %
           
    Statutory Combined Ratios      
    Commercial lines:      
    Automobile   91.4 %     99.6 %
    Workers’ compensation   117.6       111.2  
    Commercial multi-peril   90.3       102.7  
    Other   80.8       82.2  
    Total commercial lines   94.7       101.6  
    Personal lines:      
    Automobile   85.0       99.8  
    Homeowners   83.8       102.9  
    Other   56.6       85.2  
    Total personal lines   83.6       100.3  
    Total lines   90.3 %     101.2 %
           
     

     

    Loss Ratio

    For the first quarter of 2025, the loss ratio decreased to 56.7%, compared to 66.3% for the first quarter of 2024. The core loss ratio, which excludes weather-related losses, large fire losses and net favorable development of reserves for losses incurred in prior accident years, was 54.2% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 58.7% for the first quarter of 2024. For the commercial lines segment, the core loss ratio of 58.3% for the first quarter of 2025 decreased modestly from 59.0% for the first quarter of 2024, primarily as the result of ongoing premium rate increases in all lines except workers’ compensation and reduced exposures in underperforming states and classes of business. For the personal lines segment, the core loss ratio of 48.7% for the first quarter of 2025 decreased significantly from 58.1% for the first quarter of 2024, due largely to the favorable impact of ongoing premium rate increases on net premiums earned for that segment. While we did not see a material impact in the first quarter of 2025, we are monitoring the impact of tariffs and other inflationary factors, which may result in increases in loss costs in future quarters.

    Weather-related losses were $8.6 million, or 3.7 percentage points of the loss ratio, for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $10.8 million, or 4.7 percentage points of the loss ratio, for the first quarter of 2024. The weather-related loss ratio for the first quarter of 2025 was modestly lower than our previous five-year first-quarter average of 4.6 percentage points of the loss ratio.

    Large fire losses, which we define as individual fire losses in excess of $50,000, for the first quarter of 2025 were $7.7 million, or 3.3 percentage points of the loss ratio. That amount was substantially lower than the large fire losses of $15.0 million, or 6.6 percentage points of the loss ratio, for the first quarter of 2024. We primarily attribute the decrease to lower loss frequency and severity compared to the prior-year quarter. We experienced a $5.3 million decrease in commercial property fire losses and a $2.0 million decrease in homeowner fire losses.

    Net favorable development of reserves for losses incurred in prior accident years of $10.5 million decreased the loss ratio for the first quarter of 2025 by 4.5 percentage points, compared to $8.4 million that decreased the loss ratio for the first quarter of 2024 by 3.7 percentage points. Our insurance subsidiaries experienced favorable development primarily in the personal automobile, commercial automobile and commercial multi-peril lines of business, offset partially by modest unfavorable development in workers’ compensation for the first quarter of 2025.

    Expense Ratio

    The expense ratio was 34.6% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 35.7% for the first quarter of 2024. The decrease in the expense ratio primarily reflected the favorable impact of ongoing expense management initiatives, offset partially by higher underwriting-based incentive costs for agents and employees. The impact from costs that Donegal Mutual Insurance Company allocated to our insurance subsidiaries related to its ongoing systems modernization project peaked at approximately 1.3 percentage points of the full year 2024 expense ratio, and we expect that impact to subside gradually over the next several years. Allocated costs related to that project represented approximately 1.2 percentage points of the expense ratio for the first quarter of 2025, and we expect the full year 2025 expense ratio impact will be approximately 1.0 percentage point.

    Investment Operations

    Donegal Group’s investment strategy is to generate an appropriate amount of after-tax income on its invested assets while minimizing credit risk through investment in high-quality securities. As a result, we had invested 95.7% of our consolidated investment portfolio in diversified, highly rated and marketable fixed-maturity securities at March 31, 2025.

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
      Amount   %   Amount   %
      (dollars in thousands)
    Fixed maturities, at carrying value:              
    U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S.              
    government corporations and agencies $ 176,090       12.5 %   $ 170,423       12.3 %
    Obligations of states and political subdivisions   412,304       29.3       409,560       29.6  
    Corporate securities   442,275       31.4       440,552       31.8  
    Mortgage-backed securities   317,236       22.5       304,459       22.0  
    Allowance for expected credit losses   (1,351 )     -0.1       (1,388 )     -0.1  
    Total fixed maturities   1,346,554       95.6       1,323,606       95.6  
    Equity securities, at fair value   40,206       2.9       36,808       2.6  
    Short-term investments, at cost   20,622       1.5       24,558       1.8  
    Total investments $ 1,407,382       100.0 %   $ 1,384,972       100.0 %
                   
    Average investment yield   3.4 %         3.3 %    
    Average tax-equivalent investment yield   3.5 %         3.4 %    
    Average fixed-maturity duration (years)   5.2           5.2      
                   
     

    Net investment income of $12.0 million for the first quarter of 2025 increased 9.2% compared to $11.0 million for the first quarter of 2024. The increase in net investment income reflected an increase in average investment yield and higher average invested assets relative to the prior-year first quarter.

    Net investment losses were $0.5 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to net investment gains of $2.1 million for the first quarter of 2024. We attribute the losses to the decrease in the market value of the equity securities we held at March 31, 2025.

    Our book value per share was $16.24 at March 31, 2025, compared to $15.36 at December 31, 2024, with the increase partially related to net income, as well as $6.7 million of after-tax unrealized gains within our available-for-sale fixed-maturity portfolio during 2025 that increased our book value by $0.19 per share. Consistent with our historical practice, we did not declare any cash dividends in the first quarter of 2025 or 2024.

    Definitions of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    We prepare our consolidated financial statements on the basis of GAAP. Our insurance subsidiaries also prepare financial statements based on statutory accounting principles state insurance regulators prescribe or permit (“SAP”). In addition to using GAAP-based performance measurements, we also utilize certain non-GAAP financial measures that we believe provide value in managing our business and for comparison to the financial results of our peers. These non-GAAP measures are net premiums written, operating income or loss and statutory combined ratio.

    Net premiums written and operating income or loss are non-GAAP financial measures investors in insurance companies commonly use. We define net premiums written as the amount of full-term premiums our insurance subsidiaries record for policies effective within a given period less premiums our insurance subsidiaries cede to reinsurers. We define operating income or loss as net income or loss excluding after-tax net investment gains or losses, after-tax restructuring charges and other significant non-recurring items. Because our calculation of operating income or loss may differ from similar measures other companies use, investors should exercise caution when comparing our measure of operating income or loss to the measure of other companies.

    The following table provides a reconciliation of net premiums earned to net premiums written for the periods indicated:

      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024     % Change
      (dollars in thousands)
               
    Reconciliation of Net Premiums          
    Earned to Net Premiums Written          
    Net premiums earned $ 232,702     $ 227,749       2.2 %
    Change in net unearned premiums   14,390       23,693       -39.3  
    Net premiums written $ 247,092     $ 251,442       -1.7 %
               
     

    The following table provides a reconciliation of net income to operating income for the periods indicated:

      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024     % Change
      (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
               
    Reconciliation of Net Income          
    to Non-GAAP Operating Income              
    Net income $ 25,205     $ 5,956       323.2 %
    Investment losses (gains) (after tax)   372       (1,670 )     NM  
    Non-GAAP operating income $ 25,577     $ 4,286       496.8 %
                   
    Per Share Reconciliation of Net Income              
    to Non-GAAP Operating Income              
    Net income – Class A (diluted) $ 0.71     $ 0.18       294.4 %
    Investment losses (gains) (after tax)   0.01       (0.05 )     NM  
    Non-GAAP operating income – Class A $ 0.72     $ 0.13       453.8 %
                   
    Net income – Class B $ 0.65     $ 0.16       306.3 %
    Investment losses (gains) (after tax)   0.01       (0.04 )     NM  
    Non-GAAP operating income – Class B $ 0.66     $ 0.12       450.0 %
                   
               

    The statutory combined ratio is a non-GAAP standard measurement of underwriting profitability that is based upon amounts determined under SAP. The statutory combined ratio is the sum of:

    • the statutory loss ratio, which is the ratio of calendar-year incurred losses and loss expenses, excluding anticipated salvage and subrogation recoveries, to premiums earned;
    • the statutory expense ratio, which is the ratio of expenses incurred for net commissions, premium taxes and underwriting expenses to premiums written; and
    • the statutory dividend ratio, which is the ratio of dividends to holders of workers’ compensation policies to premiums earned.

    The statutory combined ratio does not reflect investment income, federal income taxes or other non-operating income or expense. A statutory combined ratio of less than 100% generally indicates underwriting profitability.

    Dividend Information

    On April 17, 2025, we declared regular quarterly cash dividends of $0.1825 per share for our Class A common stock and $0.165 per share for our Class B common stock, which are payable on May 15, 2025 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on May 1, 2025.

    Pre-Recorded Webcast

    At approximately 8:30 am EST on Thursday, April 24, 2025, we will make available in the Investors section of our website a pre-recorded audio webcast featuring management commentary on our quarterly results and general business updates. You may listen to the pre-recorded webcast by accessing the link on our website at http://investors.donegalgroup.com. A supplemental investor presentation is also available via our website.

    About the Company

    Donegal Group Inc. is an insurance holding company whose insurance subsidiaries and affiliates offer property and casualty lines of insurance in certain Mid-Atlantic, Midwestern, Southern and Southwestern states. Donegal Mutual Insurance Company and the insurance subsidiaries of Donegal Group Inc. conduct business together as the Donegal Insurance Group. The Donegal Insurance Group has an A.M. Best rating of A (Excellent).

    The Class A common stock and Class B common stock of Donegal Group Inc. trade on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbols DGICA and DGICB, respectively. We are focused on several primary strategies, including achieving sustained excellent financial performance, strategically modernizing our operations and processes to transform our business, capitalizing on opportunities to grow profitably and providing superior experiences to our agents, policyholders and employees.

    Safe Harbor

    We base all statements contained in this release that are not historic facts on our current expectations. Such statements are forward-looking in nature (as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) and necessarily involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements we make may be identified by our use of words such as “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “estimate” and similar expressions. Our actual results could vary materially from our forward-looking statements. The factors that could cause our actual results to vary materially from the forward-looking statements we have previously made include, but are not limited to, adverse litigation and other trends that could increase our loss costs (including social inflation, labor shortages and escalating medical, automobile and property repair costs, including due to tariffs), adverse and catastrophic weather events (including from changing climate conditions), our ability to maintain profitable operations (including our ability to underwrite risks effectively and charge adequate premium rates), the adequacy of the loss and loss expense reserves of our insurance subsidiaries, the availability and successful operation of the information technology systems our insurance subsidiaries utilize, the successful development of new information technology systems to allow our insurance subsidiaries to compete effectively, business and economic conditions in the areas in which we and our insurance subsidiaries operate, interest rates, competition from various insurance and other financial businesses, terrorism, the availability and cost of reinsurance, legal and judicial developments, changes in regulatory requirements, our ability to attract and retain independent insurance agents, changes in our A.M. Best rating and the other risks that we describe from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We disclaim any obligation to update such statements or to announce publicly the results of any revisions that we may make to any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

    Investor Relations Contacts

    Karin Daly, Vice President, The Equity Group Inc.

    Phone: (212) 836-9623
    E-mail: kdaly@equityny.com

    Jeffrey D. Miller, Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
    Phone: (717) 426-1931
    E-mail: investors@donegalgroup.com

    Financial Supplement

    Donegal Group Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Income
    (unaudited; in thousands, except share data)
           
      Quarter Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
           
    Net premiums earned $ 232,702     $ 227,749  
    Investment income, net of expenses   11,984       10,972  
    Net investment (losses) gains   (471 )     2,113  
    Lease income   77       82  
    Installment payment fees   882       225  
    Total revenues   245,174       241,141  
           
    Net losses and loss expenses   132,033       150,896  
    Amortization of deferred acquisition costs   39,231       39,602  
    Other underwriting expenses   41,195       41,740  
    Policyholder dividends   760       1,055  
    Interest   333       155  
    Other expenses, net   461       445  
    Total expenses   214,013       233,893  
           
    Income before income tax expense   31,161       7,248  
    Income tax expense   5,956       1,292  
           
    Net income $ 25,205     $ 5,956  
           
    Net income per common share:      
    Class A – basic $ 0.72     $ 0.18  
    Class A – diluted $ 0.71     $ 0.18  
    Class B – basic and diluted $ 0.65     $ 0.16  
           
    Supplementary Financial Analysts’ Data      
           
    Weighted-average number of shares      
    outstanding:      
    Class A – basic   30,120,649       27,811,312  
    Class A – diluted   30,430,042       27,846,313  
    Class B – basic and diluted   5,576,775       5,576,775  
           
    Net premiums written $ 247,092     $ 251,442  
           
    Book value per common share      
    at end of period $ 16.24     $ 14.53  
           
    Annualized operating return on average equity   17.8 %     4.9 %
    Donegal Group Inc.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in thousands)
           
      March 31,   December 31,
        2025       2024  
      (unaudited)    
           
    ASSETS
    Investments:      
    Fixed maturities:      
    Held to maturity, at amortized cost $ 706,098     $ 705,714  
    Available for sale, at fair value   640,456       617,892  
    Equity securities, at fair value   40,206       36,808  
    Short-term investments, at cost   20,622       24,558  
    Total investments   1,407,382       1,384,972  
        64,315       52,926  
    Premiums receivable   193,975       181,107  
    Reinsurance receivable   403,382       420,742  
    Deferred policy acquisition costs   76,194       73,347  
    Prepaid reinsurance premiums   182,860       176,162  
    Other assets   40,169       46,776  
    Total assets $ 2,368,277     $ 2,336,032  
           
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    Liabilities:      
    Losses and loss expenses $ 1,092,624     $ 1,120,985  
    Unearned premiums   633,564       612,476  
    Borrowings under lines of credit   35,000       35,000  
    Other liabilities   22,366       21,795  
    Total liabilities   1,783,554       1,790,256  
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Class A common stock   334       329  
    Class B common stock   56       56  
    Additional paid-in capital   376,864       369,680  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (21,472 )     (28,200 )
    Retained earnings   270,167       245,137  
    Treasury stock   (41,226 )     (41,226 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   584,723       545,776  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 2,368,277     $ 2,336,032  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Hyperscale Data Subsidiary askROI Launches Artificial Intelligence Platform on App Store and Google Play

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LAS VEGAS, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Hyperscale Data, Inc. (NYSE American: GPUS), a diversified holding company (“Hyperscale Data” or the “Company”), today announced that its indirectly wholly owned subsidiary askROI, Inc. (“askROI”), has officially launched in both the Apple App Store and Google Play. askROI has seen strong traction since launching and has reached over 30,000 downloads with significant daily average user growth.

    askROI delivers advanced business intelligence capabilities through an intuitive, user-friendly interface, making data analysis and strategic decision-making accessible to users of all technical skill levels. By harnessing the power of artificial intelligence and machine learning, askROI empowers businesses to unlock actionable insights from their data, enabling them to make smarter decisions, faster.

    “We are thrilled with the progress that askROI has made this year,” said Milton “Todd” Ault III, Chief Executive Officer of askROI. “The askROI team is hard at work and is excited to release a new product in the coming weeks and remains committed to enhancing its platform experience and providing users with the tools they need to make better business decisions.”

    For more information on Hyperscale Data and its subsidiaries, Hyperscale Data recommends that stockholders, investors and any other interested parties read Hyperscale Data’s public filings and press releases available under the Investor Relations section at hyperscaledata.com or available at www.sec.gov.

    About Hyperscale Data, Inc.

    Through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Hyperscale Data owns and operates a data center at which it mines digital assets and offers colocation and hosting services for the emerging artificial intelligence ecosystems and other industries. Hyperscale Data’s subsidiary, Ault Capital Group, Inc. (“ACG”), is a diversified holding company pursuing growth by acquiring undervalued businesses and disruptive technologies with a global impact.

    Hyperscale Data intends to completely divest itself of ACG on or about December 31, 2025, at which time, it would solely be an owner and operator of data centers to support high-performance computing services. Until that happens, the Company provides, through ACG and its wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries and strategic investments, mission-critical products that support a diverse range of industries, including an artificial intelligence software platform, social gaming platform, equipment rental services, defense/aerospace, industrial, automotive, medical/biopharma and hotel operations. In addition, ACG is actively engaged in private credit and structured finance through a licensed lending subsidiary. Hyperscale Data’s headquarters are located at 11411 Southern Highlands Parkway, Suite 190 Las Vegas, NV 89141.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements generally include statements that are predictive in nature and depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, and include words such as “believes,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “strategy,” “future,” “opportunity,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “potential,” or similar expressions. Statements that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties.

    Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any of them publicly in light of new information or future events. Actual results could differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement as a result of various factors. More information, including potential risk factors, that could affect the Company’s business and financial results are included in the Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including, but not limited to, the Company’s Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K. All filings are available at www.sec.gov and on the Company’s website at hyperscaledata.com.

    Hyperscale Data Investor Contact:
    IR@hyperscaledata.com or 1-888-753-2235

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: MEXC Leads Q1 Market Share Gains with Highest Growth in Both Spot and Derivatives

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    VICTORIA, Seychelles, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — While the global crypto market experienced a sharp downturn in Q1 2025, MEXC, a leading global cryptocurrency exchange, bucked the trend with significant gains in both spot and derivatives market share, according to the latest reports from TokenInsight and CoinGecko.

    Market Share Growth Despite Industry Decline
    According to TokenInsight’s Q1 2025 Exchange Report, MEXC was one of the few major centralized exchanges (CEXs) to grow its presence while the total market saw a 12.53% decline in trading volume, dropping to $23 trillion.

    MEXC increased its market share from 12.47% to 13.06% quarter-over-quarter. On the spot market, the exchange saw the largest increase in market share among all major CEXs, growing by 1.7% — a standout performance in a quarter marked by declining investor activity.

    Leading the Charge in Derivatives
    MEXC’s most notable performance was in the derivatives segment, where it posted a 4.3% increase, jumping from 8.2% to 12.5% market share, according to TokenInsight. This marks the largest gain among all top 10 derivatives exchanges, as other major players struggled with declining volumes and heightened market uncertainty.

    Outperforming in a Shrinking Spot Market
    While CoinGecko’s report showed spot trading volumes across centralized exchanges fell by 16.3% to $5.4 trillion in Q1 2025, MEXC gained ground, outperforming most peers and reinforcing its position as one of the fastest-growing CEXs globally.

    This performance came at a time when high-risk assets lost investor favor and speculative trading declined sharply. MEXC’s consistent growth highlights its reputation for reliability, market responsiveness, and user-focused innovation.

    Exchange Stability Amid Market Turmoil
    Following major security incidents in Q1 — traders increasingly migrated toward secure, stable platforms. MEXC capitalized on this trend, with both trading volume and user adoption increasing as confidence in competitor platforms waned.

    Looking Ahead: Innovation & Resilience
    With geopolitical tensions and regulatory changes continuing to influence global markets, MEXC remains committed to expanding its DeFi product suite, embracing regulatory clarity, and delivering early access to emerging trends and tokens. Its unique approach to agile listings and risk-managed derivatives makes it a standout performer in a maturing exchange landscape.

    About MEXC
    Founded in 2018, MEXC is dedicated to being “Your Easiest Way to Crypto.” Known for its extensive selection of trending tokens, airdrop opportunities, and low fees, MEXC serves over 36 million users across 170+ countries. With a focus on accessibility and efficiency, our advanced trading platform appeals to both new traders and seasoned investors alike. MEXC provides a seamless, secure, and rewarding gateway to the world of digital assets.

    For more information, visit: MEXC Website | X | Telegram | How to Sign Up on MEXC
    For media inquiries, please contact MEXC PR Manager Lucia Hu: lucia.hu@mexc.com

    Source

    Disclaimer: This is a paid post and is provided by MEXC. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the content provider and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform or its publisher. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. We do not guarantee any claims, statements, or promises made in this article. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial, investment, or trading advice.Investing in crypto and mining-related opportunities involves significant risks, including the potential loss of capital. It is possible to lose all your capital. These products may not be suitable for everyone, and you should ensure that you understand the risks involved. Seek independent advice if necessary. Speculate only with funds that you can afford to lose. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before making any investment decisions. However, due to the inherently speculative nature of the blockchain sector—including cryptocurrency, NFTs, and mining—complete accuracy cannot always be guaranteed.

    Neither the media platform nor the publisher shall be held responsible for any fraudulent activities, misrepresentations, or financial losses arising from the content of this press release. In the event of any legal claims or charges against this article, we accept no liability or responsibility. Globenewswire does not endorse any content on this page.

    Legal Disclaimer: This media platform provides the content of this article on an “as-is” basis, without any warranties or representations of any kind, express or implied. We assume no responsibility for any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions. We do not assume any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licenses, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information presented herein. Any concerns, complaints, or copyright issues related to this article should be directed to the content provider mentioned above.

    Photos accompanying this announcement are available at:

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/16be0302-fe0c-49f4-b0e6-de9579836f35

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/b9a38aee-5e35-4f9a-b0bf-a8520271a30b

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/268cd93e-4332-488d-a759-d3c85faa0b38

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/e248ad9f-2cf5-474c-b891-ac3e1a1927ce

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: TransUnion Announces First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Exceeded first quarter 2025 financial guidance across all key financial metrics
    • Delivered 8 percent organic constant currency revenue growth (7 percent reported) led by U.S. Financial Services, Emerging Verticals and International
    • De-levered to 2.9x Leverage Ratio at quarter-end and repurchased $10 million shares through mid-April
    • Maintaining organic constant currency revenue growth guidance of 4.5 to 6 percent (4 to 5.5 percent reported revenue growth)

    CHICAGO, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — TransUnion (NYSE: TRU) (the “Company”) today announced financial results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Results

    Revenue:

    • Total revenue for the quarter was $1,096 million, an increase of 7 percent (8 percent on a constant currency basis), compared with the first quarter of 2024.

    Earnings:

    • Net income attributable to TransUnion was $148 million for the quarter, compared with $65 million for the first quarter of 2024 primarily due to a $56 million reduction of a previously established accrual for a lawsuit that was dismissed in the first quarter of 2025. Diluted earnings per share was $0.75, compared with $0.33 in the first quarter of 2024. Net income attributable to TransUnion margin was 13.5 percent, compared with 6 percent in the first quarter of 2024.
    • Adjusted Net Income was $208 million for the quarter, compared with $179 million for the first quarter of 2024. Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share was $1.05, compared with $0.92 in the first quarter of 2024.
    • Adjusted EBITDA was $397 million for the quarter, compared with $358 million for the first quarter of 2024, an increase of 11 percent (12 percent on a constant currency basis). Adjusted EBITDA margin was 36.2 percent, compared with 35.1 percent in the first quarter of 2024.

    “In the first quarter, TransUnion delivered strong results that again exceeded financial guidance,” said Chris Cartwright, President and CEO. “U.S. Markets revenue grew 9 percent against subdued market conditions, led by strong mortgage and accelerating non-mortgage Financial Services and Emerging Verticals growth. International grew 6 percent on a constant currency basis, with high-single digit growth across most markets and India up low-single digits as anticipated.”

    “We are maintaining our 2025 organic constant currency revenue guidance of 4.5 to 6 percent, balancing strong outperformance in the first quarter against increasing market risks. We are actively monitoring conditions but to-date have not experienced softening volumes in our business.”

    “We believe we are well-positioned to navigate potential economic softening. We have a proven track record of delivering revenue growth through economic cycles, supported by a diversified and high-growth portfolio across solutions, verticals and geographies. Should conditions deteriorate, we are prepared to prudently manage costs while prioritizing the completion of our business transformation to deliver structural cost savings and accelerate innovation.”

    First Quarter 2025 Segment Results

    Segment revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2025 and the related growth rates compared with the first quarter of 2024 were as follows:

     (in millions) First Quarter
    2025
      Reported
    Growth Rate
      Constant
    Currency
    Growth Rate
    U.S. Markets:          
    Financial Services $ 404     15 %   15 %
    Emerging Verticals   315     6 %   6 %
    Consumer Interactive   138     (1 )%   (1 )%
    Total U.S. Markets Revenue $ 857     9 %   9 %
               
    U.S. Markets Adjusted EBITDA $ 320     12 %   12 %
               
    International:          
    Canada $ 38     %   7 %
    Latin America   33     %   7 %
    United Kingdom   59     9 %   9 %
    Africa   17     12 %   10 %
    India   69     (3 )%   1 %
    Asia Pacific   27     7 %   8 %
    Total International Revenue $ 242     2 %   6 %
               
    International Adjusted EBITDA $ 110     3 %   7 %


    Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Cash and cash equivalents was $610 million at March 31, 2025 and $679 million at December 31, 2024.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, cash provided by operating activities was $53 million, compared with $54 million in 2024. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to the timing of accounts receivable collections and higher bonus payouts in 2025 compared with 2024, mostly offset by improved operating performance and lower interest expense. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, cash used in investing activities was $87 million, compared with $62 million in 2024. The increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to a current year investment in a note receivable and an increase in capital expenditures. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, capital expenditures were $68 million, compared with $62 million in 2024. Capital expenditures as a percent of revenue represented 6% for each of the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, cash used in financing activities was $41 million, compared with $31 million in 2024. Cash used in financing activities was higher primarily due to stock buybacks in 2025.

    Second Quarter and Full Year 2025 Outlook

    Our guidance is based on a number of assumptions that are subject to change, many of which are outside of the control of the Company, including general macroeconomic conditions, interest rates and inflation. There are numerous evolving factors that we may not be able to accurately predict. There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve the results expressed by this guidance.

        Three Months Ended
    June 30, 2025
      Twelve Months Ended
    December 31, 2025
    (in millions, except per share data)   Low   High   Low   High
    Revenue, as reported   $ 1,076     $ 1,095     $ 4,358     $ 4,417  
    Revenue growth1:                
    As reported     3 %     5 %     4 %     5.5 %
    Constant currency1, 2     4 %     6 %     5 %     6 %
    Organic constant currency1, 3     3 %     5 %     4.5 %     6 %
                     
    Net income attributable to TransUnion   $ 69     $ 77     $ 383     $ 411  
    Net income attributable to TransUnion growth   (18 )%   (9 )%     35 %     44 %
    Net income attributable to TransUnion margin     6.5 %     7.1 %     8.8 %     9.3 %
                     
    Diluted Earnings per Share   $ 0.35     $ 0.39     $ 1.92     $ 2.06  
    Diluted Earnings per Share growth   (20 )%   (10 )%     33 %     43 %
                     
    Adjusted EBITDA, as reported5   $ 375     $ 386     $ 1,549     $ 1,590  
    Adjusted EBITDA growth, as reported4     %     3 %     3 %     6 %
    Adjusted EBITDA margin     34.8 %     35.3 %     35.6 %     36.0 %
                     
    Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share5   $ 0.95     $ 0.99     $ 3.93     $ 4.08  
    Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share growth   (4 )%     %     %     4 %
    1. Additional revenue growth assumptions:
      1. The impact of changing exchange rates is expected to be approximately 1 point of headwind for Q2 2025 and approximately 1 point of headwind for FY 2025.
      2. The impact of the recent acquisition is expected to have approximately 1 point of benefit for Q2 2025 and less than 1 point of benefit for FY 2025.
      3. The impact of mortgage is expected to be approximately 2 points of benefit for Q2 2025 and 2 points of benefit for FY 2025.
      4. Constant currency growth rates assume foreign currency exchange rates are consistent between years. This allows financial results to be evaluated without the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
      5. Organic constant currency growth rates are constant currency growth excluding inorganic growth. Inorganic growth represents growth attributable to the first twelve months of activity for recent business acquisitions.
      6. Additional Adjusted EBITDA assumptions:
        1. The impact of changing foreign currency exchange rates is expected to have approximately 1 point of headwind for Q2 2025 and approximately 1 point of headwind for FY 2025.
        2. For a reconciliation of the above non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, refer to Schedule 7 of this Earnings Release.
        3. Earnings Webcast Details

          In conjunction with this release, TransUnion will host a conference call and webcast today at 8:30 a.m. Central Time to discuss the business results for the quarter and certain forward-looking information. This session and the accompanying presentation materials may be accessed at www.transunion.com/tru. A replay of the call will also be available at this website following the conclusion of the call.

          About TransUnion (NYSE: TRU)

          TransUnion is a global information and insights company with over 13,000 associates operating in more than 30 countries. We make trust possible by ensuring each person is reliably represented in the marketplace. We do this with a Tru™ picture of each person: an actionable view of consumers, stewarded with care. Through our acquisitions and technology investments we have developed innovative solutions that extend beyond our strong foundation in core credit into areas such as marketing, fraud, risk and advanced analytics. As a result, consumers and businesses can transact with confidence and achieve great things. We call this Information for Good® — and it leads to economic opportunity, great experiences and personal empowerment for millions of people around the world.

          http://www.transunion.com/business

          Availability of Information on TransUnion’s Website

          Investors and others should note that TransUnion routinely announces material information to investors and the marketplace using SEC filings, press releases, public conference calls, webcasts and the TransUnion Investor Relations website. While not all of the information that the Company posts to the TransUnion Investor Relations website is of a material nature, some information could be deemed to be material. Accordingly, the Company encourages investors, the media and others interested in TransUnion to review the information that it shares on www.transunion.com/tru.

          Forward-Looking Statements

          This earnings release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of TransUnion’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. Any statements made in this earnings release that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including our guidance and descriptions of our business plans and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “guidance,” “suggest,” “plan,” “believe,” “intend,” “estimate,” “target,” “project,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “may,” “will,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “potential,” “continues,” “seeks,” “predicts,” or the negatives of these words and other similar expressions.

          Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements, or that could materially affect our financial results or such forward-looking statements include:

        • macroeconomic effects and changes in market conditions, including the impact of tariffs, inflation, risk of recession, and industry trends and adverse developments in the debt, consumer credit and financial services markets, including the impact on the carrying value of our assets in all of the markets where we operate;
        • our ability to provide competitive services and prices;
        • our ability to retain or renew existing agreements with large or long-term customers;
        • our ability to maintain the security and integrity of our data;
        • our ability to deliver services timely without interruption;
        • our ability to maintain our access to data sources;
        • government regulation and changes in the regulatory environment;
        • litigation or regulatory proceedings;
        • our approach to the use of artificial intelligence;
        • our ability to effectively manage our costs;
        • our efforts to execute our transformation plan and achieve the anticipated benefits and savings;
        • our ability to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures;
        • economic and political stability in the United States and risks associated with the international markets where we operate;
        • our ability to effectively develop and maintain strategic alliances and joint ventures;
        • our ability to timely develop new services and the market’s willingness to adopt our new services;
        • our ability to manage and expand our operations and keep up with rapidly changing technologies;
        • our ability to acquire businesses, successfully secure financing for our acquisitions, timely consummate our acquisitions, successfully integrate the operations of our acquisitions, control the costs of integrating our acquisitions and realize the intended benefits of such acquisitions;
        • our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property, trade secrets and other forms of unpatented intellectual property;
        • our ability to defend our intellectual property from infringement claims by third parties;
        • the ability of our outside service providers and key vendors to fulfill their obligations to us;
        • further consolidation in our end-customer markets;
        • the increased availability of free or inexpensive consumer information;
        • losses against which we do not insure;
        • our ability to make timely payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness;
        • our ability to satisfy covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness;
        • our ability to maintain our liquidity;
        • stock price volatility;
        • our dividend payments;
        • share repurchase plans;
        • dividend rate;
        • our reliance on key management personnel; and
        • changes in tax laws or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our tax returns.

        There may be other factors, many of which are beyond our control, that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements, including factors disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, and any subsequent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this report in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

        The forward-looking statements contained in this earnings release speak only as of the date of this earnings release. We undertake no obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of events or circumstances that may arise after the date of this earnings release.

         
        TRANSUNION AND SUBSIDIARIES
        Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)
        (in millions, except per share data)
         
            March 31,
        2025
          December 31,
        2024
        Assets        
        Current assets:        
        Cash and cash equivalents   $ 609.9     $ 679.5  
        Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance of $24.4 and $19.9     882.3       798.9  
        Other current assets     326.2       323.4  
        Total current assets     1,818.4       1,801.8  
        Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $527.6 and $506.3     199.8       203.5  
        Goodwill     5,162.7       5,144.3  
        Other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $2,421.7 and $2,294.5     3,205.6       3,257.5  
        Other assets     562.6       577.7  
        Total assets   $ 10,949.1     $ 10,984.8  
        Liabilities and stockholders’ equity        
        Current liabilities:        
        Trade accounts payable   $ 325.6     $ 294.6  
        Current portion of long-term debt     70.6       70.6  
        Other current liabilities     492.3       694.4  
        Total current liabilities     888.5       1,059.6  
        Long-term debt     5,060.2       5,076.6  
        Deferred taxes     386.4       415.3  
        Other liabilities     121.5       114.5  
        Total liabilities     6,456.6       6,666.0  
        Stockholders’ equity:        
        Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 100.0 million shares authorized; none issued or outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively            
        Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1.0 billion shares authorized at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, 201.7 million and 201.5 million shares issued at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, and 195.1 million and 194.9 million shares outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively     2.0       2.0  
        Additional paid-in capital     2,595.1       2,558.9  
        Treasury stock at cost; 6.7 million and 6.6 million shares at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively     (340.1 )     (334.6 )
        Retained earnings     2,484.5       2,357.9  
        Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (355.7 )     (367.2 )
        Total TransUnion stockholders’ equity     4,385.8       4,217.0  
        Noncontrolling interests     106.7       101.8  
        Total stockholders’ equity     4,492.5       4,318.8  
        Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 10,949.1     $ 10,984.8  
         
        TRANSUNION AND SUBSIDIARIES
        Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
        (in millions, except per share data)
         
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Revenue   $ 1,095.7     $ 1,021.2  
        Operating expenses        
        Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)     445.6       406.3  
        Selling, general and administrative     256.8       305.6  
        Depreciation and amortization     138.9       134.0  
        Restructuring           18.2  
        Total operating expenses     841.4       864.1  
        Operating income     254.4       157.2  
        Non-operating income and (expense)        
        Interest expense     (56.1 )     (68.7 )
        Interest income     8.6       5.4  
        Earnings from equity method investments     4.3       4.7  
        Other income and (expense), net     (17.4 )     (15.7 )
        Total non-operating income and (expense)     (60.6 )     (74.1 )
        Income before income taxes     193.8       83.0  
        Provision for income taxes     (41.0 )     (13.0 )
        Net income     152.7       70.0  
        Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests     (4.7 )     (4.9 )
        Net income attributable to TransUnion   $ 148.1     $ 65.1  
                 
        Basic earnings per common share from:        
        Net income attributable to TransUnion   $ 0.76     $ 0.34  
        Diluted earnings per common share from:        
        Net income attributable to TransUnion   $ 0.75     $ 0.33  
        Weighted-average shares outstanding:        
        Basic     195.1       194.1  
        Diluted     197.3       195.3  

        As a result of displaying amounts in millions, rounding differences may exist in the table above.

         
        TRANSUNION AND SUBSIDIARIES
        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
        (in millions)
         
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Cash flows from operating activities:        
        Net income   $ 152.7     $ 70.0  
        Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:        
        Depreciation and amortization     138.9       134.0  
        Loss on repayment of loans           0.7  
        Deferred taxes     (22.5 )     (27.1 )
        Stock-based compensation     30.3       24.1  
        Other     15.2       (1.2 )
        Changes in assets and liabilities:        
        Trade accounts receivable     (88.9 )     (60.7 )
        Other current and long-term assets     3.8       43.7  
        Trade accounts payable     29.7       28.7  
        Other current and long-term liabilities     (206.7 )     (158.2 )
        Cash provided by operating activities     52.5       54.0  
        Cash flows from investing activities:        
        Capital expenditures     (68.4 )     (62.4 )
        Proceeds from sale/maturities of other investments     0.2        
        Investments in nonconsolidated affiliates and notes receivable     (20.0 )     (1.2 )
        Other     1.6       1.2  
        Cash used in investing activities     (86.6 )     (62.4 )
        Cash flows from financing activities:        
        Proceeds from term loans           264.1  
        Repayments of term loans           (257.1 )
        Repayments of debt     (17.7 )     (14.6 )
        Debt financing fees           (4.7 )
        Dividends to shareholders     (22.6 )     (20.8 )
        Proceeds from issuance of common stock     10.6       12.4  
        Employee taxes paid on restricted stock units recorded as treasury stock     (5.5 )     (10.6 )
        Repurchase of common stock     (5.4 )      
        Cash used in financing activities     (40.6 )     (31.3 )
        Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     5.1       (2.9 )
        Net change in cash and cash equivalents     (69.6 )     (42.6 )
        Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     679.5       476.2  
        Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 609.9     $ 433.6  

        As a result of displaying amounts in millions, rounding differences may exist in the table above.

        TRANSUNION AND SUBSIDIARIES
        Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        We present Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share, Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes, Adjusted Effective Tax Rate and Leverage Ratio for all periods presented. These are important financial measures for the Company but are not financial measures as defined by GAAP. These financial measures should be reviewed in conjunction with the relevant GAAP financial measures and are not presented as alternative measures of GAAP. Other companies in our industry may define or calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures. Because of these limitations, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, including operating income, operating margin, effective tax rate, net income attributable to the Company, diluted earnings per share or cash provided by operating activities. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are presented in the tables below.

        We present Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share, Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes and Adjusted Effective Tax Rate as supplemental measures of our operating performance because these measures eliminate the impact of certain items that we do not consider indicative of our cash operations and ongoing operating performance. These are measures frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies similar to ours.

        Our board of directors and executive management team use Adjusted EBITDA as an incentive compensation measure for most eligible employees and Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share as an incentive compensation measure for certain of our senior executives.

        Under the credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facility, our ability to engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments and paying dividends is tied to our Leverage Ratio which is partially based on Adjusted EBITDA. Investors also use our Leverage Ratio to assess our ability to service our debt and make other capital allocation decisions.

        Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

        Management has excluded the following items from net income attributable to TransUnion in order to calculate Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

        • Net interest expense is the sum of interest expense and interest income as reported on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
        • Provision for income taxes, as reported on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
        • Depreciation and amortization, as reported on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
        • Stock-based compensation is used as an incentive to engage and retain our employees. It is predominantly a non-cash expense. We exclude stock-based compensation because it may not correlate to the underlying performance of our business operations during the period since it is measured at the grant date fair value and it is subject to variability as a result of performance conditions and timing of grants. These expenses are reported within cost of services and selling, general and administrative on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
        • Operating model optimization program represents employee separation costs, facility lease exit costs and other business process optimization expenses incurred in connection with the transformation plan discussed further in “Results of Operations – Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations” in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2025. We exclude these expenses as we believe they are not directly correlated to the underlying performance of our business. Further, these costs will vary and may not be comparable during the transformation initiative as we progress toward an optimized operating model. These costs are reported primarily in restructuring and selling, general and administrative on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
        • Accelerated technology investment includes Project Rise and the final phase of our technology investment announced in November 2023. Project Rise was announced in February 2020 and was originally expected to be completed in 2022. Following our acquisition of Neustar in December 2021, we recognized the opportunity to take advantage of Neustar’s capabilities to enhance and complement our cloud-based technology already under development as part of Project Rise. As a result, we extended Project Rise’s timeline to 2024 and increased the total estimated cost to approximately $240 million. In November 2023, we announced our plans to further leverage Neustar’s technology to standardize and streamline our product delivery platforms and to build a single global platform for fulfillment of our product lines. The additional investment is expected to be approximately $90 million during 2024 and 2025 and represents the final phase of the technology investment in our global technology infrastructure and core customer applications. We expect that the accelerated technology investment will fundamentally transform our technology infrastructure by implementing a global cloud-based approach to streamline product development, increase the efficiency of ongoing operations and maintenance and enable a continuous improvement approach to avoid the need for another major technology overhaul in the foreseeable future. The unique effort to build a secure, reliable and performant hybrid cloud infrastructure requires us to dedicate separate resources in order to develop the new cloud-based infrastructure in parallel with our current on-premise environment by maintaining our existing technology team to ensure no disruptions to our customers. The costs associated with the accelerated technology investment are incremental and redundant costs that will not recur after the program has been completed and are not representative of our underlying operating performance. Therefore, we believe that excluding these costs from our non-GAAP measures provides a better reflection of our ongoing cost structure. These costs are primarily reported in cost of services and therefore do not include amounts that are capitalized as internally developed software.
        • Mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and business optimization expenses are non-recurring expenses associated with specific transactions (exploratory or executed) and consist of (i) transaction and integration costs, (ii) post-acquisition adjustments to contingent consideration or to assets and liabilities that occurred after the acquisition measurement period, (iii) fair value and impairment adjustments related to investments and call and put options, (iv) transition services agreement income, and (v) a loss on disposal of a business. We exclude these expenses as we believe they are not directly correlated to the underlying performance of our business operations and vary depending upon the timing of such transactions. These expenses are reported in costs of services, selling, general and administrative and other income and (expenses), net, on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
        • Net other adjustments principally relate to: (i) deferred loan fee expense from debt prepayments and refinancing, (ii) currency remeasurement on foreign operations, (iii) other debt financing expenses consisting primarily of revolving credit facility deferred financing fee amortization and commitment fees and expenses associated with ratings agencies and interest rate hedging, (iv) certain legal and regulatory expenses, net, and (v) other non-operating (income) expense. We exclude these expenses as we believe they are not directly correlated to the underlying performance of our business and create variability between periods based on the nature and timing of the expense or income. These costs are reported in selling, general and administrative and in non-operating income and expense, net as applicable based on their nature on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA Margin

        Management defines Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenue as reported.

        Adjusted Net Income

        Management has excluded the following items from net income attributable to TransUnion in order to calculate Adjusted Net Income for the periods presented:

        • Amortization of certain intangible assets presents non-cash amortization expenses related to assets that arose from our 2012 change in control transaction and business combinations occurring after our 2012 change in control. We exclude these expenses as we believe they are not directly correlated to the underlying performance of our business operations and vary dependent upon the timing of the transactions that give rise to these assets. Amortization of intangible assets is included in depreciation and amortization on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
        • Stock-based compensation (see Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA above)
        • Operating model optimization program (see Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA above)
        • Accelerated technology investment (see Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA above)
        • Mergers and acquisitions, divestiture and business optimization (see Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA above)
        • Net other is consistent with the definition in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA above except that other debt financing expenses and certain other miscellaneous income and expense that are included in the adjustment to calculate Adjusted EBITDA are excluded in the adjustment made to calculate Adjusted Net Income.
        • Total adjustments for income taxes relates to the cumulative adjustments discussed below for Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes. This adjustment is made for the reasons indicated in Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes below. Adjustments related to the provision for income taxes are included in the line item by this name on our consolidated statement of operations.

        Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share

        Management defines Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share as Adjusted Net Income divided by the weighted-average diluted shares outstanding.

        Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes

        Management has excluded the following items from our provision for income taxes for the periods presented:

        • Tax effect of above adjustments represents the income tax effect of the adjustments related to Adjusted Net Income described above. The tax rate applied to each adjustment is based on the nature of each line item. We include the tax effect of the adjustments made to Adjusted Net Income to provide a comprehensive view of our adjusted net income.
        • Excess tax expense (benefit) for stock-based compensation is the permanent difference between expenses recognized for book purposes and expenses recognized for tax purposes, in each case related to stock-based compensation expense. We exclude this amount from the Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes in order to be consistent with the exclusion of stock-based compensation from the calculation of Adjusted Net Income.
        • Other principally relates to (i) deferred tax adjustments, including rate changes, (ii) infrequent or unusual valuation allowance adjustments, (iii) return to provision, tax authority audit adjustments, and reserves related to prior periods, and (iv) other non-recurring items. We exclude these items because they create variability that impacts comparability between periods.

        Adjusted Effective Tax Rate

        Management defines Adjusted Effective Tax Rate as Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes divided by Adjusted income before income taxes. We calculate adjusted income before income taxes by excluding the pre-tax adjustments in the calculation of Adjusted Net Income discussed above and noncontrolling interest related to these pre-tax adjustments from income before income taxes.

        Leverage Ratio

        Management defines Leverage Ratio as net debt divided by Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recent twelve-month period including twelve months of Adjusted EBITDA from significant acquisitions. Net debt is defined as total debt less cash and cash equivalents as reported on the balance sheet as of the end of the period.

        This earnings release presents constant currency growth rates assuming foreign currency exchange rates are consistent between years. This allows financial results to be evaluated without the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. This earnings release also presents organic constant currency growth rates, which assumes consistent foreign currency exchange rates between years and also eliminates the impact of our recent acquisitions. This allows financial results to be evaluated without the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and the impacts of recent acquisitions.

        Free cash flow is defined as cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures and is a measure we may refer to.

        Refer to Schedules 1 through 7 for a reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

         
        SCHEDULE 1
        TRANSUNION AND SUBSIDIARIES
        Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth rates as Reported, CC, and Organic CC
        (Unaudited)
         
            For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
        compared with
        the Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
            Reported   CC Growth1   Organic CC
        Growth2
        Revenue:            
        Consolidated   7.3 %   8.1 %   8.1 %
        U.S. Markets   8.6 %   8.6 %   8.6 %
        Financial Services   14.7 %   14.7 %   14.7 %
        Emerging Verticals   5.8 %   5.8 %   5.8 %
        Consumer Interactive   (0.8 )%   (0.8 )%   (0.8 )%
        International   2.5 %   6.0 %   6.0 %
        Canada   0.4 %   6.9 %   6.9 %
        Latin America   (0.5 )%   6.9 %   6.9 %
        United Kingdom   8.6 %   9.5 %   9.5 %
        Africa   11.9 %   9.5 %   9.5 %
        India   (3.3 )%   0.9 %   0.9 %
        Asia Pacific   7.0 %   8.0 %   8.0 %
                     
        Adjusted EBITDA:            
        Consolidated   10.9 %   12.3 %   12.3 %
        U.S. Markets   12.3 %   12.3 %   12.3 %
        International   2.8 %   7.3 %   7.3 %
        1. Constant Currency (“CC”) growth rates assume foreign currency exchange rates are consistent between years. This allows financial results to be evaluated without the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
        2. We have no inorganic revenue or Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented. Organic CC growth rate is the CC growth rate less the inorganic growth rate.
         
        SCHEDULE 2
        TRANSUNION AND SUBSIDIARIES
        Consolidated and Segment Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin (Unaudited)
        (dollars in millions)
         
          Three Months Ended March 31,
            2025       2024  
        Revenue:      
        U.S. Markets gross revenue      
        Financial Services $ 403.6     $ 351.7  
        Emerging Verticals   314.9       297.5  
        Consumer Interactive   138.2       139.3  
        U.S. Markets gross revenue $ 856.6     $ 788.6  
               
        International gross revenue      
        Canada $ 37.8     $ 37.7  
        Latin America   32.8       32.9  
        United Kingdom   58.8       54.2  
        Africa   16.9       15.1  
        India   68.8       71.1  
        Asia Pacific   27.0       25.3  
        International gross revenue $ 242.2     $ 236.3  
               
        Total gross revenue $ 1,098.8     $ 1,024.9  
               
        Intersegment revenue eliminations      
        U.S. Markets $ (1.6 )   $ (2.3 )
        International   (1.5 )     (1.5 )
        Total intersegment revenue eliminations $ (3.1 )   $ (3.7 )
               
        Total revenue as reported $ 1,095.7     $ 1,021.2  
               
        Adjusted EBITDA:      
        U.S. Markets $ 320.1     $ 285.2  
        International   109.8       106.8  
        Corporate   (32.8 )     (33.9 )
        Adjusted EBITDA Margin:1      
        U.S. Markets   37.4 %     36.2 %
        International   45.3 %     45.2 %
        1. Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margins are calculated using segment gross revenue and segment Adjusted EBITDA. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated using total revenue as reported and consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.
          Three Months Ended March 31,
            2025       2024  
        Reconciliation of Net income attributable to TransUnion to consolidated Adjusted EBITDA:      
        Net income attributable to TransUnion $ 148.1     $ 65.1  
        Net interest expense   47.5       63.2  
        Provision for income taxes   41.0       13.0  
        Depreciation and amortization   138.9       134.0  
        EBITDA $ 375.5     $ 275.4  
        Adjustments to EBITDA:      
        Stock-based compensation   30.3       24.1  
        Mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and business optimization1   17.9       9.2  
        Accelerated technology investment2   20.0       18.5  
        Operating model optimization program3   9.8       24.4  
        Net other4   (56.4 )     6.5  
        Total adjustments to EBITDA $ 21.7     $ 82.8  
        Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA $ 397.1     $ 358.2  
               
        Net income attributable to TransUnion margin   13.5 %     6.4 %
        Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA margin5   36.2 %     35.1 %

        As a result of displaying amounts in millions, rounding differences may exist in the tables above and footnotes below.

        1.   Mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and business optimization consisted of the following adjustments:
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Transaction and integration costs   $ 5.3     $ 2.2  
        Fair value and impairment adjustments     12.6       0.1  
        Post-acquisition adjustments           6.9  
        Total mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and business optimization   $ 17.9     $ 9.2  
        2.   Represents expenses associated with our accelerated technology investment to migrate to the cloud. There are three components of the accelerated technology investment: (i) building foundational capabilities, which includes establishing a modern, API-based and services-oriented software architecture, (ii) the migration of each application and customer data to the new enterprise platform, including the redundant software costs during the migration period, as well as the efforts to decommission the legacy system, and (iii) program enablement, which includes dedicated resources to support the planning and execution of the program. The amounts for each category of cost are as follows:
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Foundational Capabilities   $ 7.4     $ 6.8  
        Migration Management     12.6       10.1  
        Program Enablement           1.7  
        Total accelerated technology investment   $ 20.0     $ 18.5  
        3.   Operating model optimization consisted of the following adjustments:
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Employee separation   $     $ 16.8  
        Facility exit           1.4  
        Business process optimization     9.8       6.2  
        Total operating model optimization   $ 9.8     $ 24.4  
        4.   Net other consisted of the following adjustments: 
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Deferred loan fee expense from debt prepayments and refinancing   $ (0.1 )   $ 3.1  
        Other debt financing expenses     0.5       0.6  
        Currency remeasurement on foreign operations     (0.6 )     2.6  
        Legal and regulatory expenses, net     (56.0 )      
        Other non-operating (income) expense     (0.3 )     0.2  
        Total other adjustments   $ (56.4 )   $ 6.5  
        5.   Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue.
         
        SCHEDULE 3
        TRANSUNION AND SUBSIDIARIES
        Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share (Unaudited)
        (in millions, except per share data)
         
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Income attributable to TransUnion   $ 148.1     $ 65.1  
                 
        Weighted-average shares outstanding:        
        Basic     195.1       194.1  
        Diluted     197.3       195.3  
                 
        Basic earnings per common share from:        
        Net income attributable to TransUnion   $ 0.76     $ 0.34  
        Diluted earnings per common share from:        
        Net income attributable to TransUnion   $ 0.75     $ 0.33  
                 
        Reconciliation of Net income attributable to TransUnion to Adjusted Net Income:        
        Net income attributable to TransUnion   $ 148.1     $ 65.1  
        Adjustments before income tax items:        
        Amortization of certain intangible assets1     70.9       72.0  
        Stock-based compensation     30.3       24.1  
        Mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and business optimization2     17.9       9.2  
        Accelerated technology investment3     20.0       18.5  
        Operating model optimization program4     9.8       24.4  
        Net other5     (56.7 )     5.9  
        Total adjustments before income tax items   $ 92.3     $ 154.3  
        Total adjustments for income taxes6     (32.7 )     (40.4 )
        Adjusted Net Income   $ 207.6     $ 179.0  
                 
        Weighted-average shares outstanding:        
        Basic     195.1       194.1  
        Diluted     197.3       195.3  
                 
        Adjusted Earnings per Share:        
        Basic   $ 1.06     $ 0.92  
        Diluted   $ 1.05     $ 0.92  
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Reconciliation of Diluted earnings per share from Net income attributable to TransUnion to Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share:        
        Diluted earnings per common share from:        
        Net income attributable to TransUnion   $ 0.75     $ 0.33  
        Adjustments before income tax items:        
        Amortization of certain intangible assets1     0.36       0.37  
        Stock-based compensation     0.15       0.12  
        Mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and business optimization2     0.09       0.05  
        Accelerated technology investment3     0.10       0.09  
        Operating model optimization program4     0.05       0.13  
        Net other5     (0.29 )     0.03  
        Total adjustments before income tax items   $ 0.47     $ 0.79  
        Total adjustments for income taxes6     (0.17 )     (0.21 )
        Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share   $ 1.05     $ 0.92  

        Each component of earnings per share is calculated independently, therefore, rounding differences exist in the table above.

        1.   Consists of amortization of intangible assets from our 2012 change-in-control transaction and amortization of intangible assets established in business acquisitions after our 2012 change-in-control transaction.
        2.   Mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and business optimization consisted of the following adjustments:
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Transaction and integration costs   $ 5.3     $ 2.2  
        Fair value and impairment adjustments     12.6       0.1  
        Post-acquisition adjustments           6.9  
        Total mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and business optimization   $ 17.9     $ 9.2  
        3.   Represents expenses associated with our accelerated technology investment to migrate to the cloud. There are three components of the accelerated technology investment: (i) building foundational capabilities which includes establishing a modern, API-based and services-oriented software architecture, (ii) the migration of each application and customer data to the new enterprise platform, including the redundant software costs during the migration period, as well as the efforts to decommission the legacy system, and (iii) program enablement, which includes dedicated resources to support the planning and execution of the program. The amounts for each category of cost are as follows:
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Foundational Capabilities   $ 7.4     $ 6.8  
        Migration Management     12.6       10.1  
        Program Enablement           1.7  
        Total accelerated technology investment   $ 20.0     $ 18.5  
        4.   Operating model optimization consisted of the following adjustments:
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Employee separation   $     $ 16.8  
        Facility exit           1.4  
        Business process optimization     9.8       6.2  
        Total operating model optimization   $ 9.8     $ 24.4  
        5.   Net other consisted of the following adjustments:
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Deferred loan fee expense from debt prepayments and refinancing   $ (0.1 )   $ 3.1  
        Currency remeasurement on foreign operations     (0.6 )     2.6  
        Legal and regulatory expenses, net     (56.0 )      
        Other non-operating (income) and expense           0.2  
        Total other adjustments   $ (56.7 )   $ 5.9  
        6.   Total adjustments for income taxes represents the total of adjustments discussed to calculate the Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes.
         
        SCHEDULE 4
        TRANSUNION AND SUBSIDIARIES
        Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes and Adjusted Effective Tax Rate (Unaudited)
        (dollars in millions)
         
          Three Months Ended March 31,
            2025       2024  
        Income before income taxes $ 193.8     $ 83.0  
        Total adjustments before income tax items from Schedule 3   92.3       154.3  
        Adjusted income before income taxes $ 286.1     $ 237.3  
               
        Reconciliation of Provision for income taxes to Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes:      
        Provision for income taxes   (41.0 )     (13.0 )
        Adjustments for income taxes:      
        Tax effect of above adjustments   (32.3 )     (35.0 )
        Eliminate impact of excess tax expense for stock-based compensation   0.5       1.0  
        Other1   (0.9 )     (6.4 )
        Total adjustments for income taxes $ (32.7 )   $ (40.4 )
        Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes $ (73.7 )   $ (53.4 )
               
        Effective tax rate   21.2 %     15.7 %
        Adjusted Effective Tax Rate   25.8 %     22.5 %

        As a result of displaying amounts in millions, rounding differences may exist in the table above.

        1.   Other adjustments for income taxes include:
            Three Months Ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Deferred tax adjustments   $ (4.6 )   $ (5.1 )
        Valuation allowance adjustments     2.3       0.2  
        Return to provision, audit adjustments and reserves related to prior periods     1.0       (0.9 )
        Other adjustments     0.4       (0.5 )
        Total other adjustments   $ (0.9 )   $ (6.4 )
         
        SCHEDULE 5
        TRANSUNION AND SUBSIDIARIES
        Leverage Ratio (Unaudited)
        (dollars in millions)
         
            Trailing Twelve
        Months Ended
        March 31, 2025
        Reconciliation of Net income attributable to TransUnion to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA:    
        Net income attributable to TransUnion   $ 367.3  
        Net interest expense     221.0  
        Provision for income taxes     126.9  
        Depreciation and amortization     542.6  
        EBITDA   $ 1,257.7  
        Adjustments to EBITDA:    
        Stock-based compensation   $ 127.5  
        Mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and business optimization1     35.2  
        Accelerated technology investment2     85.7  
        Operating model optimization program3     80.3  
        Net other4     (41.1 )
        Total adjustments to EBITDA   $ 287.6  
        Leverage Ratio Adjusted EBITDA   $ 1,545.3  
             
        Total debt   $ 5,130.8  
        Less: Cash and cash equivalents     609.9  
        Net Debt   $ 4,521.0  
             
        Ratio of Net Debt to Net income attributable to TransUnion     12.3  
        Leverage Ratio     2.9  

        As a result of displaying amounts in millions, rounding differences may exist in the table above.

        1.   Mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and business optimization consisted of the following adjustments:
            Trailing Twelve
        Months Ended
        March 31, 2025
        Transaction and integration costs   $ 14.2  
        Fair value and impairment adjustments     20.8  
        Post-acquisition adjustments     0.1  
        Total mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and business optimization   $ 35.2  
        2.   Represents expenses associated with our accelerated technology investment to migrate to the cloud. There are three components of the accelerated technology investment: (i) building foundational capabilities which includes establishing a modern, API-based and services-oriented software architecture, (ii) the migration of each application and customer data to the new enterprise platform including the redundant software costs during the migration period, as well as the efforts to decommission the legacy system, and (iii) program enablement, which includes dedicated resources to support the planning and execution of the program. The amounts for each category of cost are as follows:
            Trailing Twelve
        Months Ended
        March 31, 2025
        Foundational Capabilities   $ 36.3  
        Migration Management     45.6  
        Program Enablement     3.8  
        Total accelerated technology investment   $ 85.7  
        3.   Operating model optimization consisted of the following adjustments:
            Trailing Twelve
        Months Ended
        March 31, 2025
        Employee separation   $ 7.9  
        Facility exit     40.7  
        Business process optimization     31.7  
        Total operating model optimization   $ 80.3  
        4.   Net other consisted of the following adjustments:
            Trailing Twelve
        Months Ended
        March 31, 2025
        Deferred loan fee expense from debt prepayments and refinancings   $ 14.6  
        Other debt financing expenses     2.3  
        Currency remeasurement on foreign operations     (1.1 )
        Legal and regulatory expenses, net     (56.0 )
        Other non-operating (income) and expense     (1.0 )
        Total other adjustments   $ (41.1 )
         
        SCHEDULE 6
        TRANSUNION AND SUBSIDIARIES
        Segment Depreciation and Amortization (Unaudited)
        (in millions)
         
          Three Months Ended March 31,
            2025       2024  
               
        U.S. Markets $ 101.2     $ 100.8  
        International   36.6       32.2  
        Corporate   1.1       1.0  
        Total depreciation and amortization $ 138.9     $ 134.0  

        As a result of displaying amounts in millions, rounding differences may exist in the table above.

         
        SCHEDULE 7
        TRANSUNION AND SUBSIDIARIES
        Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Guidance (Unaudited)
        (in millions, except per share data)
         
          Three Months Ended
        June 30, 2025
          Twelve Months Ended
        December 31, 2025
          Low   High   Low   High
        Guidance reconciliation of Net income attributable to TransUnion to Adjusted EBITDA:              
        Net income attributable to TransUnion $ 69     $ 77     $ 383     $ 411  
        Interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization   220       224       917       929  
        EBITDA $ 290     $ 302     $ 1,299     $ 1,340  
        Stock-based compensation, mergers, acquisitions divestitures and business optimization-related expenses and other adjustments1   85       85       250       250  
        Adjusted EBITDA $ 375     $ 386     $ 1,549     $ 1,590  
                       
        Net income attributable to TransUnion margin   6.5 %     7.1 %     8.8 %     9.3 %
        Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA margin2   34.8 %     35.3 %     35.6 %     36.0 %
                       
        Guidance reconciliation of Diluted earnings per share to Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share:              
        Diluted earnings per share $ 0.35     $ 0.39     $ 1.92     $ 2.06  
        Adjustments to diluted earnings per share1   0.60       0.60       2.00       2.01  
        Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share $ 0.95     $ 0.99     $ 3.93     $ 4.08  

        As a result of displaying amounts in millions, rounding differences may exist in the table above.

        1. These adjustments include the same adjustments we make to our Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income as discussed in the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of our Earnings Release.
        2. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue.

        The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Amalgamated Financial Corp. Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results; $446 Million Total Deposit Growth; Strong Margin at 3.55%

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Amalgamated Financial Corp. (the “Company” or “Amalgamated”) (Nasdaq: AMAL), the holding company for Amalgamated Bank (the “Bank”), today announced financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights (on a linked quarter basis)

    • Net income of $25.0 million, or $0.81 per diluted share, compared to $24.5 million, or $0.79 per diluted share.
    • Core net income1 of $27.1 million, or $0.88 per diluted share, compared to $28.0 million, or $0.90 per diluted share.

           Deposits and Liquidity

    • On-balance sheet deposits increased $231.5 million, or 3.2%, to $7.4 billion.
    • Off-balance sheet deposits were $214.5 million at the end of the quarter, comprised of mainly not-for-profit deposits and some political deposits.
    • Including deposits held off-balance sheet, total deposits increased $445.9 million, or 6.2%, to $7.6 billion.
    • Political deposits increased $102.7 million, or 11%, to $1.1 billion, which includes both on and off-balance sheet deposits.
    • Average cost of deposits, excluding Brokered CDs and off-balance sheet deposits, increased 7 basis points to 159 basis points, where non-interest-bearing deposits comprised 39% of total deposits.
    • Cash and borrowing capacity totaled $3.3 billion (immediately available) plus unpledged securities (two-day availability) of $301.0 million for total liquidity within two-days of $3.6 billion.
    • Total two-day liquidity is 94% of total uninsured deposits, and 164% of uninsured non-super core deposits1.

          Assets and Margin

    • Net interest margin decreased 4 basis points to 3.55%, as expected.
    • Net interest income decreased by $2.5 million, or 3.4%, to $70.6 million, as expected.
    • Net loans receivable increased $7.0 million, or 0.2%, to $4.6 billion.
    • Net loans in growth mode (commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, and multifamily) increased $25.8 million or 0.9%.
    • Total PACE assessments grew $3.2 million, or 0.3%, to $1.2 billion.
    • The multifamily and commercial real estate loan portfolios totaled $1.8 billion and had a concentration of 199% to total risk based capital.

           Capital and Returns

    • Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9.22%, increased by 22 basis points, and Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 14.27%.
    • Tangible common equity1 ratio increased to 8.73%, representing a tenth consecutive quarter of improvement.
    • Tangible book value per share1 increased $0.91, or 4.0%, to $23.51, and has increased $6.18, or 35.7% since September 2021.
    • Core return on average tangible common equity1 of 15.54% and core return on average assets1 of 1.33%.

    Share Repurchase

    • Repurchased approximately 105,000 shares, or $3.5 million of common stock, through March 31, 2025.
    • On March 10, 2025, a new $40 million share repurchase program was approved, under which approximately 75,000 shares have been repurchased from April 1 through April 22, 2025.

    Priscilla Sims Brown, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “All of our key earnings metrics came in strong and as expected, showing again that at Amalgamated, we do what we say we will. Our balance sheet boasts a low-risk asset profile including low commercial real-estate lending concentration, high levels of immediate and two-day liquidity, and return metrics near the top of our peer stack.”

    First Quarter Earnings

    Net income was $25.0 million, or $0.81 per diluted share, compared to $24.5 million, or $0.79 per diluted share, for the prior quarter. The $0.5 million increase during the quarter was primarily driven by a $3.1 million decrease in provision for credit losses, as well as a $0.8 million net valuation gain on residential loans sold during the quarter, compared to a $4.1 million reduction in fair value on residential loans moved to held for sale in the previous quarter. This was offset by an expected $2.5 million decrease in net interest income, an expected $1.9 million decrease in non-core income from solar tax equity investments, an expected $1.3 million decrease in non-core ICS One-Way Sell fee income from off-balance sheet deposits, and a $1.1 million increase in income tax expense.

    Core net income1 was $27.1 million, or $0.88 per diluted share, compared to $28.0 million, or $0.90 per diluted share, for the prior quarter. Excluded from core net income for the quarter, pre-tax, was $2.9 million of accelerated depreciation from solar tax equity investments, a $0.8 million net valuation gain from residential loans sold during the quarter, and $0.7 million of losses on the sale of securities. Excluded from core net income for the fourth quarter of 2024, pre-tax, was a $4.1 million reduction in fair value on a pool of lower yielding performing residential loans moved to held for sale, $1.3 million of ICS One-Way Sell fee income, $1.0 million of losses on the sale of securities, and $0.9 million of accelerated depreciation from solar tax equity investments.

    Net interest income was $70.6 million, compared to $73.1 million for the prior quarter. This decrease was expected as interest bearing off-balance sheet deposits moved back on balance sheet towards the end of the fourth quarter to replace largely non-interest bearing deposit outflow related to the election cycle conclusion and the full effect of interest rate resets from the prior quarter were recognized. Loan interest income and loan yields remained flat mainly as a $75.5 million increase in average loan balances was offset by paydowns on shorter-term high yielding commercial & industrial loans and a shorter day count in the quarter. Interest income on securities decreased $1.8 million driven by a decrease in the average balance of securities of $92.8 million. Interest expense on total interest-bearing deposits increased $0.3 million driven by an increase in the average balance of total interest-bearing deposits of $272.3 million partially offset by a 9 basis point decrease in cost. Additionally, while the average balance of borrowings increased $35.6 million, all short-term borrowings utilized at year-end were paid off over the course of the quarter. Remaining borrowings now substantially consist of lower-cost subordinated debt priced at 3.25% with a fixed rate maturity in November 2026.

    Net interest margin was 3.55%, an expected decrease of 4 basis points from 3.59% in the prior quarter. The decrease is largely due to a higher average balance of interest-bearing deposits as noted above, a $338.2 million decrease in non-interest bearing deposits, as well as a higher cost of funds. Prepayment penalties had no impact on net interest margin in the current quarter, compared to a one basis point impact in the prior quarter.

    Provision for credit losses totaled an expense of $0.6 million, compared to an expense of $3.7 million in the prior quarter. The expense in the first quarter was primarily driven by charge-offs on the consumer solar and small business portfolios, as well as increases in reserves for one leveraged commercial and industrial loan, offset by improvements in macro-economic forecasts used in the CECL model, primarily related to the consumer solar loan portfolio, which can be volatile.

    Non-interest income was $6.4 million, compared to $4.8 million in the prior quarter. Excluding all non-core income adjustments noted above, core non-interest income1 was $9.1 million, compared to $9.5 million in the prior quarter. The decrease was primarily related to lower commercial banking fees, offset by modestly higher income from Trust fees.

    Non-interest expense was $41.7 million, an increase of $0.5 million from the prior quarter. Core non-interest expense1 was $41.5 million, an increase of $0.4 million from the prior quarter. This was mainly driven by a $2.1 million increase in professional fees related to expected increases in digital transformation deployment and partnership costs to evaluate growth requirements and other advisory services. This increase is mainly offset by a $1.4 million decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense.

    Provision for income tax expense was $9.7 million, compared to $8.6 million for the prior quarter. The effective tax rate was 28.0%, compared to 25.9% in the prior quarter. The increase in the tax rate was the result of a higher annual effective tax rate for 2025, in addition to discrete tax items related to a city and state tax examination which led to a net increase in tax provision in the current quarter, as well as additional discrete items in the prior quarter which resulted in a tax benefit. Excluding these discrete items, the tax rate would have been 27.0%, compared to 26.6% in the prior quarter.

    Balance Sheet Quarterly Summary

    Total assets were $8.3 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $8.3 billion at December 31, 2024, keeping the balance sheet neutral. Notable changes within individual balance sheet line items include a $65.1 million increase in securities and a $17.9 million increase in resell agreements to solidify net interest income, as well as a $7.0 million increase in net loans receivable. On the liabilities side, on-balance sheet deposits increased by $231.5 million while borrowings decreased by $244.7 million. Off-balance sheet deposits increased to $214.5 million in the quarter.

    Total net loans receivable at March 31, 2025 were $4.6 billion, an increase of $7.0 million, or 0.2% for the quarter. The increase in loans is primarily driven by a $20.3 million increase in multifamily loans, and a $7.8 million increase in commercial and industrial loans, offset by a $2.4 million decrease in commercial real estate loans, a $8.9 million decrease in consumer solar loans, and a $9.8 million decrease in residential loans. During the quarter, criticized or classified loans decreased $12.0 million, largely related to payoffs of three delinquent commercial and industrial loans totaling $10.1 million, the upgrade of one $1.4 million commercial & industrial loan, charge-offs of small business loans totaling $0.8 million, and a decrease of $4.5 million in residential and consumer substandard loans. This was offset by the downgrade of one $4.2 million commercial & industrial loan to special mention, and additional downgrades of small business loans totaling $1.0 million.

    Total on-balance sheet deposits at March 31, 2025 were $7.4 billion, an increase of $231.5 million, or 3.2%, during the quarter. Including accounts currently held off-balance sheet, deposits held by politically active customers, such as campaigns, PACs, advocacy-based organizations, and state and national party committees were $1.1 billion as of March 31, 2025, an increase of $102.7 million during the quarter. Non-interest-bearing deposits represented 39% of average total deposits and 39% of ending total deposits for the quarter, contributing to an average cost of total deposits of 159 basis points. Super-core deposits1 totaled approximately $4.0 billion, had a weighted average life of 18 years, and comprised 54% of total deposits, excluding Brokered CDs. Total uninsured deposits were $3.9 billion, comprising 52% of total deposits.

    Nonperforming assets totaled $33.9 million, or 0.41% of period-end total assets at March 31, 2025, an increase of $8.0 million, compared with $25.9 million, or 0.31% on a linked quarter basis. The increase in nonperforming assets was primarily driven by an $11.8 million increase in commercial & industrial non-accrual loans, including one $8.3 million commercial & industrial loan that was placed on non-accrual in the quarter. This was offset by the sale of $3.9 million in nonperforming residential loans that were reported as held-for-sale in the prior quarter.

    During the quarter, the allowance for credit losses on loans decreased $2.4 million to $57.7 million. The ratio of allowance to total loans was 1.23%, a decrease of 6 basis points from 1.29% in the fourth quarter of 2024. The decrease was primarily the result of improvements in the macroeconomic forecasts used in the CECL model, mainly related to the consumer solar loan portfolio, which can be volatile, offset by charge-offs on consumer solar and small business portfolios, as well as increases in reserves for one legacy leveraged commercial and industrial loan.

    Capital Quarterly Summary

    As of March 31, 2025, the Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio was 14.27%, the Total Risk-Based Capital ratio was 16.61%, and the Tier 1 Leverage Capital ratio was 9.22%, compared to 13.90%, 16.26% and 9.00%, respectively, as of December 31, 2024. Stockholders’ equity at March 31, 2025 was $736.0 million, an increase of $28.3 million during the quarter. The increase in stockholders’ equity was primarily driven by $25.0 million of net income for the quarter and a $11.3 million improvement in accumulated other comprehensive loss due to the tax-effected mark-to-market on available for sale securities, offset by $4.3 million in dividends paid at $0.14 per outstanding share.

    Tangible book value per share1 was $23.51 as of March 31, 2025 compared to $22.60 as of December 31, 2024. Tangible common equity1 improved to 8.73% of tangible assets, compared to 8.41% as of December 31, 2024.

    Conference Call

    As previously announced, Amalgamated Financial Corp. will host a conference call to discuss its first quarter 2025 results today, April 24, 2025 at 11:00am (Eastern Time). The conference call can be accessed by dialing 1-877-407-9716 (domestic) or 1-201-493-6779 (international) and asking for the Amalgamated Financial Corp. First Quarter 2025 Earnings Call. A telephonic replay will be available approximately two hours after the call and can be accessed by dialing 1-844-512-2921, or for international callers 1-412-317-6671 and providing the access code 13752421. The telephonic replay will be available until May 1, 2025.

    Interested investors and other parties may also listen to a simultaneous webcast of the conference call by logging onto the investor relations section of the Company’s website at https://ir.amalgamatedbank.com/. The online replay will remain available for a limited time beginning immediately following the call.

    The presentation materials for the call can be accessed on the investor relations section of the Company’s website at https://ir.amalgamatedbank.com/.

    About Amalgamated Financial Corp.

    Amalgamated Financial Corp. is a Delaware public benefit corporation and a bank holding company engaged in commercial banking and financial services through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Amalgamated Bank. Amalgamated Bank is a New York-based full-service commercial bank and a chartered trust company with a combined network of five branches across New York City, Washington D.C., and San Francisco, and a commercial office in Boston. Amalgamated Bank was formed in 1923 as Amalgamated Bank of New York by the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America, one of the country’s oldest labor unions. Amalgamated Bank provides commercial banking and trust services nationally and offers a full range of products and services to both commercial and retail customers. Amalgamated Bank is a proud member of the Global Alliance for Banking on Values and is a certified B Corporation®. As of March 31, 2025, total assets were $8.3 billion, total net loans were $4.6 billion, and total deposits were $7.4 billion. Additionally, as of March 31, 2025, the trust business held $35.7 billion in assets under custody and $14.2 billion in assets under management.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This release (and the accompanying financial information and tables) refer to certain non-GAAP financial measures including, without limitation, “Core operating revenue,” “Core non-interest expense,” “Core non-interest income,” “Core net income,” “Tangible common equity,” “Average tangible common equity,” “Core return on average assets,” “Core return on average tangible common equity,” and “Core efficiency ratio.”

    Management utilizes this information to compare operating performance for March 31, 2025 versus certain periods in 2024 and to prepare internal projections. The Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures facilitate making period-to-period comparisons and are meaningful indications of operating performance. In addition, because intangible assets such as goodwill and other discrete items unrelated to core business, which are excluded, vary extensively from company to company, the Company believe that the presentation of this information allows investors to more easily compare results to those of other companies.

    The presentation of non-GAAP financial information, however, is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP financial measures. The Company strongly encourage readers to review the GAAP financial measures included in this release and not to place undue reliance upon any single financial measure. In addition, because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this release with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial disclosures to comparable GAAP measures found in this release are set forth in the final pages of this release and also may be viewed on the Company’s website, amalgamatedbank.com.

    Terminology

    Certain terms used in this release are defined as follows:

    “Core efficiency ratio” is defined as “Core non-interest expense” divided by “Core operating revenue.” The Company believes the most directly comparable performance ratio derived from GAAP financial measures is an efficiency ratio calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by the sum of net interest income and total non-interest income.

    “Core net income” is defined as net income after tax excluding gains and losses on sales of securities, ICS One-Way Sell fee income, changes in fair value on loans held-for-sale, gains on the sale of owned property, costs related to branch closures, restructuring/severance costs, acquisition costs, tax credits and accelerated depreciation on solar equity investments, and taxes on notable pre-tax items. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is net income.

    “Core non-interest expense” is defined as total non-interest expense excluding costs related to branch closures, and restructuring/severance. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total non-interest expense.

    “Core non-interest income” is defined as total non-interest income excluding gains and losses on sales of securities, ICS One-Way Sell fee income, changes in fair value on loans held-for-sale, gains on the sale of owned property, and tax credits and accelerated depreciation on solar equity investments. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is non-interest income.

    “Core operating revenue” is defined as total net interest income plus “core non-interest income”. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is the total of net interest income and non-interest income.

    “Core return on average assets” is defined as “Core net income” divided by average total assets. The Company believes the most directly comparable performance ratio derived from GAAP financial measures is return on average assets calculated by dividing net income by average total assets.

    “Core return on average tangible common equity” is defined as “Core net income” divided by average “tangible common equity.” The Company believes the most directly comparable performance ratio derived from GAAP financial measures is return on average equity calculated by dividing net income by average total stockholders’ equity.

    “Super-core deposits” are defined as total deposits from commercial and consumer customers, with a relationship length of greater than 5 years. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total deposits.

    “Tangible assets” are defined as total assets excluding, as applicable, goodwill and core deposit intangibles. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total assets.

    “Tangible common equity”, and “Tangible book value” are defined as stockholders’ equity excluding, as applicable, minority interests, goodwill and core deposit intangibles. The Company believes that the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total stockholders’ equity.

    “Traditional securities portfolio” is defined as total investment securities excluding PACE assessments. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total investment securities.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Statements included in this release that are not historical in nature are intended to be, and are hereby identified as, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements generally can be identified through the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “aspire,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “in the future,” “may” and “intend,” as well as other similar words and expressions of the future. Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, any or all of which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:

    1. uncertain conditions in the banking industry and in national, regional and local economies in core markets, which may have an adverse impact on business, operations and financial performance;
    2. deterioration in the financial condition of borrowers resulting in significant increases in credit losses and provisions for those losses;
    3. deposit outflows and subsequent declines in liquidity caused by factors that could include lack of confidence in the banking system, a deterioration in market conditions or the financial condition of depositors;
    4. changes in deposits, including an increase in uninsured deposits;
    5. ability to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet deposit and debt obligations as they come due, which may require that the Company sell investment securities at a loss, negatively impacting net income, earnings and capital;
    6. unfavorable conditions in the capital markets, which may cause declines in stock price and the value of investments;
    7. negative economic and political conditions that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the real estate market, the job market, consumer confidence, the financial condition of borrowers and consumer spending habits, which may affect, among other things, the level of non-performing assets, charge-offs and provision expense;
    8. fluctuations or unanticipated changes in the interest rate environment including changes in net interest margin or changes in the yield curve that affect investments, loans or deposits;
    9. the general decline in the real estate and lending markets, particularly in commercial real estate in the Company’s market areas, and the effects of the enactment of or changes to rent-control and other similar regulations on multi-family housing;
    10. potential implementation by the current presidential administration of a regulatory reform agenda that is significantly different from that of the prior presidential administration, impacting the rule making, supervision, examination and enforcement of the banking regulation agencies;
    11. changes in U.S. trade policies and other global political factors beyond the Company’s control, including the imposition of tariffs, which raise economic uncertainty, potentially leading to slower growth and a decrease in loan demand;
    12. the outcome of legal or regulatory proceedings that may be instituted against us;
    13. inability to achieve organic loan and deposit growth and the composition of that growth;
    14. composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, including any concentration in industries or sectors that may experience unanticipated or anticipated adverse conditions greater than other industries or sectors in the national or local economies in which the Company operates;
    15. inaccuracy of the assumptions and estimates the Company makes and policies that the Company implements in establishing the allowance for credit losses;
    16. changes in loan underwriting, credit review or loss reserve policies associated with economic conditions, examination conclusions, or regulatory developments;
    17. any matter that would cause the Company to conclude that there was impairment of any asset, including intangible assets;
    18. limitations on the ability to declare and pay dividends;
    19. the impact of competition with other financial institutions, including pricing pressures and the resulting impact on results, including as a result of compression to net interest margin;
    20. increased competition for experienced members of the workforce including executives in the banking industry;
    21. a failure in or breach of operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error, natural disasters, power loss and other security breaches;
    22. increased regulatory scrutiny and exposure from the use of “big data” techniques, machine learning, and artificial intelligence;
    23. a downgrade in the Company’s credit rating;
    24. “greenwashing claims” against the Company and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) products and increased scrutiny and political opposition to ESG and diversity, equity, and inclusion (“DEI”) practices;
    25. any unanticipated or greater than anticipated adverse conditions (including the possibility of earthquakes, wildfires, and other natural disasters) affecting the markets in which the Company operates;
    26. physical and transitional risks related to climate change as they impact the business and the businesses that the Company finances;
    27. future repurchase of the Company’s shares through the Company’s common stock repurchase program; and
    28. descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing.

    Additional factors which could affect the forward-looking statements can be found in the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC and available on the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov/. The Company disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this release, which speak only as of the date hereof, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Investor Contact:
    Jamie Lillis
    Solebury Strategic Communications
    shareholderrelations@amalgamatedbank.com
    800-895-4172

    Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited)
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    ($ in thousands)   2025       2024       2024  
    INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME          
    Loans $ 57,843     $ 58,024     $ 51,952  
    Securities   41,653       43,448       42,390  
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks   1,194       1,113       2,592  
    Total interest and dividend income   100,690       102,585       96,934  
    INTEREST EXPENSE          
    Deposits   28,917       28,582       25,891  
    Borrowed funds   1,196       908       3,006  
    Total interest expense   30,113       29,490       28,897  
    NET INTEREST INCOME   70,577       73,095       68,037  
    Provision for credit losses   596       3,686       1,588  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   69,981       69,409       66,449  
    NON-INTEREST INCOME          
    Trust Department fees   4,191       3,971       3,854  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,438       5,337       6,136  
    Bank-owned life insurance income   626       661       609  
    Losses on sale of securities   (680 )     (1,003 )     (2,774 )
    Gain (loss) on sale of loans and changes in fair value on loans held-for-sale, net   832       (4,090 )     47  
    Equity method investments income (loss)   (2,508 )     (529 )     2,072  
    Other income   507       442       285  
    Total non-interest income   6,406       4,789       10,229  
    NON-INTEREST EXPENSE          
    Compensation and employee benefits   23,314       24,691       22,273  
    Occupancy and depreciation   3,293       3,376       2,904  
    Professional fees   4,739       2,674       2,376  
    Technology   5,619       5,299       4,629  
    Office maintenance and depreciation   629       578       663  
    Amortization of intangible assets   144       183       183  
    Advertising and promotion   51       314       1,219  
    Federal deposit insurance premiums   900       715       1,050  
    Other expense   2,961       3,313       2,855  
    Total non-interest expense   41,650       41,143       38,152  
    Income before income taxes   34,737       33,055       38,526  
    Income tax expense   9,709       8,564       11,277  
    Net income $ 25,028     $ 24,491     $ 27,249  
    Earnings per common share – basic $ 0.82     $ 0.80     $ 0.89  
    Earnings per common share – diluted $ 0.81     $ 0.79     $ 0.89  
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

    ($ in thousands) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Assets (unaudited)       (unaudited)
    Cash and due from banks $ 4,196     $ 4,042     $ 3,830  
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks   61,518       56,707       151,374  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   65,714       60,749       155,204  
    Securities:          
    Available for sale, at fair value          
    Traditional securities   1,546,127       1,477,047       1,445,793  
    Property Assessed Clean Energy (“PACE”) assessments   161,147       152,011       82,258  
        1,707,274       1,629,058       1,528,051  
    Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost:          
    Traditional securities, net of allowance for credit losses of $47, $49, and $53, respectively   535,065       542,246       616,172  
    PACE assessments, net of allowance for credit losses of $654, $655, and $657, respectively   1,038,052       1,043,959       1,057,790  
        1,573,117       1,586,205       1,673,962  
               
    Loans held for sale   3,667       37,593       2,137  
    Loans receivable, net of deferred loan origination costs   4,677,506       4,672,924       4,423,780  
    Allowance for credit losses   (57,676 )     (60,086 )     (64,400 )
    Loans receivable, net   4,619,830       4,612,838       4,359,380  
               
    Resell agreements   41,651       23,741       131,242  
    Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”) stock, at cost   4,679       15,693       4,603  
    Accrued interest receivable   55,092       61,172       53,436  
    Premises and equipment, net   7,366       6,386       7,128  
    Bank-owned life insurance   108,652       108,026       106,137  
    Right-of-use lease asset   12,477       14,231       19,797  
    Deferred tax asset, net   33,799       42,437       49,171  
    Goodwill   12,936       12,936       12,936  
    Intangible assets, net   1,343       1,487       2,034  
    Equity method investments   5,639       8,482       14,801  
    Other assets   31,991       35,858       16,663  
    Total assets $ 8,285,227     $ 8,256,892     $ 8,136,682  
    Liabilities          
    Deposits $ 7,412,072     $ 7,180,605     $ 7,305,765  
    Borrowings   69,676       314,409       139,705  
    Operating leases   17,190       19,734       27,250  
    Other liabilities   50,293       34,490       47,024  
    Total liabilities   7,549,231       7,549,238       7,519,744  
    Stockholders’ equity          
    Common stock, par value $0.01 per share   309       308       307  
    Additional paid-in capital   288,539       288,656       287,198  
    Retained earnings   500,783       480,144       412,190  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes   (47,308 )     (58,637 )     (78,872 )
    Treasury stock, at cost   (6,327 )     (2,817 )     (4,018 )
    Total Amalgamated Financial Corp. stockholders’ equity   735,996       707,654       616,805  
    Noncontrolling interests               133  
    Total stockholders’ equity   735,996       707,654       616,938  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 8,285,227     $ 8,256,892     $ 8,136,682  
               
    Select Financial Data
      As of and for the
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    (Shares in thousands)   2025     2024     2024
    Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:          
    Earnings per share          
    Basic $ 0.82   $ 0.80   $ 0.89
    Diluted   0.81     0.79     0.89
    Core net income (non-GAAP)          
    Basic $ 0.88   $ 0.91   $ 0.84
    Diluted   0.88     0.90     0.83
    Book value per common share (excluding minority interest) $ 23.98   $ 23.07   $ 20.22
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) $ 23.51   $ 22.60   $ 19.73
    Common shares outstanding, par value $0.01 per share(1)   30,697     30,671     30,510
    Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic   30,682     30,677     30,476
    Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted   30,946     30,976     30,737
               
    (1) 70,000,000 shares authorized; 30,940,480, 30,809,484, and 30,736,141 shares issued for the periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024 respectively, and 30,696,940, 30,670,982, and 30,510,393 shares outstanding for the periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    Select Financial Data
      As of and for the   As of and for the
      Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended
      March 31,   December
    31,
      March 31,   March 31,
      2025     2024     2024     2025     2024  
    Selected Performance Metrics:                  
    Return on average assets 1.22 %   1.17 %   1.36 %   1.22 %   1.36 %
    Core return on average assets (non-GAAP) 1.33 %   1.34 %   1.27 %   1.33 %   1.27 %
    Return on average equity 14.05 %   13.83 %   18.24 %   14.05 %   18.24 %
    Core return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) 15.54 %   16.13 %   17.59 %   15.54 %   17.59 %
    Average equity to average assets 8.71 %   8.48 %   7.44 %   8.71 %   7.44 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP) 8.73 %   8.41 %   7.41 %   8.73 %   7.41 %
    Loan yield 5.00 %   5.00 %   4.76 %   5.00 %   4.76 %
    Securities yield 5.15 %   5.12 %   5.21 %   5.15 %   5.21 %
    Deposit cost 1.59 %   1.53 %   1.46 %   1.59 %   1.46 %
    Net interest margin 3.55 %   3.59 %   3.49 %   3.55 %   3.49 %
    Efficiency ratio(1) 54.10 %   52.83 %   48.75 %   54.10 %   48.75 %
    Core efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) 52.11 %   49.82 %   50.40 %   52.11 %   50.40 %
                       
    Asset Quality Ratios:                  
    Nonaccrual loans to total loans 0.70 %   0.45 %   0.75 %   0.70 %   0.75 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets 0.41 %   0.31 %   0.42 %   0.41 %   0.42 %
    Allowance for credit losses on loans to nonaccrual loans 175.07 %   286.00 %   195.04 %   175.07 %   195.04 %
    Allowance for credit losses on loans to total loans 1.23 %   1.29 %   1.46 %   1.23 %   1.46 %
    Annualized net charge-offs to average loans 0.22 %   0.36 %   0.20 %   0.22 %   0.20 %
                       
    Capital Ratios:                  
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 9.22 %   9.00 %   8.29 %   9.22 %   8.29 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 14.27 %   13.90 %   13.68 %   14.27 %   13.68 %
    Total risk-based capital ratio 16.61 %   16.26 %   16.35 %   16.61 %   16.35 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio 14.27 %   13.90 %   13.68 %   14.27 %   13.68 %
                       
    (1)Efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by the sum of net interest income and total non-interest income
    Loan and PACE Assessments Portfolio Composition


    (In thousands) At March 31, 2025   At December 31, 2024   At March 31, 2024
      Amount   % of total   Amount   % of total   Amount   % of total
    Commercial portfolio:                      
    Commercial and industrial $ 1,183,297     25.3 %   $ 1,175,490     25.2 %   $ 1,014,084     22.9 %
    Multifamily   1,371,950     29.3 %     1,351,604     28.9 %     1,175,467     26.6 %
    Commercial real estate   409,004     8.7 %     411,387     8.8 %     353,598     8.0 %
    Construction and land development   20,690     0.4 %     20,683     0.4 %     23,266     0.5 %
    Total commercial portfolio   2,984,941     63.8 %     2,959,164     63.3 %     2,566,415     58.0 %
                           
    Retail portfolio:                      
    Residential real estate lending   1,303,856     27.9 %     1,313,617     28.1 %     1,419,321     32.1 %
    Consumer solar   356,601     7.6 %     365,516     7.8 %     398,501     9.0 %
    Consumer and other   32,108     0.7 %     34,627     0.8 %     39,543     0.9 %
    Total retail portfolio   1,692,565     36.2 %     1,713,760     36.7 %     1,857,365     42.0 %
    Total loans held for investment   4,677,506     100.0 %     4,672,924     100.0 %     4,423,780     100.0 %
                           
    Allowance for credit losses   (57,676 )         (60,086 )         (64,400 )    
    Loans receivable, net $ 4,619,830         $ 4,612,838         $ 4,359,380      
                           
    PACE assessments:                      
    Available for sale, at fair value                      
    Residential PACE assessments   161,147     13.4 %     152,011     12.7 %     82,258     7.2 %
                           
    Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost                      
    Commercial PACE assessments   271,200     22.6 %     268,692     22.5 %     256,661     22.5 %
    Residential PACE assessments   767,507     64.0 %     775,922     64.8 %     801,786     70.3 %
    Total Held-to-maturity PACE assessments   1,038,707     86.6 %     1,044,614     87.3 %     1,058,447     92.8 %
    Total PACE assessments   1,199,854     100.0 %     1,196,625     100.0 %     1,140,705     100.0 %
                           
    Allowance for credit losses   (654 )         (655 )         (657 )    
    Total PACE assessments, net $ 1,199,200         $ 1,195,970         $ 1,140,048      
                           
                           
    Loans receivable, net and total PACE assessments, net as a % of Deposits   78.5 %         80.9 %         75.3 %    
    Loans receivable, net and total PACE assessments, net as a % of Deposits excluding Brokered CDs   78.5 %         80.9 %         77.0 %    
    Net Interest Income Analysis
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    (In thousands) Average
    Balance
    Income / Expense Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
    Income / Expense Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
    Income / Expense Yield /
    Rate
                                       
    Interest-earning assets:                                  
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks $ 121,321   $ 1,194   3.99 %   $ 105,958   $ 1,113   4.18 %   $ 205,369   $ 2,592   5.08 %
    Securities(1)   3,220,590     40,867   5.15 %     3,313,349     42,632   5.12 %     3,170,356     41,064   5.21 %
    Resell agreements   30,169     786   10.57 %     50,938     816   6.37 %     79,011     1,326   6.75 %
    Loans receivable, net(2)   4,695,264     57,843   5.00 %     4,619,723     58,024   5.00 %     4,390,489     51,952   4.76 %
    Total interest-earning assets   8,067,344     100,690   5.06 %     8,089,968     102,585   5.04 %     7,845,225     96,934   4.97 %
    Non-interest-earning assets:                                  
    Cash and due from banks   5,045             6,291             5,068        
    Other assets   220,589             214,868             226,270        
    Total assets $ 8,292,978           $ 8,311,127           $ 8,076,563        
                                       
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                  
    Savings, NOW and money market deposits $ 4,242,786   $ 26,806   2.56 %   $ 3,971,128   $ 26,329   2.64 %   $ 3,591,551   $ 21,872   2.45 %
    Time deposits   232,683     2,111   3.68 %     220,205     2,085   3.77 %     188,045     1,576   3.37 %
    Brokered CDs         0.00 %     11,822     169   5.69 %     190,240     2,443   5.16 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   4,475,469     28,917   2.62 %     4,203,155     28,583   2.71 %     3,969,836     25,891   2.62 %
    Borrowings   134,340     1,196   3.61 %     98,768     908   3.66 %     288,093     3,006   4.20 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   4,609,809     30,113   2.65 %     4,301,923     29,491   2.73 %     4,257,929     28,897   2.73 %
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                                  
    Demand and transaction deposits   2,901,061             3,239,251             3,138,238        
    Other liabilities   59,728             65,580             79,637        
    Total liabilities   7,570,598             7,606,754             7,475,804        
    Stockholders’ equity   722,380             704,373             600,759        
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 8,292,978           $ 8,311,127           $ 8,076,563        
                                       
    Net interest income / interest rate spread     $ 70,577   2.41 %       $ 73,094   2.31 %       $ 68,037   2.24 %
    Net interest-earning assets / net interest margin $ 3,457,535       3.55 %   $ 3,788,045       3.59 %   $ 3,587,296       3.49 %
                                       
    Total deposits excluding Brokered CDs / total cost of deposits excluding Brokered CDs $ 7,376,530       1.59 %   $ 7,430,584       1.52 %   $ 6,917,834       1.36 %
    Total deposits / total cost of deposits $ 7,376,530       1.59 %   $ 7,442,406       1.53 %   $ 7,108,074       1.46 %
    Total funding / total cost of funds $ 7,510,870       1.63 %   $ 7,541,174       1.56 %   $ 7,396,167       1.57 %

    (1) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock in the average balance, and dividend income on FHLB stock in interest income.
    (2) Includes prepayment penalty interest income in 1Q2025, 4Q2024, or 1Q2024 of $0, $121, and $18, respectively (in thousands).

    Deposit Portfolio Composition
      Three Months Ended
    (In thousands) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Ending
    Balance
      Average
    Balance
      Ending
    Balance
      Average
    Balance
      Ending
    Balance
      Average
    Balance
    Non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts $ 2,895,757   $ 2,901,061   $ 2,868,506   $ 3,239,251   $ 3,182,047   $ 3,138,238
    NOW accounts   187,078     177,827     179,765     174,963     200,900     197,659
    Money market deposit accounts   3,772,423     3,739,548     3,564,423     3,471,242     3,222,271     3,051,670
    Savings accounts   330,410     325,411     328,696     324,922     341,054     342,222
    Time deposits   226,404     232,683     239,215     220,205     197,265     188,045
    Brokered certificates of deposit (“CDs”)               11,822     162,228     190,240
    Total deposits $ 7,412,072   $ 7,376,530   $ 7,180,605   $ 7,442,405   $ 7,305,765   $ 7,108,074
                           
    Total deposits excluding Brokered CDs $ 7,412,072   $ 7,376,530   $ 7,180,605   $ 7,430,583   $ 7,143,537   $ 6,917,834
      Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    (In thousands) Average
    Rate
    Paid
    (1)
      Cost of
    Funds
      Average
    Rate
    Paid
    (1)
      Cost of
    Funds
      Average
    Rate
    Paid
    (1)
      Cost of
    Funds
                           
    Non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts 0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %
    NOW accounts 0.72 %   0.70 %   0.72 %   0.81 %   1.05 %   1.03 %
    Money market deposit accounts 2.73 %   2.76 %   2.67 %   2.85 %   2.96 %   2.67 %
    Savings accounts 1.28 %   1.28 %   1.32 %   1.37 %   1.34 %   1.29 %
    Time deposits 3.52 %   3.68 %   3.54 %   3.77 %   3.44 %   3.37 %
    Brokered CDs %   %   %   5.69 %   4.99 %   5.16 %
    Total deposits 1.57 %   1.59 %   1.52 %   1.53 %   1.60 %   1.46 %
                           
    Interest-bearing deposits excluding Brokered CDs 2.58 %   2.62 %   2.54 %   2.70 %   2.75 %   2.50 %

    (1) Average rate paid is calculated as the weighted average of spot rates on deposit accounts. Off-balance sheet deposits are excluded from all calculations shown.

    Asset Quality


    (In thousands) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Loans 90 days past due and accruing $   $   $
    Nonaccrual loans held for sale   989     4,853     989
    Nonaccrual loans – Commercial   27,872     16,041     24,228
    Nonaccrual loans – Retail   5,072     4,968     8,791
    Nonaccrual securities   7     8     31
    Total nonperforming assets $ 33,940   $ 25,870   $ 34,039
               
    Nonaccrual loans:          
    Commercial and industrial $ 12,786   $ 872   $ 8,750
    Commercial real estate   3,979     4,062     4,354
    Construction and land development   11,107     11,107     11,124
    Total commercial portfolio   27,872     16,041     24,228
               
    Residential real estate lending   1,375     1,771     4,763
    Consumer solar   3,479     2,827     3,852
    Consumer and other   218     370     176
    Total retail portfolio   5,072     4,968     8,791
    Total nonaccrual loans $ 32,944   $ 21,009   $ 33,019
               
    Credit Quality

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    ($ in thousands)          
    Criticized and classified loans          
    Commercial and industrial $ 55,157   $ 62,614   $ 62,242
    Multifamily   8,540     8,573     10,274
    Commercial real estate   3,979     4,062     8,475
    Construction and land development   11,107     11,107     11,124
    Residential real estate lending   1,375     6,387     4,763
    Consumer solar   3,479     2,827     3,852
    Consumer and other   218     370     176
    Total loans $ 83,855   $ 95,940   $ 100,906
    Criticized and classified loans to total loans          
    Commercial and industrial 1.18 %   1.34 %   1.41 %
    Multifamily 0.18 %   0.18 %   0.23 %
    Commercial real estate 0.09 %   0.09 %   0.19 %
    Construction and land development 0.24 %   0.24 %   0.25 %
    Residential real estate lending 0.03 %   0.14 %   0.11 %
    Consumer solar 0.07 %   0.06 %   0.09 %
    Consumer and other %   0.01 %   0.01 %
    Total loans 1.79 %   2.06 %   2.29 %
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Annualized
    net charge-
    offs
    (recoveries)
    to average
    loans
      ACL to total portfolio balance   Annualized
    net charge-
    offs
    (recoveries)
    to average
    loans
      ACL to total portfolio balance   Annualized
    net charge-
    offs
    (recoveries)
    to average
    loans
      ACL to total portfolio
    balance
    Commercial and industrial 0.28 %   1.29 %   0.53 %   1.15 %   0.16 %   1.58 %
    Multifamily %   0.23 %   0.15 %   0.21 %   %   0.38 %
    Commercial real estate %   0.39 %   %   0.39 %   %   0.40 %
    Construction and land development %   6.05 %   (7.19) %   6.06 %   %   3.67 %
    Residential real estate lending %   0.73 %   0.28 %   0.71 %   %   0.87 %
    Consumer solar 1.90 %   7.01 %   1.71 %   7.96 %   1.67 %   6.72 %
    Consumer and other 0.70 %   5.67 %   0.86 %   6.83 %   0.86 %   6.36 %
    Total loans 0.22 %   1.23 %   0.36 %   1.29 %   0.20 %   1.46 %
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    The information provided below presents a reconciliation of each of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly
    comparable GAAP financial measure.
      As of and for the
      Three Months Ended
    (in thousands) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Core operating revenue          
    Net Interest Income (GAAP) $ 70,577     $ 73,095     $ 68,037  
    Non-interest income (GAAP)   6,406       4,789       10,229  
    Add: Securities loss   680       1,003       2,774  
    Less: ICS One-Way Sell Fee Income(1)   (9 )     (1,347 )     (2,903 )
    Less: Changes in fair value of loans held-for-sale(6)   (837 )     4,117        
    Add: Tax (credits) depreciation on solar investments(3)   2,868       920       (1,808 )
    Core operating revenue (non-GAAP) $ 79,685     $ 82,577     $ 76,329  
               
    Core non-interest expense          
    Non-interest expense (GAAP) $ 41,650     $ 41,143     $ 38,152  
    Add: Gain on settlement of lease termination(4)               499  
    Less: Severance costs(5)   (125 )     (1 )     (184 )
    Core non-interest expense (non-GAAP) $ 41,525     $ 41,142     $ 38,467  
               
    Core net income          
    Net Income (GAAP) $ 25,028     $ 24,491     $ 27,249  
    Add: Securities loss   680       1,003       2,774  
    Less: ICS One-Way Sell Fee Income(1)   (9 )     (1,347 )     (2,903 )
    Less: Changes in fair value of loans held-for-sale(6)   (837 )     4,117        
    Less: Gain on settlement of lease termination(4)               (499 )
    Add: Severance costs(5)   125       1       184  
    Add: Tax (credits) depreciation on solar investments(3)   2,868       920       (1,808 )
    Less: Tax on notable items   (731 )     (1,217 )     607  
    Core net income (non-GAAP) $ 27,124     $ 27,968     $ 25,604  
               
    Tangible common equity          
    Stockholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 735,996     $ 707,654     $ 616,938  
    Less: Minority interest               (133 )
    Less: Goodwill   (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )
    Less: Core deposit intangible   (1,343 )     (1,487 )     (2,034 )
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP) $ 721,717     $ 693,231     $ 601,835  
               
    Average tangible common equity          
    Average stockholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 722,380     $ 704,373     $ 600,759  
    Less: Minority interest         (132 )     (133 )
    Less: Goodwill   (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )
    Less: Core deposit intangible   (1,413 )     (1,575 )     (2,123 )
    Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) $ 708,031     $ 689,730     $ 585,567  

    (1) Included in service charges on deposit accounts in the Consolidated Statements of Income
    (2) Included in other income in the Consolidated Statements of Income
    (3) Included in equity method investments income in the Consolidated Statements of Income
    (4) Included in occupancy and depreciation in the Consolidated Statements of Income
    (5) Included in compensation and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income
    (6) Included in changes in fair value of loans held-for-sale in the Consolidated Statements of Income

    1 Definitions are presented under “Non-GAAP Financial Measures”. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure are set forth on the last page of the financial information accompanying this press release and may also be found on the Company’s website, www.amalgamatedbank.com.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Europe: The world’s first artificial energy island

    Source: European Investment Bank

    The project’s developer, Elia, which operates Belgium’s electricity grid as well as grids in the north and east of Germany, is taking considerable steps to offset the impact of the structure on the delicate marine environment. Using a “nature-inclusive design,” the project team has incorporated features to foster biodiversity above and below the waves.

    On the surface, the island will include specially designed spaces for bird nesting, while underwater, structures will provide ideal conditions for oyster beds and other marine life to flourish. These elements will transform a normal piece of offshore infrastructure into an artificial reef that actively contributes to the North Sea ecosystem.

    “Europe’s seas are becoming the power plants of the future,” says Marleen Vanhecke, Elia Group’s head of external communications. “Elia aims to set the standard for the sustainable construction of future offshore infrastructure. By incorporating biodiversity measures, we aim to inspire other developers to undertake similar initiatives.”

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Polytechnic and BRU strengthen the technological sovereignty of the Union State

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: Peter the Great St Petersburg Polytechnic University – Peter the Great St Petersburg Polytechnic University –

    The visit of the Polytechnic University delegation to the Republic of Belarus continues. At the site of the strategic partner of SPbPU, the Belarusian-Russian University (Mogilev), several events related to the joint activities of our universities are currently taking place. The leaders of the Polytechnic University, which coordinates the activities of Slavic universities within the framework of the national project, were met at BRU with traditional hospitality – a loaf of bread and salt.

    BRU Rector Mikhail Lustenkov welcomed his Russian colleagues: “Our cooperation with the St. Petersburg Polytechnic University has long been truly warm and productive. I can say with confidence that we do not have such a multifaceted and strategically important partnership with any other university. Today we have a wonderful opportunity to personally show you what results we have achieved thanks to our joint work. The Comprehensive Program for the Development of Slavic Universities plays a special role in our development, within the framework of which your support is invaluable to us. Polytechnic is not just a partner, but a reliable ally in the pursuit of development and improvement.”

    The official meeting of SPbPU Rector Andrey Rudskoy, Vice-Rector for International Affairs Dmitry Arsenyev and Director of the Institute of Mechanical Engineering, Materials and Transport Anatoly Popovich with BRU Rector Mikhail Lustenkov and key vice-rectors was devoted to the prospects for expanding cooperation in the main areas of partnership, including the creation of innovative joint educational programs, the development of research infrastructure and the training of professional personnel for high-tech sectors of the Union State economy.

    “We have found the right interaction and the basis for Slavic unity in the field of education. Unique laboratories have been created in Belarus, students study together, and are distributed to enterprises in both countries. This is a very correct and important symbiosis, reflecting the most important role of Slavic universities. Our partnership in welding technologies is of particular importance. You have strong developments, and we have exclusive methods, for example, electron beam and vacuum welding. For Russia, as a powerful shipbuilding center, training welders is an urgent task. We are ready to share high-tech solutions and adopt your practical experience. In addition, we are united by intelligent control systems, digital technologies, supercomputer centers and modeling. Without this, modern science and industry are impossible. I am sure that together we can strengthen both sides,” Andrey Rudskoy emphasized.

    A landmark event was the signing of an agreement to launch a unique joint network bachelor’s degree program “Artificial Intelligence in Technical Systems”. This four-year program was developed by joint efforts of specialists from the Higher School of Cyber-Physical Systems Management of SPbPU and the Department of Software of BRU. It should become a flagship project in training new generation specialists. Already at the development stage, the program aroused significant interest not only among Russian and Belarusian applicants, but also among students from China, which indicates its international demand.

    “This visit is the next stage of our strategic partnership. Within the walls of the Belarusian-Russian University, we see not only modern laboratories, but also a special atmosphere of joint creativity. We were particularly impressed by the achievements of our Belarusian colleagues in training engineering personnel and organizing the educational process. We see significant potential for expanding joint educational programs and scientific research,” said Dmitry Arsenyev.

    This is not the first network program launched by the two universities. Since 2022, SPbPU and BRU have been implementing a network bachelor’s degree program in the field of “Foreign Regional Studies”. From April 21 to 25, five students of the Higher School of International Relations of the Humanitarian Institute of SPbPU are undergoing an internship at BRU. The students were selected based on the results of the essay competition “25 years of the Union State: history, achievements and future goals of Russia and Belarus”. The educational program at BRU includes lectures (“Culture of Belarus: traditions and modernity”, “The main stages of the development of philosophical thought in Belarus”, “Society in Belarus: features and development”, etc.) and a cultural program. In parallel with the student internship, Associate Professor of the Polytechnic University Alexey Vovenda held master classes for BRU students on organizing research activities within the framework of the field of “Foreign Regional Studies”. Since 2022, a total of 19 SPbPU students and 29 BRU students have been trained within the network program.

    Getting acquainted with the university infrastructure allowed the SPbPU delegation to evaluate the achievements of the joint laboratory of intelligent robotics and cyber-physical systems. In it, students and teachers of the two universities successfully implement projects in the field of digital twins of industrial facilities and predictive analytics systems. The delegation was especially interested in practical solutions for remote monitoring of critical facilities using artificial intelligence technologies. In the robotics laboratory, guests were shown how to remotely connect to production lines and control robots located at different points.

    No less productive was the visit to the Department of Technosphere Safety, where the industrial internship program for master’s students of the “Environmental Safety in Industry” program of SPbPU has been successfully implemented for the third year. A unique methodology for studying the impact of radionuclides on the environment, developed by Belarusian colleagues, complements the educational programs of the St. Petersburg university with an important practical component. The internship has been held since 2022. During this time, 15 Polytechnic students have completed it. And just this week, another internship program for three more students of the Civil Engineering Institute is ending at the experimental sites and in the laboratories of the Department of Technosphere Safety.

    At the Department of Welding Equipment and Technologies, guests were presented with advanced developments in the field of additive and welding technologies. In this area, BRU is rightfully considered a unique platform in the Republic of Belarus. The only Certification and Testing Center in the Republic operates on the basis of the university, which carries out certification of welding equipment and materials, testing of welded samples and structures, training, certification and certification of welders, and develops and qualifies welding processes.

    Director of IMMiT Anatoly Popovich supported the rector of SPbPU, noting that the key area of cooperation between the universities should be interaction in the field of advanced production technologies, in particular powder metallurgy and welding processes. He emphasized that BRU has unique practical experience in the field of high-tech welding, including automatic, thick-plate and argon-arc welding, and is ready to actively share these developments with colleagues from the Polytechnic University.

    The Higher School of Materials Physics and Technology of SPbPU (Professor Sergey Parshin) has been collaborating with this BRU department since 2021. The partners jointly conduct scientific research, supervise postgraduate students and give lectures. The center discussed the possibilities of developing cooperation. In particular, organizing network interaction between the Polytechnic University, BRU, institutes of the Russian Academy of Sciences and the National Academy of Sciences, and creating a Competence Center for Welding Technologies on the basis of BRU.

    As part of the activities to coordinate the activities of Slavic universities, this week SPbPU experts are holding a project-analytical session to prepare a development program for the Belarusian-Russian University for 2026-2030. The session focused on developing a common understanding among the BRU team of the university’s target model, strategic development goals, and ways to achieve them.

    SPbPU experts — Vice-Rector for Personnel Policy Maria Vrublevskaya, Head of the Project Office “Slavic Universities” Nikita Golovin and expert of the Department of Strategic Planning and Development Tatyana Morina. They shared their experience in implementing the Priority-2030 program, proposing innovative approaches to transforming the university into an educational hub. The main vector of BRU development is maintaining the model of an engineering university with an emphasis on close cooperation with industry. This is necessary for sustainable regional development, as well as in the interests of Belarus, Russia and the Union State as a whole.

    Maria Vrublevskaya shared the results of the project-analytical session: “Despite serious restrictions related to state frameworks, as well as difficulties in developing human capital, the university demonstrated impressive results. Investments were implemented effectively: growth points are fully equipped, strong teams were formed, and best practices reached the level of sustainable development. Now the team is at the peak of intellectual potential, and although the strategy for further development until 2030 is yet to be determined, it is already obvious that the invested resources have produced a significant effect.”

    The results of the visit confirmed that the cooperation between SPbPU and BRU has reached a qualitatively new level, combining fundamental academic traditions with advanced educational technologies. Joint projects in the field of artificial intelligence, cyber-physical systems and technosphere safety not only strengthen the scientific and technical potential of the two countries, but also create the basis for the formation of a single educational space and increasing the technological sovereignty of the Union State.

    Please note: This information is raw content directly from the source of the information. It is exactly what the source states and does not reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI Africa: Kenya’s luxury hospitality sector soars despite challenges

    Source: Africa Press Organisation – English (2) – Report:

    NAIROBI, Kenya, April 24, 2025/APO Group/ —

    The sector is experiencing significant growth, driven by international visitors and a stable economy. Experts at the upcoming EAPI Summit in Nairobi will address challenges, while exploring opportunities for investment in this thriving market.

    Kenya’s luxury hospitality sector is experiencing significant growth, spurred by an increasing arrival of international visitors, a stable economy, and a rising middle class. Industry experts attribute this surge to the country’s unique blend of natural beauty, strategic location, and supportive government policies — all of which are attracting substantial investment in high-end tourism and hospitality.

    The dynamics of this thriving sector will be a key focus at the upcoming East Africa Property Investment (EAPI) Summit, a premier real estate event. The 12th annual summit, to be held in Nairobi on May 7-8, 2025, will gather over 450 global investors, developers, and real estate professionals. Participants will explore opportunities to capitalize on investment potential in Kenya, Tanzania (including Zanzibar), Uganda, Rwanda, and Ethiopia — countries showing promising signs of economic recovery and political stabilization.

    Speaking on the growth of the hospitality industry, Bani Haddad, Founder and Managing Director of Aleph Hospitality, highlights Kenya’s untapped potential.

    “Kenya presents a great opportunity for hospitality investment due to its unique combination of untapped potential, economic stability, strategic location, and government incentives. Add to that a 35% increase in international visitors and a growing middle class with disposable income. It’s clear that the demand for quality hospitality services will continue to rise, offering promising opportunities for local and international investors,” says Haddad.

    Haddad’s Aleph Hospitality is the largest independent hotel management company in the Middle East and Africa.

    Mark Dunford, CEO of Knight Frank Kenya, adds that improved air connectivity is critical to sustaining this growth and the influx of tourists into Kenya. “Jomo Kenyatta International Airport must remain a hub for Sub-Saharan Africa region with additional long-haul flights to support along with further investment in the other local airports,” says Dunford.

    Jomo Kenyatta International Airport is an international airport serving Nairobi, the capital and largest city of Kenya.

    Fiona Craw, Vice President of the Hotels & Hospitality Group at JLL Africa, notes that Kenya’s hospitality sector attracts significant investment, particularly in Nairobi and the Masai Mara area. This growth is driven by robust demand across sectors including corporate, leisure, MICE (Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions), and government.

    Nairobi’s position as a key economic and transit hub in Africa, coupled with Masai Mara’s global reputation as a premier safari destination, further fuels this investment trend.

    Craw says the ongoing infrastructure development in Kenya, especially in Nairobi, is enhancing accessibility and supporting the country’s efforts to establish itself as a leading MICE tourism destination. “This strategic positioning is driving demand for high-quality accommodation and state-of-the-art meeting facilities,” says Craw.

    Despite promising opportunities, experts acknowledge several challenges hobbling the industry’s growth.

    “Kenya’s hospitality industry, while exhibiting resilience and growth, faces several challenges such as security concerns, regulatory hurdles, supply chain disruptions, and human resource challenges. The high cost of financing and inflation-driven operational costs further strain businesses,” says Aleph Hospitality’s Haddad.

    He adds: “For Kenya to solidify its position as a premier global investment destination, collaboration with government and private sectors is key to improving infrastructure and security. Streamlining land acquisition and development approvals will cut delays and costs, making business easier. Diversifying suppliers can ease supply chain issues while investing in talent retention will boost efficiency and service quality”.

    Visa complexities are another hurdle that could stunt the growth of Kenya’s luxury hospitality sector. However, visa complexities are not unique to Kenya as many countries in the rest of the African continent face similar challenges.

    Visa complexities in Africa are marked by limited visa-free travel, with only a small percentage of countries offering such options to fellow African nations. The process is often expensive and bureaucratic, requiring lengthy procedures and embassy visits. There is also a significant disparity in passport strength across the continent, with some countries enjoying extensive visa-free access while others face severe restrictions. Political instability and security concerns further complicate mobility for citizens from certain regions.

    Says Dunford of Knight Frank Kenya: “There are a number of issues facing the industry at present. The easiest of these issues to overcome would be the simplification of the visa/entry process to tangibly encourage visitors.”

    Another issue that potential investors should be mindful of is the oversupply of hotel rooms in Nairobi, which heightens competition among hotel operators.  JLL Africa’s Craw estimates that Nairobi recently experienced a significant supply increase, with over 2,000 new hotel rooms introduced in just 18 months. “As a result, market performance is expected to face downward pressure throughout 2025 as the sector works to absorb this new inventory,” she says.

    Daniel Trappler, Senior Director of Development for Sub-Sahara Africa at Radisson Hotel Group, partly agrees with Craw about the oversupply of hotel rooms, in some urban Nairobi areas. Trappler says, however, that there are certain nodes that represent pockets of value that are not yet adequately supplied, and with the correct brand could certainly capture market share in Nairobi and lure guests easily, especially with brands that RHG does not yet have operational in the city. Investors that have access to the right capital are therefore in a good position to leverage from this market opportunity. Trappler further adds that both the entry level luxury brand Radisson Collection, and the lifestyle upscale brand Radisson RED, would serve owners with strong returns if built at the right locations. The group is eager to expand in Nairobi in this regard.

    Despite the oversupply of hotel rooms and intense competition, there are pockets of growth and excellence. Marriott International, which has a presence in Kenya as it operates city hotels in Nairobi and safari lodges in the Masai Mara, says it is seeing strong growth in its business.

    Jugal Khushalani, Marriott International’s Senior Director for Development in the East Africa region, says: “There remains an increased appetite for high-end experiences in the market, positioning us to further expand our portfolio of luxury brands through urban hotels and safari lodges. Kenya is positioned for sustained growth across all segments, and we remain committed to growing our footprint in the country and supporting the growth of its tourism sector.”

    The experts agree that despite short-term challenges, the long-term outlook for Kenya’s hospitality sector remains positive. They have proposed innovative strategies to address these challenges while ensuring sustained growth in the luxury market. The solutions for sustained growth include:

    Alternative financing models: Public-private partnership and government-backed incentives can reduce financing costs for new developments.

    Sustainable tourism practices: High-end resorts are adopting eco-friendly initiatives such as solar energy usage and marine conservation programs to align with global trends favouring sustainable luxury tourism.

    Enhanced air connectivity: Continued investment in Jomo Kenyatta International Airport and regional airports will improve access for long-haul travellers.

    Bespoke experiences: Personalization remains key in luxury travel. Exclusive offerings like private safaris, tailored cultural tours, and secluded beachfront villas cater to affluent travellers seeking unique experiences.

    With strategic investments and collaborative efforts between government entities and private stakeholders, Kenya is well-positioned to solidify its reputation as a premier destination for luxury travel in Africa. The country’s diverse offerings — from world-class safaris to coastal retreats — continue to attract discerning travellers seeking unforgettable experiences.

    The 12th East Africa Property Investment Summit meeting will take place on 7 and 8 May 2025 at Pullman, Upper Hill, Nairobi, Kenya. For more information and to book to attend the EAPI Summit visit https://EAPISummit.com.

    MIL OSI Africa

  • MIL-OSI Africa: African Mining Week (AMW) to Spotlight Investor Strategies Driving Africa’s Mineral Industrialization

    Source: Africa Press Organisation – English (2) – Report:

    CAPE TOWN, South Africa, April 24, 2025/APO Group/ —

    African Mining Week (AMW) – taking place from October 1–3, 2025, in Cape Town – will connect global investors with high-impact opportunities across Africa’s mining sector, spotlighting the strategies fueling the continent’s mineral industrialization.

    A key highlight of the event will be a high-level panel, The Investor Perspective: Financing Africa’s Mineral Industrialization. The session will explore the evolving investment landscape and examine diverse financing mechanisms – including bank loans, private equity, venture capital and impact investing – that are mobilizing capital into African mining.

    DFIs Drive Infrastructure Investments

    Attracted by strong returns and Africa’s long-term growth potential, development finance institutions (DFIs) are ramping up investments into the continent’s mining infrastructure. In March 2025, the African Development Bank approved a $150 million loan to Mauritania’s state-owned mining company SNIM and committed $500 million to the Lobito Corridor – a strategic railway project linking Angola, the DRC and Zambia to international markets. Meanwhile, the Africa Finance Corporation (AFC) is backing several critical mineral projects, including Nyanza Light Metals’ $780 million PGMs facility in South Africa, Gecamines’ expansion in the DRC, Giyani Metals’ manganese development in Botswana and FG Gold’s project in Sierra Leone. Between 2014 and 2024, AFC invested over $1 billion into Africa’s mining sector. The U.S. International Development Finance Corporation (DFC) is also deepening its commitment, providing more than $750 million toward the Lobito Corridor, $34 million for Pensana’s Longonjo rare earths project in Angola and $3.2 million to Chillerton’s green copper development in Zambia.

    Geopolitics and African Prospects

    Geopolitical shifts are intensifying the global race for Africa’s critical minerals, vital for the energy transition and digital economy. From 2019 to 2023, companies from the United Arab Emirates committed over $110 billion to African projects. In early 2025, UAE-based Ambrosia Investment Holding acquired a 50% stake in Allied Gold’s projects in Ethiopia and Mali, investing $375 million to scale up gold production. Canadian mining investment on the continent has now surpassed $37 billion, with companies like Ivanhoe Mines, Fortuna Silver, Pioneer Lithium and Trigon Metals leading expansion efforts. Similarly, Australia’s mining footprint in Africa reached $60 billion in asset value in 2024, supported by firms such as Sovereign Metals, Cazaly Resources and Atlantic Lithium.

    Private Placements

    Private placements are emerging as a preferred capital-raising vehicle for mining ventures across Africa. Companies including Zanaga Iron Ore, Moab Minerals, Global Atomic Corporation, Premier African Minerals and Trigon Metals are leveraging this mechanism to fast-track project development and attract investor interest. As ESG criteria take center stage in investment decision-making, AMW will serve as a platform for financiers and project developers to engage on sustainability metrics, transparency and responsible investing.

    MIL OSI Africa

  • MIL-OSI: FirstCash Reports Record First Quarter Operating Results; Earnings per Share Increase 39% in Total and 34% on an Adjusted Basis; Operating Cash Flows Fund Store Additions, $60 Million of First Quarter Share Repurchases and Continued Quarterly Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FORT WORTH, Texas, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — FirstCash Holdings, Inc. (“FirstCash” or the “Company”) (Nasdaq: FCFS), the leading international operator of more than 3,000 retail pawn stores and a leading provider of retail point-of-sale payment solutions, today announced operating results for the three month period ended March 31, 2025. The Company also announced that the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.38 per share, which will be paid in May 2025.

    Mr. Rick Wessel, chief executive officer, stated, “FirstCash posted record first quarter results, driven by the continued revenue and earnings growth from core pawn operations coupled with strong operating margins in the AFF POS payment solutions segment. Resulting first quarter net income grew 36% on a GAAP basis and 32% on an adjusted basis.

    “Demand for pawn loans was robust during the quarter in both the U.S. and Latin America, with ending same-store pawn receivables increasing 13% in the U.S. and 14% in Latin America (local currency basis) versus last year. This marked seven consecutive quarters of double-digit same-store receivable growth in the U.S. segment which drove a 17% increase in earnings from the Company’s largest operating segment.

    “Driven by a 19% increase in the number of merchant locations and further diversification outside of the furniture vertical, AFF delivered strong results as well, with earnings growth benefiting from solid credit performance and significant cost reductions. Excluding certain furniture retailers that closed last year due to bankruptcies, the number of active doors increased 29%, which should drive future revenue growth with greater merchant vertical diversification.

    “Strong cash flows for the first quarter provided funding for the addition of 12 pawn locations, further purchases of store real estate and $60 million of stock repurchases in addition to the ongoing quarterly cash dividend. These investments are expected to deliver further earnings accretion in 2025 and beyond.”

    This release contains adjusted financial measures, which exclude certain non-operating and/or non-cash income and expenses, that are non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the descriptions and reconciliations to GAAP of these and other non-GAAP financial measures at the end of this release.

        Three Months Ended March 31,
        As Reported (GAAP)   Adjusted (Non-GAAP)
    In thousands, except per share amounts     2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Revenue   $ 836,423     $ 836,370     $ 836,423     $ 836,370  
    Net income   $ 83,591     $ 61,368     $ 92,781     $ 70,189  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.87     $ 1.35     $ 2.07     $ 1.55  
    EBITDA (non-GAAP measure)   $ 162,961     $ 132,587     $ 162,880     $ 131,592  
    Weighted-average diluted shares     44,789       45,387       44,789       45,387  


    Consolidated Operating Highlights

    • Diluted earnings per share for the first quarter increased 39% over the prior-year quarter on a GAAP basis while adjusted diluted earnings per share increased 34% compared to the prior-year quarter.
    • Net income for the first quarter increased 36% over the prior-year quarter on a GAAP basis while adjusted net income increased 32% compared to the prior-year quarter.
    • Gross revenues totaled $836 million in the first quarter, flat on a U.S. dollar basis and up 4% on a constant currency basis, compared to the prior-year quarter.
    • For the trailing twelve month period ended March 31, 2025:
      • Revenues totaled a record $3.4 billion
      • Net income totaled $281 million on a GAAP basis while adjusted net income was $325 million
      • Adjusted EBITDA was $590 million
      • Operating cash flows were $544 million and adjusted free cash flows (a non-GAAP measure) were $269 million

    Store Base and Platform Growth

    • Pawn Stores – 12 pawn locations were added in the first quarter through an acquisition and new store openings in three countries.
      • In the U.S., a high profile luxury buy/sell retail store was acquired in Las Vegas, Nevada, and one new location in Texas was opened during the first quarter.
      • There were 10 new store openings in Latin America in the first quarter which included nine locations in Mexico and one location in El Salvador.
      • The Company purchased the underlying real estate of seven U.S. stores during the quarter, bringing the total number of company owned locations to 407 at quarter end.
      • As of March 31, 2025, the Company had 3,023 locations, comprised of 1,197 U.S. locations and 1,826 locations in Latin America.
    • Retail POS Payment Solutions (AFF) Merchant Partnerships – At March 31, 2025, there were approximately 14,500 active retail and e-commerce merchant partner locations, representing a 19% increase in the number of active merchant locations compared to a year ago. Excluding furniture locations that closed in the prior year due to merchant partner bankruptcies, the number of active doors increased 29%.

    U.S. Pawn Segment Operating Results

    • Segment pre-tax operating income in the first quarter of 2025 was a record $113 million, an increase of $17 million, or 17%, compared to the prior-year quarter. The resulting segment pre-tax operating margin increased to a record 27% for the first quarter of 2025 compared to 26% for the prior-year quarter.
    • Pawn receivables increased 16% in total at March 31, 2025 compared to the prior year, driven by a 2% increase in the year-to-date weighted-average store count coupled with an impressive 13% increase in same-store pawn receivables. On a two-year stacked basis, same-store pawn receivables were up 27%.
    • Pawn loan fees increased 12% for the first quarter, while on a same-store basis, they increased 10% compared to the respective prior-year period.
    • Retail merchandise sales increased 6% in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the prior-year quarter, while same-store retail sales increased 2% compared to the prior-year quarter.
    • Retail sales margins increased to 42% for the first quarter compared to 41% in the prior-year quarter.
    • Annualized inventory turnover was 2.8 times for the trailing twelve months ended March 31, 2025, which equaled the inventory turnover during the same prior-year period. Inventories aged greater than one year at March 31, 2025 remained low at 2% of total inventories.
    • Operating expenses for the first quarter increased 8% as compared to the prior-year quarter, primarily due to store additions and increased labor and variable compensation expenses. On a same-store basis, expenses increased 6% for the quarter compared to the respective prior-year period.

    Latin America Pawn Segment Operating Results

    Note: Certain growth rates below are calculated on a constant currency basis, a non-GAAP financial measure defined at the end of this release. The average Mexican peso to U.S. dollar exchange rate for the first quarter of 2025 was 20.4 pesos / dollar, an unfavorable change of 20% versus the comparable prior-year period.

    • Given the 20% decrease in the average Mexican peso exchange rate, first quarter segment pre-tax operating income decreased 2% on a U.S. dollar basis compared to last year. Segment earnings increased 13% over last year on a constant currency basis, with resulting segment pre-tax operating margins of 17% under both measures, compared to 16% in the prior year.
    • Pawn receivables at March 31, 2025 decreased 5% on a U.S. dollar basis while increasing 15% on a constant currency basis compared to the prior year. On a same-store basis, pawn receivables decreased 5% on a U.S. dollar basis but increased 14% on a constant currency basis compared to the prior year.
    • While total and same-store pawn loan fees in the first quarter decreased 5% on a U.S. dollar-basis, they increased 13% on a constant currency basis compared to the prior-year quarter.
    • Retail merchandise sales in the first quarter of 2025 decreased 8% on a U.S. dollar-basis compared to the prior-year quarter while increasing 9% on a constant currency basis. On a same-store basis, first quarter retail merchandise sales decreased 9% on a U.S. dollar basis while increasing 9% on a constant currency basis compared to the prior-year quarter.
    • Retail margins were 35% for the first quarter of 2025 compared to 36% in the prior-year quarter. Annualized inventory turnover was 4.2 times for the trailing twelve months ended March 31, 2025 compared to 4.4 times in the prior-year period. Inventories aged greater than one year at March 31, 2025 remained low at 2%.
    • Operating expenses decreased 9% in total and 8% on a same-store basis compared to the prior-year quarter. On a constant currency basis, they increased 8% both in total and on a same-store basis. The increase in constant currency expenses from all stores reflected increased store counts and higher labor costs (due primarily to further increases in the federal minimum wage), along with other inflationary impacts.

    American First Finance (AFF) – Retail POS Payment Solutions Segment Operating Results

    • First quarter segment pre-tax operating income totaled $52 million, an increase of 58% compared to the prior-year quarter. The growth in earnings was driven primarily by gross margin improvement and operating expense reductions.
    • While gross revenues, comprised of lease-to-own (“LTO”) fees and interest and fees on finance receivables, decreased 12% compared to the prior-year quarter, net revenue increased 12%. The improvement in net revenue reflected lower LTO depreciation expense resulting from lower early buyout activity in the current quarter combined with lower lease and loan loss provisioning expense as discussed below.
    • Gross transaction volume of lease and loan originations during the first quarter decreased $21 million, or 8%, compared to the first quarter of last year. Excluding 2024 originations from American Freight and Conn’s Home Plus (both of which ceased operations in the fourth quarter of 2024 due to bankruptcy), first quarter 2025 origination volume increased approximately 24%.
    • Combined gross leased merchandise and finance receivables outstanding at March 31, 2025 decreased 4% compared to the March 31, 2024 balances due to lower first quarter originations.
    • The combined first quarter lease and loan loss provision expense decreased $10 million, or 13%, compared to last year. The decrease reflected reduced up-front provisioning given the $21 million decline in origination activity, coupled with lower than expected charge-offs resulting in reserve releases on older vintages. As a percentage of the total gross transaction volume, the combined lease and loan loss provision expense was 27% for the first quarter of 2025 compared to 29% in the first quarter of 2024. The combined allowance as a percentage of combined leased merchandise and finance receivables at March 31, 2025 was 43% compared to 42% a year ago.
    • Operating expenses decreased 30% compared to the prior-year quarter, primarily due to the elimination of certain expenses associated with supporting the American Freight and Conn’s Home Plus relationships along with continued realization of operating synergies, including greater efficiencies in technology and development infrastructure, coupled with other cost reduction initiatives.

    Cash Flow and Liquidity

    • Consolidated operating cash flows for the twelve month period ended March 31, 2025 grew 27% and totaled $544 million compared to $428 million in the same prior-year period, with significant contributions from each of the Company’s three business segments.
    • Adjusted free cash flows increased 33% to $269 million in the twelve month period ended March 31, 2025 compared to $201 million in the same prior-year period.
    • The operating cash flows helped fund significant growth in earning assets and continued investments in the pawn store platform over the past twelve months with a nominal increase in net debt:
      • Pawn earning assets (pawn receivables and inventories) increased $76 million compared to last year.
      • A total of 38 pawn stores were acquired for a combined purchase price of $103 million.
      • 53 new pawn stores were added with a combined investment of $19 million in fixed assets and working capital.
      • Real estate purchases totaled $82 million as the Company purchased the underlying real estate at 56 of its existing pawn stores, bringing the number of Company-owned properties to 407 locations.
    • Net debt at March 31, 2025 was $1.6 billion, of which $1.5 billion is fixed rate debt with favorable interest rates ranging from 4.625% to 6.875% and maturity dates that do not begin until 2028 and continue into 2032. The outstanding balance under the Company’s $700 million revolving line of credit totaled $175 million at March 31, 2025.
    • Based on trailing twelve month results, the Company’s net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio improved to 2.68x at March 31, 2025.

    Shareholder Returns

    • The Board of Directors declared a $0.38 per share second quarter cash dividend, which will be paid on May 30, 2025 to stockholders of record as of May 15, 2025. This represents an annualized dividend of $1.52 per share. Any future dividends are subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors.
    • During the first quarter, the Company repurchased 525,000 shares of common stock at a total cost of $60 million and an average price of $113.54 per share.
    • Over the past twelve months, the Company has repurchased 1,246,000 shares of common stock at a total cost of $145 million and paid out $67 million in cash dividends, representing a payout ratio of approximately 75% of net income over the same period.
    • The Company has $55 million available under the $200 million share repurchase program authorized in July 2023. Future share repurchases are subject to expected liquidity, acquisitions and other investment opportunities, debt covenant restrictions, market conditions and other relevant factors.
    • The Company generated a 14% return on equity and a 6% return on assets for the twelve months ended March 31, 2025. Using adjusted net income for the twelve months ended March 31, 2025, the adjusted return on equity was 16% while the adjusted return on assets was 7%.

    2025 Outlook

    Driven by the strong first quarter results and continued demand for pawn loans, the outlook for 2025 remains highly positive, with expected year-over-year growth in income driven by the continued growth in earning asset balances coupled with store additions. Anticipated conditions and trends for the remainder of 2025 include the following:

    Pawn Operations:

    • Pawn operations are expected to remain the primary earnings driver in 2025 as the Company expects segment income from the combined U.S. and Latin America pawn segments to be over 80% of total segment level pre-tax income for the full year.
    • The Company expects further growth in the pawn store base in 2025 through a combination of new store openings and potential acquisitions. The guidance provided below does not assume any material acquisition activity.

    U.S. Pawn

    • Same-store pawn loans at March 31, 2025 were up 13% compared to a year ago, with April balances to date up similarly. Given the strength of the first quarter same-store results, the increase in pawn fee growth is estimated to be in a range of 9% to 11% for the full year.
    • Retail sales are expected to grow mid-single digits in 2025, with retail sales margins targeted at approximately 41% to 42%.

    Latin America Pawn

    • U.S. dollar-reported results for Latin America in 2025 are expected to be impacted by the lower exchange rate for the Mexican peso, which has most recently been in a range of approximately 20 to 21 pesos per U.S. dollar compared to the average exchange rate of 18.3 to 1 in 2024.
    • Same-store pawn receivables at March 31, 2025 were down 5% on a U.S. dollar basis but up 14% on a constant currency basis, with April balances to date up similarly. Full year pawn fee growth is now expected to increase in a range of 10% to 12% on a local currency basis while it is projected to be flat to down slightly on a U.S. dollar basis, given the current exchange rate.
    • Retail sales in Latin America are also expected to track similarly to pawn fees in 2025 with consistent retail margins.

    Retail POS Payment Solutions (AFF) Operations:

    • Despite an 8% year-over-year decrease in first quarter originations, the forecast for full year origination volume for 2025 is expected to be consistent with or slightly above full year 2024 volume. Excluding 2024 originations from Conn’s Home Plus and American Freight, origination volumes are expected to increase in a range of 20% to 25% over 2024, reflecting continued diversification outside the furniture vertical.
    • While net revenue in the first quarter benefited from lower credit provisioning on reduced originations and older vintage reserve releases, the remainder of the year will see increased loss provisioning consistent with the expected growth in origination activity over the balance of 2025.
    • Given the above origination and provisioning dynamics, second quarter net revenues are expected to decline 14% to 16% over last year, with full year net revenues forecast to decline in a range of 8% to 12% compared to the prior year. Quarterly operating expenses for the balance of 2025 are expected to remain consistent with the first quarter run rate.
    • The Company is raising AFF segment earnings expectations for 2025, with full year segment income now expected to increase over last year in a mid single-digit percentage range given the strong first quarter results coupled with the continued operating expense savings.

    Tax Rates and Currency:

    • The full year 2025 effective income tax rate under current tax codes in the U.S. and Latin America is expected to range from 24.5% to 25.5%.
    • Each full point change in the exchange rate of the Mexican peso is projected to have an annual earnings impact of approximately $0.10 per share.

    Additional Commentary and Analysis

    Mr. Wessel further commented on FirstCash’s strong first quarter results and the outlook for the remainder of 2025, “As reported, our first quarter operating results were outstanding for each business segment and provide tremendous momentum as we begin the second quarter.

    “The operating fundamentals in our core pawn segments remain especially strong given current demand for pawn loans. Total outstanding pawn loans at the end of the quarter were up 16% in the U.S. and 15% in Latin America, on a local currency basis, while the average loan amounts were up 11% in the U.S and 7% in Latin America on a local currency basis. At the same time, retail sales and margins remain solid given the deep-value, treasure-hunt nature of our retail showrooms.

    “FirstCash continued to invest in the long-term growth of its core pawn assets by expanding its presence in existing markets and entering new markets across both segments. Over the last 12 months, we have added a total of 91 locations through new store openings and acquisitions. The Las Vegas location acquired in the first quarter is expected to deliver significantly higher retail revenue than a typical store, and with the addition of pawn products, should drive even greater profitability and further raise our profile in the high-end segment of the pawn market. Most importantly, the pipeline driving pawn store growth remains robust as we continue to open new stores and evaluate additional acquisition opportunities across multiple markets.

    “In addition, we continue to purchase the underlying real estate of high-performing U.S. stores where we now own over 400 locations, representing over a third of our domestic locations. These real estate acquisitions give us not only long-term control of our prime locations, but also reduce future operating costs. At the same time, we continue to reduce current expenses in certain markets in both the U.S. and Latin America, where we often have overlapping locations arising from acquisitions. By consolidating the operations of these overlapping stores into single locations, we can achieve significant cost savings.

    “First quarter results for AFF were also positive in almost every aspect despite the bankruptcies of two of its larger furniture lease-to-own merchant partners in late 2024. While revenues declined slightly as expected, we more than offset the impact with strong collection results on the existing portfolios and reduced operating expenses. Our resulting outlook for 2025 earnings is improved and we continue to see a clear path for long-term growth of the AFF segment.

    “Strong consolidated cash flows again supported the growth and further shareholder returns through year-over-year growth in earning assets, new and acquired stores and further share repurchases and dividends. The 525,000 shares repurchased in the first quarter for $60 million were executed at an average price of less than $114 per share. At the same time, we reduced outstanding debt on our revolving credit facility by $23 million and decreased the leverage ratio during the quarter.

    “In summary, the current market environment remains extremely strong for our pawn-focused business model. Pawn products do well in challenging or uncertain economic cycles and combine well with a deep-value retail sales channel that has limited direct impact from tariffs. With our excellent balance sheet and cash flows, we have a strong platform to continue to drive expected long-term growth in revenues, earnings and shareholder value,” concluded Mr. Wessel.

    About FirstCash

    FirstCash is the leading international operator of pawn stores focused on serving cash and credit-constrained consumers. FirstCash’s more than 3,000 pawn stores in the U.S. and Latin America buy and sell a wide variety of jewelry, electronics, tools, appliances, sporting goods, musical instruments and other merchandise, and make small non-recourse pawn loans secured by pledged personal property. FirstCash’s pawn segments in the U.S. and Latin America currently account for approximately 80% of annualized segment earnings, with the remainder provided by its wholly owned subsidiary, AFF, which provides lease-to-own and retail finance payment solutions for consumer goods and services.

    FirstCash is a component company in both the Standard & Poor’s MidCap 400 Index® and the Russell 2000 Index®. FirstCash’s common stock (ticker symbol “FCFS”) is traded on the Nasdaq, the creator of the world’s first electronic stock market. For additional information regarding FirstCash and the services it provides, visit FirstCash’s websites located at http://www.firstcash.com and http://www.americanfirstfinance.com.

    Forward-Looking Information

    This release contains forward-looking statements about the business, financial condition, outlook and prospects of FirstCash Holdings, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (together, the “Company”), including the Company’s outlook for 2025. Forward-looking statements, as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “outlook,” “believes,” “projects,” “expects,” “may,” “estimates,” “should,” “plans,” “targets,” “intends,” “could,” “would,” “anticipates,” “potential,” “confident,” “optimistic,” or the negative thereof, or other variations thereon, or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy, objectives, estimates, guidance, expectations, outlook and future plans. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by the fact these statements do not relate strictly to historical or current matters. Rather, forward-looking statements relate to anticipated or expected events, activities, trends or results. Because forward-looking statements relate to matters that have not yet occurred, these statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties.

    While the Company believes the expectations reflected in forward-looking statements are reasonable, there can be no assurances such expectations will prove to be accurate. Security holders are cautioned that such forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Certain factors may cause results to differ materially from those anticipated by the forward-looking statements made in this release. Such factors may include, without limitation, risks related to the extensive regulatory environment in which the Company operates, including uncertainty involving the current regulatory environment under the current presidential administration; risks associated with the legal and regulatory proceedings that the Company is a party to or may become a party to in the future, including the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) lawsuit filed against the Company; risks related to the Company’s acquisitions, including the failure of the Company’s acquisitions to deliver the estimated value and benefits expected by the Company and the ability of the Company to continue to identify and consummate acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all; potential changes in consumer behavior and shopping patterns which could impact demand for the Company’s pawn loan, retail, lease-to-own (“LTO”) and retail finance products; labor shortages and increased labor costs; a deterioration in the economic conditions in the United States and Latin America, including as a result of inflation, elevated interest rates and trade policy, which potentially could have an impact on discretionary consumer spending and demand for the Company’s products; currency fluctuations, primarily involving the Mexican peso; competition the Company faces from other retailers and providers of retail payment solutions; the ability of the Company to successfully execute on its business strategies; contraction in sales activity at merchant partners of the Company’s retail point-of-sale (“POS”) payment solutions business; impact of store closures, financial difficulties or even bankruptcies at the merchant partners of the Company’s retail POS payment solutions business; the ability of the Company’s retail POS payment solutions business to continue to grow its base of merchant partners, including those outside of the furniture vertical; and other risks discussed and described in the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including the risks described in Part 1, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” thereof, and other reports filed with the SEC. Many of these risks and uncertainties are beyond the ability of the Company to control, nor can the Company predict, in many cases, all of the risks and uncertainties that could cause its actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements contained in this release speak only as of the date of this release, and the Company expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to report any updates or revisions to any such statement to reflect any change in the Company’s expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based, except as required by law.

     
    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (unaudited, in thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
          2025       2024  
    Revenue:        
    Retail merchandise sales   $ 371,056     $ 366,821  
    Pawn loan fees     191,871       179,535  
    Leased merchandise income     156,918       205,671  
    Interest and fees on finance receivables     73,413       57,387  
    Wholesale scrap jewelry sales     43,165       26,956  
    Total revenue     836,423       836,370  
             
    Cost of revenue:        
    Cost of retail merchandise sold     224,124       223,529  
    Depreciation of leased merchandise     88,819       120,284  
    Provision for lease losses     27,562       43,010  
    Provision for loan losses     36,360       30,418  
    Cost of wholesale scrap jewelry sold     35,355       23,289  
    Total cost of revenue     412,220       440,530  
             
    Net revenue     424,203       395,840  
             
    Expenses and other income:        
    Operating expenses     214,586       221,136  
    Administrative expenses     48,523       44,018  
    Depreciation and amortization     25,502       26,027  
    Interest expense     27,471       25,418  
    Interest income     (1,229 )     (743 )
    Gain on foreign exchange     (14 )     (186 )
    Merger and acquisition expenses     462       597  
    Other income, net     (2,315 )     (2,312 )
    Total expenses and other income     312,986       313,955  
             
    Income before income taxes     111,217       81,885  
             
    Provision for income taxes     27,626       20,517  
             
    Net income   $ 83,591     $ 61,368  
     
    Certain amounts in the consolidated statement of income for the three months ended March 31, 2024 have been reclassified in order to conform to the 2025 presentation.
    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (unaudited, in thousands)
     
        March 31,   December 31,
          2025       2024       2024  
    ASSETS            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 146,034     $ 135,070     $ 175,095  
    Accounts receivable, net     71,166       69,703       73,325  
    Pawn loans     499,710       456,079       517,867  
    Finance receivables, net     145,079       105,653       147,501  
    Inventories     334,700       302,385       334,580  
    Leased merchandise, net     103,612       157,785       128,437  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     26,033       30,460       26,943  
    Total current assets     1,326,334       1,257,135       1,403,748  
                 
    Property and equipment, net     724,213       658,349       717,916  
    Operating lease right of use asset     329,183       320,515       324,646  
    Goodwill     1,815,139       1,730,353       1,787,172  
    Intangible assets, net     216,736       265,184       228,858  
    Other assets     9,952       10,080       9,934  
    Deferred tax assets, net     4,720       5,836       4,712  
    Total assets   $ 4,426,277     $ 4,247,452     $ 4,476,986  
                 
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY            
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $ 129,137     $ 138,812     $ 171,540  
    Customer deposits and prepayments     76,211       75,423       72,703  
    Lease liability, current     96,539       100,874       95,161  
    Total current liabilities     301,887       315,109       339,404  
                 
    Revolving unsecured credit facilities     175,000       15,000       198,000  
    Senior unsecured notes     1,532,099       1,529,147       1,531,346  
    Deferred tax liabilities, net     129,936       133,606       128,574  
    Lease liability, non-current     228,995       209,208       225,498  
    Total liabilities     2,367,917       2,202,070       2,422,822  
                 
    Stockholders’ equity:            
    Common stock     575       573       575  
    Additional paid-in capital     1,755,591       1,727,564       1,767,569  
    Retained earnings     1,477,730       1,263,564       1,411,083  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (130,540 )     (36,702 )     (129,596 )
    Common stock held in treasury, at cost     (1,044,996 )     (909,617 )     (995,467 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     2,058,360       2,045,382       2,054,164  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 4,426,277     $ 4,247,452     $ 4,476,986  

    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
    SEGMENT RESULTS
    (UNAUDITED)

    The Company organizes its operations into three reportable segments as follows:

    • U.S. pawn
    • Latin America pawn
    • Retail POS payment solutions (AFF)

    Corporate expenses and income, which include administrative expenses, corporate depreciation and amortization, interest expense, interest income, gain on foreign exchange, merger and acquisition expenses, and other income, net, are presented on a consolidated basis and are not allocated to the segments. Intersegment transactions related to AFF’s LTO payment solution product offered in U.S. pawn stores are eliminated from consolidated totals.

    U.S. Pawn Operating Results and Margins (dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended    
        March 31,    
        2025   2024   Increase
    Revenue:                
    Retail merchandise sales   $ 251,225     $ 236,990     6 %
    Pawn loan fees     137,948       122,974     12 %
    Wholesale scrap jewelry sales     33,492       17,726     89 %
    Total revenue     422,665       377,690     12 %
                     
    Cost of revenue:                
    Cost of retail merchandise sold     145,758       139,914     4 %
    Cost of wholesale scrap jewelry sold     27,224       15,266     78 %
    Total cost of revenue     172,982       155,180     11 %
                     
    Net revenue     249,683       222,510     12 %
                     
    Segment expenses:                
    Operating expenses     128,951       118,895     8 %
    Depreciation and amortization     7,600       7,013     8 %
    Total segment expenses     136,551       125,908     8 %
                     
    Segment pre-tax operating income   $ 113,132     $ 96,602     17 %
                     
    Operating metrics:                
    Retail merchandise sales margin   42 %   41 %    
    Net revenue margin   59 %   59 %    
    Segment pre-tax operating margin   27 %   26 %    

    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
    SEGMENT RESULTS (CONTINUED)
    (UNAUDITED)

    U.S. Pawn Earning Assets and Portfolio Metrics (dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

        As of March 31,    
        2025   2024   Increase
    Earning assets:                
    Pawn loans   $ 365,972     $ 315,792     16 %
    Inventories     246,237       216,762     14 %
        $ 612,209     $ 532,554     15 %
                     
    Average outstanding pawn loan amount (in ones)   $ 289     $ 261     11 %
                     
    Composition of pawn collateral:                
    General merchandise   27 %   29 %    
    Jewelry   73 %   71 %    
        100 %   100 %    
                     
    Composition of inventories:                
    General merchandise   39 %   41 %    
    Jewelry   61 %   59 %    
        100 %   100 %    
                     
    Percentage of inventory aged greater than one year   2 %   1 %    
                     
    Inventory turns (trailing twelve months cost of merchandise sales divided by average inventories)   2.8 times
        2.8 times      


    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

    SEGMENT RESULTS (CONTINUED)
    (UNAUDITED)

    Constant currency results are non-GAAP financial measures, which exclude the effects of foreign currency translation and are calculated by translating current-year results at prior-year average exchange rates. See the “Constant Currency Results” section below for additional discussion of constant currency operating results.

    Latin America Pawn Operating Results and Margins (dollars in thousands)

                      Constant Currency Basis
                      Three Months      
                  Ended      
        Three Months Ended         March 31,    
        March 31,   Increase /     2025     Increase
          2025       2024     (Decrease)   (Non-GAAP)   (Non-GAAP)
    Revenue:                        
    Retail merchandise sales   $ 120,532     $ 130,849       (8 )%   $ 143,211       9 %
    Pawn loan fees     53,923       56,561       (5 )%     64,091       13 %
    Wholesale scrap jewelry sales     9,673       9,230       5 %     9,673       5 %
    Total revenue     184,128       196,640       (6 )%     216,975       10 %
                             
    Cost of revenue:                        
    Cost of retail merchandise sold     78,739       84,183       (6 )%     93,439       11 %
    Cost of wholesale scrap jewelry sold     8,131       8,023       1 %     9,647       20 %
    Total cost of revenue     86,870       92,206       (6 )%     103,086       12 %
                             
    Net revenue     97,258       104,434       (7 )%     113,889       9 %
                             
    Segment expenses:                        
    Operating expenses     61,417       67,425       (9 )%     72,515       8 %
    Depreciation and amortization     4,436       5,105       (13 )%     5,216       2 %
    Total segment expenses     65,853       72,530       (9 )%     77,731       7 %
                             
    Segment pre-tax operating income   $ 31,405     $ 31,904       (2 )%   $ 36,158       13 %
                             
    Operating metrics:                        
    Retail merchandise sales margin 35 %   36 %       35 %      
    Net revenue margin 53 %   53 %       52 %      
    Segment pre-tax operating margin 17 %   16 %       17 %      


    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

    SEGMENT RESULTS (CONTINUED)
    (UNAUDITED)

    Latin America Pawn Earning Assets and Portfolio Metrics (dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

                        Constant Currency Basis
                        As of    
                        March 31,    
        As of March 31,   Increase /   2025   Increase
        2025   2024   (Decrease)   (Non-GAAP)   (Non-GAAP)
    Earning assets:                        
    Pawn loans   $ 133,738     $ 140,287     (5 )%   $ 161,065     15 %
    Inventories     88,463       85,623     3 %     106,579     24 %
        $ 222,201     $ 225,910     (2 )%   $ 267,644     18 %
                             
    Average outstanding pawn loan amount (in ones)   $ 86     $ 97     (11 )%   $ 104     7 %
                             
    Composition of pawn collateral:                        
    General merchandise   58 %   63 %            
    Jewelry   42 %   37 %            
        100 %   100 %            
                             
    Composition of inventories:                        
    General merchandise   62 %   66 %            
    Jewelry   38 %   34 %            
        100 %   100 %            
                             
    Percentage of inventory aged greater than one year   2 %   1 %            
                             
    Inventory turns (trailing twelve months cost of merchandise sales divided by average inventories)   4.2 times
        4.4 times              


    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

    SEGMENT RESULTS (CONTINUED)
    (UNAUDITED)

    Retail POS Payment Solutions Operating Results (dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended    
        March 31,   Increase /
          2025       2024     (Decrease)
    Revenue:            
    Leased merchandise income   $ 156,918     $ 205,671     (24 )%
    Interest and fees on finance receivables     73,413       57,387     28 %
    Total revenue     230,331       263,058     (12 )%
                 
    Cost of revenue:            
    Depreciation of leased merchandise     89,143       120,774     (26 )%
    Provision for lease losses     27,604       43,180     (36 )%
    Provision for loan losses     36,360       30,418     20 %
    Total cost of revenue     153,107       194,372     (21 )%
                 
    Net revenue     77,224       68,686     12 %
                 
    Segment expenses:            
    Operating expenses     24,218       34,816     (30 )%
    Depreciation and amortization     705       721     (2 )%
    Total segment expenses     24,923       35,537     (30 )%
                 
    Segment pre-tax operating income   $ 52,301     $ 33,149     58 %


    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

    SEGMENT RESULTS (CONTINUED)
    (UNAUDITED)

    Retail POS Payment Solutions Gross Transaction Volumes (dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended      
        March 31,   Increase /
          2025       2024     (Decrease)
    Leased merchandise   $ 94,305     $ 154,121       (39 )%
    Finance receivables     141,262       102,165       38 %
    Total gross transaction volume   $ 235,567     $ 256,286       (8 )%


    Retail POS Payment Solutions Earning Assets (dollars in thousands)

        As of March 31,   Increase /
          2025       2024     (Decrease)
    Leased merchandise, net:              
    Leased merchandise, before allowance for lease losses   $ 172,886     $ 253,876       (32 )%
    Less allowance for lease losses     (69,077 )     (95,786 )     (28 )%
    Leased merchandise, net   $ 103,809     $ 158,090       (34 )%
                   
    Finance receivables, net:              
    Finance receivables, before allowance for loan losses   $ 263,421     $ 201,673       31 %
    Less allowance for loan losses     (118,342 )     (96,020 )     23 %
    Finance receivables, net   $ 145,079     $ 105,653       37 %


    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

    SEGMENT RESULTS (CONTINUED)
    (UNAUDITED)

    Allowance for Lease and Loan Losses and Other Portfolio Metrics (dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended      
        March 31,   Increase /
          2025       2024     (Decrease)
    Allowance for lease losses:              
    Balance at beginning of period   $ 80,661     $ 95,752       (16 )%
    Provision for lease losses     27,604       43,180       (36 )%
    Charge-offs     (41,528 )     (45,149 )     (8 )%
    Recoveries     2,340       2,003       17 %
    Balance at end of period   $ 69,077     $ 95,786       (28 )%
                   
    Leased merchandise portfolio metrics:              
    Provision rate (1)   29 %   28 %      
    Average monthly net charge-off rate (2)   6.8 %   5.5 %      
    Delinquency rate (3)   22.6 %   20.5 %      
                   
    Allowance for loan losses:              
    Balance at beginning of period   $ 117,005     $ 96,454       21 %
    Provision for loan losses     36,360       30,418       20 %
    Charge-offs     (38,419 )     (33,279 )     15 %
    Recoveries     3,396       2,427       40 %
    Balance at end of period   $ 118,342     $ 96,020       23 %
                   
    Finance receivables portfolio metrics:              
    Provision rate (1)   26 %   30 %      
    Average monthly net charge-off rate (2)   4.4 %   5.0 %      
    Delinquency rate (3)   19.3 %   19.2 %      

    (1) Calculated as provision for lease or loan losses as a percentage of the respective gross transaction volume originated.
    (2) Calculated as charge-offs, net of recoveries, as a percentage of the respective average earning asset balance before allowance for lease or loan losses.
    (3) Calculated as the percentage of the respective contractual earning asset balance owed that is 1 to 89 days past due (the Company charges off leases and finance receivables when they are 90 days or more contractually past due).

    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
    PAWN STORE LOCATIONS AND MERCHANT PARTNER LOCATIONS

    Pawn Operations

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company operated 3,023 pawn store locations composed of 1,197 stores in 29 U.S. states and the District of Columbia, 1,724 stores in 32 states in Mexico, 72 stores in Guatemala, 18 stores in El Salvador and 12 stores in Colombia.

    The following table details pawn store count activity for the three months ended March 31, 2025:

        Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
        U.S.   Latin America   Total
    Total locations, beginning of period   1,200     1,826     3,026  
    New locations opened   1     10     11  
    Locations acquired   1         1  
    Consolidation of existing pawn locations (1)   (5 )   (10 )   (15 )
    Total locations, end of period   1,197     1,826     3,023  

    (1) Store consolidations were primarily acquired locations which have been combined with overlapping stores and for which the Company expects to maintain a significant portion of the acquired customer base in the consolidated location.

    Retail POS Payment Solutions

    As of March 31, 2025, AFF provided LTO and retail POS payment solutions for consumer goods and services through a network of approximately 14,500 active retail merchant partner locations. This compares to the active door count of approximately 12,200 locations at March 31, 2024.

    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
    RECONCILIATIONS OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    TO GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    (UNAUDITED)

    The Company uses certain financial calculations such as adjusted net income, adjusted diluted earnings per share, EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA, free cash flow, adjusted free cash flow, adjusted return on equity, adjusted return on assets and constant currency results as factors in the measurement and evaluation of the Company’s operating performance and period-over-period growth. The Company derives these financial calculations on the basis of methodologies other than generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), primarily by excluding from a comparable GAAP measure certain items the Company does not consider to be representative of its actual operating performance. These financial calculations are “non-GAAP financial measures” as defined under the SEC rules. The Company uses these non-GAAP financial measures in operating its business because management believes they are less susceptible to variances in actual operating performance that can result from the excluded items, other infrequent charges and currency fluctuations. The Company presents these financial measures to investors because management believes they are useful to investors in evaluating the primary factors that drive the Company’s core operating performance and provide greater transparency into the Company’s results of operations. However, items that are excluded and other adjustments and assumptions that are made in calculating these non-GAAP financial measures are significant components in understanding and assessing the Company’s financial performance. These non-GAAP financial measures should be evaluated in conjunction with, and are not a substitute for, the Company’s GAAP financial measures. Further, because these non-GAAP financial measures are not determined in accordance with GAAP, and are thus susceptible to varying calculations, the non-GAAP financial measures, as presented, may not be comparable to other similarly-titled measures of other companies.

    While acquisitions are an important part of the Company’s overall strategy, the Company has adjusted the applicable financial calculations to exclude merger and acquisition expenses and amortization of acquired AFF intangible assets. The Company does not consider these items to be related to the organic operations of the acquired businesses or its continuing operations and are generally not relevant to assessing or estimating the long-term performance of the acquired businesses. In addition, excluding these items allows for more accurate comparisons of the financial results to prior periods. Merger and acquisition expenses include incremental costs directly associated with merger and acquisition activities, including professional fees, legal expenses, severance, retention and other employee-related costs, contract breakage costs and costs related to the consolidation of technology systems and corporate facilities, among others.

    The Company has certain leases in Mexico which are denominated in U.S. dollars. The lease liability of these U.S. dollar-denominated leases, which is considered a monetary liability, is remeasured into Mexican pesos using current period exchange rates, resulting in the recognition of foreign currency exchange gains or losses. The Company has adjusted the applicable financial measures to exclude these remeasurement gains or losses (1) because they are non-cash, non-operating items that could create volatility in the Company’s consolidated results of operations due to the magnitude of the end of period lease liability being remeasured and (2) to improve comparability of current periods presented with prior periods.

    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
    RECONCILIATIONS OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    TO GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (CONTINUED)
    (UNAUDITED)

    Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share

    Management believes the presentation of adjusted net income and adjusted diluted earnings per share provides investors with greater transparency and provides a more complete understanding of the Company’s financial performance and prospects for the future by excluding items that management believes are non-operating in nature and are not representative of the Company’s core operating performance. In addition, management believes the adjustments shown below are useful to investors in order to allow them to compare the Company’s financial results for the current periods presented with the prior periods presented.

    The following tables provide a reconciliation between net income and diluted earnings per share calculated in accordance with GAAP to adjusted net income and adjusted diluted earnings per share, which are shown net of tax (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                Trailing Twelve
        Three Months Ended   Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
          2025       2024       2025       2024  
        In Thousands   In Thousands   In Thousands   In Thousands
    Net income, as reported   $ 83,591     $ 61,368     $ 281,038     $ 233,281  
    Adjustments, net of tax:                
    Merger and acquisition expenses     354       457       1,603       6,524  
    Non-cash foreign currency loss (gain) related to lease liability     40       (169 )     2,836       (1,100 )
    AFF purchase accounting and other adjustments     9,258       9,573       37,974       52,812  
    Other expenses (income), net     (462 )     (1,040 )     1,821       (2,154 )
    Adjusted net income   $ 92,781     $ 70,189     $ 325,272     $ 289,363  
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
          2025       2024  
        Per Share   Per Share
    Diluted earnings per share, as reported   $ 1.87     $ 1.35  
    Adjustments, net of tax:        
    Merger and acquisition expenses           0.01  
    AFF purchase accounting and other adjustments     0.21       0.21  
    Other expenses (income), net     (0.01 )     (0.02 )
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share   $ 2.07     $ 1.55  


    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

    RECONCILIATIONS OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    TO GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (CONTINUED)
    (UNAUDITED)

    Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) and Adjusted EBITDA

    The Company defines EBITDA as net income before income taxes, depreciation and amortization, interest expense and interest income and adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted for certain items, as listed below, that management considers to be non-operating in nature and not representative of its actual operating performance. The Company believes EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are commonly used by investors to assess a company’s financial performance, and adjusted EBITDA is used as a starting point in the calculation of the consolidated total debt ratio as defined in the Company’s senior unsecured notes. The following table provides a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):        

                    Trailing Twelve
        Three Months Ended   Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
        2025     2024     2025     2024  
    Net income   $ 83,591     $ 61,368     $ 281,038     $ 233,281  
    Income taxes     27,626       20,517       91,070       78,240  
    Depreciation and amortization     25,502       26,027       104,416       108,077  
    Interest expense     27,471       25,418       107,279       97,764  
    Interest income     (1,229 )     (743 )     (2,421 )     (1,695 )
    EBITDA     162,961       132,587       581,382       515,667  
    Adjustments:                        
    Merger and acquisition expenses     462       597       2,093       8,488  
    Non-cash foreign currency loss (gain) related to lease liability     57       (241 )     4,053       (1,571 )
    AFF purchase accounting and other adjustments (1)                       13,968  
    Other expenses (income), net     (600 )     (1,351 )     2,197       (2,798 )
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 162,880     $ 131,592     $ 589,725     $ 533,754  

    (1) For the twelve months ended March 31, 2024, amount represents other non-recurring costs included in administrative expenses related to a discontinued finance product.

    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
    RECONCILIATIONS OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    TO GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (CONTINUED)
    (UNAUDITED)

    Free Cash Flow and Adjusted Free Cash Flow

    For purposes of its internal liquidity assessments, the Company considers free cash flow and adjusted free cash flow. The Company defines free cash flow as cash flow from operating activities less purchases of furniture, fixtures, equipment and improvements and net fundings/repayments of pawn loan and finance receivables, which are considered to be operating in nature by the Company but are included in cash flow from investing activities. Adjusted free cash flow is defined as free cash flow adjusted for merger and acquisition expenses paid that management considers to be non-operating in nature.

    Free cash flow and adjusted free cash flow are commonly used by investors as additional measures of cash generated by business operations that may be used to repay scheduled debt maturities and debt service or, following payment of such debt obligations and other non-discretionary items, that may be available to invest in future growth through new business development activities or acquisitions, repurchase stock, pay cash dividends or repay debt obligations prior to their maturities. These metrics can also be used to evaluate the Company’s ability to generate cash flow from business operations and the impact that this cash flow has on the Company’s liquidity. However, free cash flow and adjusted free cash flow have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for cash flow from operating activities or other income statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. The following table reconciles cash flow from operating activities to free cash flow and adjusted free cash flow (in thousands):

                Trailing Twelve
        Three Months Ended   Months Ended
        March 31,   March 31,
          2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Cash flow from operating activities   $ 126,640     $ 122,532     $ 544,066     $ 428,080  
    Cash flow from certain investing activities:                
    Pawn loans, net (1)     19,440       25,149       (77,708 )     (54,187 )
    Finance receivables, net     (20,566 )     (15,311 )     (144,569 )     (106,213 )
    Purchases of furniture, fixtures, equipment and improvements     (12,914 )     (26,427 )     (54,732 )     (72,747 )
    Free cash flow     112,600       105,943       267,057       194,933  
    Merger and acquisition expenses paid, net of tax benefit     354       457       1,603       6,524  
    Adjusted free cash flow   $ 112,954     $ 106,400     $ 268,660     $ 201,457  

    (1) Includes the funding of new loans net of cash repayments and recovery of principal through the sale of inventories acquired from forfeiture of pawn collateral.

    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
    RECONCILIATIONS OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    TO GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (CONTINUED)
    (UNAUDITED)

    Adjusted Return on Equity and Adjusted Return on Assets

    Management believes the presentation of adjusted return on equity and adjusted return on assets provides investors with greater transparency and provides a more complete understanding of the Company’s financial performance by excluding items that management believes are non-operating in nature and not representative of the Company’s core operating performance.

    Annualized adjusted return on equity and adjusted return on assets is calculated as follows (dollars in thousands):

        Trailing Twelve
        Months Ended
        March 31, 2025
    Adjusted net income(1)   $ 325,272  
           
    Average stockholders’ equity (average of five most recent quarter-end balances)   $ 2,027,110  
    Adjusted return on equity (trailing twelve months adjusted net income divided by average equity)   16 %
           
    Average total assets (average of five most recent quarter-end balances)   $ 4,373,194  
    Adjusted return on assets (trailing twelve months adjusted net income divided by average total assets)   7 %

    (1) See detail of adjustments to net income in the “Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share” section above.

    Constant Currency Results

    The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, however, certain performance metrics discussed in this release are presented on a “constant currency” basis, which is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company’s management uses constant currency results to evaluate operating results of business operations in Latin America, which are transacted in local currencies in Mexico, Guatemala and Colombia. The Company also has operations in El Salvador, where the reporting and functional currency is the U.S. dollar.

    The Company believes constant currency results provide valuable supplemental information regarding the underlying performance of its business operations in Latin America, consistent with how the Company’s management evaluates such performance and operating results. Constant currency results reported herein are calculated by translating certain balance sheet and income statement items denominated in local currencies using the exchange rate from the prior-year comparable period, as opposed to the current comparable period, in order to exclude the effects of foreign currency rate fluctuations for purposes of evaluating period-over-period comparisons. See the Latin America pawn segment tables elsewhere in this release for additional reconciliation of certain constant currency amounts to as reported GAAP amounts.

    FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
    RECONCILIATIONS OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    TO GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (CONTINUED)
    (UNAUDITED)

    Exchange Rates for the Mexican Peso, Guatemalan Quetzal and Colombian Peso

        March 31,   Favorable /
        2025
      2024   (Unfavorable)
    Mexican peso / U.S. dollar exchange rate:                
    End-of-period   20.3     16.7     (22 )%
    Three months ended   20.4     17.0     (20 )%
                     
    Guatemalan quetzal / U.S. dollar exchange rate:                
    End-of-period   7.7     7.8     1 %
    Three months ended   7.7     7.8     1 %
                     
    Colombian peso / U.S. dollar exchange rate:                
    End-of-period   4,193     3,842     (9 )%
    Three months ended   4,191     3,915     (7 )%

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: CLEAR To Announce First Quarter 2025 Financial Results On May 8, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Clear Secure, Inc. (NYSE: YOU), the secure identity platform, today announced that it will report financial results for the first quarter ending March 31, 2025 at approximately 6:00 a.m. ET on Thursday, May 8, 2025. At 8:00 a.m. ET, results will be discussed via live webcast and teleconference.

    Investors and analysts can access the live teleconference call by dialing toll-free 888-645-4404 for U.S. participants and +1-862-298-0702 for international participants. Listeners can access the live webcast HERE. A webcast replay will be available after the event on the investor relations website at https://ir.clearme.com.

    About CLEAR
    CLEAR’s mission is to strengthen security and create frictionless experiences. With over 30 million Members and a growing network of partners across the world, CLEAR’s identity platform is transforming the way people live, work, and travel. Whether you are traveling, at the stadium, or on your phone, CLEAR connects you to the things that make you, you – making everyday experiences easier, more secure, and friction-free. CLEAR is committed to privacy done right. Members are always in control of their own information, and we never sell Member data. For more information, visit clearme.com.

    CLEAR
    media@clearme.com 

    This press release was published by a CLEAR® Verified individual.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Radware Announces Extraordinary General Meeting

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TEL AVIV, Israel, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Radware® (NASDAQ: RDWR), a global leader in application security and delivery solutions for multi-cloud environments, today announced that an Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders (the ”Extraordinary General Meeting” or the “Meeting”) will be held on Thursday, May 29, 2025, at 8:00 a.m. (EST), at the offices of Radware Inc., 575 Corporate Drive, Mahwah, N.J. 07430, U.S.A. The record date for the Meeting is April 25, 2025.

    The agenda of the Meeting is: (1) to approve grants of equity-based awards to, and modifications in the structure of the annual bonus of, the president and chief executive officer of the Company; and (2) transact such other business as may properly come before the Meeting or any postponement or adjournment thereof.

    Proposal 1, the proposal voted upon, requires the approval of a simple majority of the shares voted on the matter at the Meeting, either in person or by proxy; provided that either (i) the shares voted in favor of the proposal include at least a majority of the shares voted at the Meeting, either in person or by proxy, by shareholders who are not “controlling shareholders” and do not have a “personal interest” (as such terms are defined in the Israeli Companies Law, 5759-1999 (the “Companies Law”)) in such proposal or (ii) the total number of shares voted against such proposal by the disinterested shareholders described in clause (i) does not exceed 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the Company. As of the date hereof, the Company has no controlling shareholder within the meaning of the Companies Law.

    In the absence of the requisite quorum of shareholders at the Extraordinary General Meeting, the Extraordinary General Meeting shall be adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, unless otherwise determined at the Extraordinary General Meeting in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association.

    Additional Information and Where to Find It

    In connection with the Extraordinary General Meeting, Radware will make available to its shareholders of record a proxy statement describing the proposal to be voted upon at the Extraordinary General Meeting, along with a proxy card enabling them to indicate their vote on the matter. The Company will also furnish copies of the proxy statement and proxy card to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on Form 6-K, which may be obtained for free from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, the Company’s website at https://www.radware.com/ir/financial-info/ or by directing such request to the Company’s Investor Relations department at ir@radware.com.

    About Radware

    Radware® (NASDAQ: RDWR) is a global leader in application security and delivery solutions for multi-cloud environments. The company’s cloud application, infrastructure, and API security solutions use AI-driven algorithms for precise, hands-free, real-time protection from the most sophisticated web, application, and DDoS attacks, API abuse, and bad bots. Enterprises and carriers worldwide rely on Radware’s solutions to address evolving cybersecurity challenges and protect their brands and business operations while reducing costs. For more information, please visit the Radware website.

    Radware encourages you to join our community and follow us on: Facebook, LinkedIn, Radware Blog, X, and YouTube.

    ©2025 Radware Ltd. All rights reserved. Any Radware products and solutions mentioned in this press release are protected by trademarks, patents, and pending patent applications of Radware in the U.S. and other countries. For more details, please see: https://www.radware.com/LegalNotice/. All other trademarks and names are property of their respective owners.

    Radware believes the information in this document is accurate in all material respects as of its publication date. However, the information is provided without any express, statutory, or implied warranties and is subject to change without notice.

    The contents of any website or hyperlinks mentioned in this press release are for informational purposes and the contents thereof are not part of this press release.

    Contacts
    Investor Relations:
    Yisca Erez, +972-72-3917211, ir@radware.com

    Media Contacts:
    Gerri Dyrek, gerri.dyrek@radware.com

    Safe Harbor Statement

    This press release includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Any statements made herein that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about Radware’s plans, outlook, beliefs, or opinions, are forward-looking statements. Generally, forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “estimates,” “plans,” and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” “may,” and “could.” Because such statements deal with future events, they are subject to various risks and uncertainties, and actual results, expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, could differ materially from Radware’s current forecasts and estimates. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to: the impact of global economic conditions, including as a result of the state of war declared in Israel in October 2023 and instability in the Middle East, the war in Ukraine, tensions between China and Taiwan, financial and credit market fluctuations (including elevated interest rates), impacts from tariffs or other trade restrictions, inflation, and the potential for regional or global recessions; our dependence on independent distributors to sell our products; our ability to manage our anticipated growth effectively; our business may be affected by sanctions, export controls, and similar measures, targeting Russia and other countries and territories, as well as other responses to Russia’s military conflict in Ukraine, including indefinite suspension of operations in Russia and dealings with Russian entities by many multi-national businesses across a variety of industries; the ability of vendors to provide our hardware platforms and components for the manufacture of our products; our ability to attract, train, and retain highly qualified personnel; intense competition in the market for cybersecurity and application delivery solutions and in our industry in general, and changes in the competitive landscape; our ability to develop new solutions and enhance existing solutions; the impact to our reputation and business in the event of real or perceived shortcomings, defects, or vulnerabilities in our solutions, if our end-users experience security breaches, or if our information technology systems and data, or those of our service providers and other contractors, are compromised by cyber-attackers or other malicious actors or by a critical system failure; our use of AI technologies that present regulatory, litigation, and reputational risks; risks related to the fact that our products must interoperate with operating systems, software applications and hardware that are developed by others; outages, interruptions, or delays in hosting services; the risks associated with our global operations, such as difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations, compliance costs arising from host country laws or regulations, partial or total expropriation, export duties and quotas, local tax exposure, economic or political instability, including as a result of insurrection, war, natural disasters, and major environmental, climate, or public health concerns; our net losses in the past and the possibility that we may incur losses in the future; a slowdown in the growth of the cybersecurity and application delivery solutions market or in the development of the market for our cloud-based solutions; long sales cycles for our solutions; risks and uncertainties relating to acquisitions or other investments; risks associated with doing business in countries with a history of corruption or with foreign governments; changes in foreign currency exchange rates; risks associated with undetected defects or errors in our products; our ability to protect our proprietary technology; intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties; laws, regulations, and industry standards affecting our business; compliance with open source and third-party licenses; complications with the design or implementation of our new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system; our reliance on information technology systems; our ESG disclosures and initiatives; and other factors and risks over which we may have little or no control. This list is intended to identify only certain of the principal factors that could cause actual results to differ. For a more detailed description of the risks and uncertainties affecting Radware, refer to Radware’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and the other risk factors discussed from time to time by Radware in reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made and, except as required by applicable law, Radware undertakes no commitment to revise or update any forward-looking statement in order to reflect events or circumstances after the date any such statement is made. Radware’s public filings are available from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or may be obtained on Radware’s website at www.radware.com.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: WTW Reports First Quarter 2025 Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Revenue1decreased 5% over prior year to $2.2 billion for the quarter due to the sale of TRANZACT
    • Organic Revenue growth of 5% for the quarter
    • Diluted Earnings per Share was $2.33 for the quarter, up 27% over prior year
    • Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share was $3.13 for the quarter, comparable to prior year2
    • Operating Margin was 19.4% for the quarter, up 740 basis points over prior year
    • Adjusted Operating Margin was 21.6% for the quarter, up 100 basis points from prior year2

    LONDON, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — WTW (NASDAQ: WTW) (the “Company”), a leading global advisory, broking and solutions company, today announced financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “We had a solid start to the year, delivering results in line with our expectations and making strong progress on our strategy to accelerate our performance, enhance our efficiency and optimize our portfolio,” said Carl Hess, WTW’s chief executive officer. “We are well-positioned to help our clients navigate economic uncertainty and highly focused on driving continued growth and margin expansion, and we are confident in our outlook. I’m proud of our team’s dedication and look forward to achieving our strategic and financial goals together.”

    Consolidated Results

    As reported, USD millions, except %

    Key Metrics Q1-25 Q1-242 Y/Y Change
    Revenue1 $2,223 $2,341 Reported (5)% | CC (4)% | Organic 5%
    Income from Operations $432 $280 54%
    Operating Margin % 19.4% 12.0% 740 bps
    Adjusted Operating Income $480 $483 (1)%
    Adjusted Operating Margin % 21.6% 20.6% 100 bps
    Net Income $239 $194 23%
    Adjusted Net Income $316 $325 (3)%
    Diluted EPS $2.33 $1.83 27%
    Adjusted Diluted EPS $3.13 $3.13 0%
    1 The revenue amounts included in this release are presented on a U.S. GAAP basis except where stated otherwise. The segment discussion is on an organic basis.
    2 Refer to “WTW Non-GAAP Measures” below and the Q1-25 Supplemental Slides for recast of historical Non-GAAP measures.
       

    Revenue was $2.22 billion for the first quarter of 2025, a decrease of 5% as compared to $2.34 billion for the same period in the prior year. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, revenue decreased 4%. On an organic basis, revenue increased 5%. See Supplemental Segment Information for additional detail on book-of-business settlements and interest income included in revenue.

    Net Income for the first quarter of 2025 was $239 million compared to Net Income of $194 million in the prior-year first quarter. Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter was $532 million, or 23.9% of revenue, a decrease of 3%, compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $546 million, or 23.3% of revenue, in the prior-year first quarter. The U.S. GAAP tax rate for the first quarter was 21.5%, and the adjusted income tax rate for the first quarter used in calculating adjusted diluted earnings per share was 22.7%.

    Cash Flow and Capital Allocation

    Cash flows used in operating activities were $35 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to cash flows from operating activities of $24 million for the prior year. Free cash flow for the quarters ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was $(86) million and $(36) million, respectively, a decrease of $50 million, primarily driven by the absence of cash collections related to TRANZACT, which the Company sold on December 31, 2024, and increased compensation payments in the current-year quarter as compared to the prior-year quarter. During the quarter ended March 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 607,221 of its outstanding shares for $200 million.

    First Quarter 2025 Segment Highlights

    Health, Wealth & Career (“HWC”)

    As reported, USD millions, except %

    Health, Wealth & Career Q1-25 Q1-24 Y/Y Change
    Total Revenue $1,165 $1,336 Reported (13)% | CC (12)% | Organic 3%
    Operating Income $311 $336 (7)%
    Operating Margin % 26.7% 25.1% 160 bps
           

    The HWC segment had revenue of $1.17 billion in the first quarter of 2025, a decrease of 13% (12% decrease constant currency and organic growth of 3%) from $1.34 billion in the prior year. Health delivered organic revenue growth in all regions driven by solid client retention, new business and geographic expansion. Wealth generated organic revenue growth from higher levels of Retirement work in Europe and International, alongside growth in our Investments business due to the success of our LifeSight solution and capital market improvements. Career had modest revenue growth as increased advisory work was tempered by some postponements amid economic uncertainty. Benefits Delivery & Outsourcing revenue grew primarily from increased project and core administration work.

    Operating margins in the HWC segment increased 160 basis points from the prior-year first quarter to 26.7%, primarily due to the sale of TRANZACT and savings from the Transformation program. Please refer to the Supplemental Slides for TRANZACT’s standalone historical financial results.

    Risk & Broking (“R&B”)

    As reported, USD millions, except %

    Risk & Broking Q1-25 Q1-24 Y/Y Change
    Total Revenue $1,027 $978 Reported 5% | CC 7% | Organic 7%
    Operating Income $226 $203 11%
    Operating Margin % 22.0% 20.8% 120 bps
           

    The R&B segment had revenue of $1.03 billion in the first quarter of 2025, an increase of 5% (7% increase constant currency and organic) from $978 million in the prior year. Corporate Risk & Broking (CRB) had organic revenue growth driven by higher levels of new business activity and strong client retention globally. Insurance Consulting and Technology (ICT) had organic revenue growth for the quarter driven by the Consulting and Technology practices.

    Operating margins in the R&B segment increased 120 basis points from the prior-year first quarter to 22.0%, due primarily to operating leverage driven by strong organic revenue growth and savings from the Transformation program which were partially offset by headwinds from decreased interest income and foreign currency fluctuations.

    Select 2025 Financial Considerations

    Changes to Non-GAAP financial measures:

    • All reported non-GAAP metrics will exclude non-cash net periodic pension and postretirement benefits
    • Free cash flow and free cash flow margin will capture cash outflows for capitalized software costs
    • Refer to Supplemental Slides for recast of historical Non-GAAP measures

    Business mix:

    • TRANZACT business, which contributed $1.14 to adjusted diluted earnings per share in 2024, is no longer part of the business portfolio following the completion of the TRANZACT sale in the fourth quarter of 2024
    • Reinsurance joint venture with Bain Capital expected to be a headwind on adjusted diluted earnings per share of approximately $0.25 to $0.35

    Free cash flow:

    • Expect cash outflows in 2025 from the payment of accrued costs related to the Transformation program which concluded in 2024
    • Cash taxes related to receipt of earnout from reinsurance divestiture will be classified as Cash Flows from Operating Activities on Statement of Cash Flows

    Capital allocation:

    • Expect share repurchases of ~$1.5 billion, subject to market conditions and potential capital allocation to organic and inorganic investment opportunities

    Foreign exchange:

    • Expect a foreign currency impact on adjusted diluted earnings per share to be neutral in 2025 at today’s rates

    Adjusted operating margin outlook:

    • ~100 basis points of average annual margin expansion over next 3 years in R&B
    • Incremental annual margin expansion at HWC and enterprise levels

    The 2025 Financial Considerations above include Non-GAAP financial measures. We do not reconcile forward-looking Non-GAAP measures for reasons explained under “WTW Non-GAAP Measures” below.

    Conference Call

    The Company will host a live webcast and conference call to discuss the financial results for the first quarter 2025. It will be held on Thursday, April 24, 2025, beginning at 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time. A live broadcast of the conference call will be available on WTW’s website here. The conference call will include a question-and-answer session. To participate in the question-and-answer session, please register here. An online replay will be available at www.wtwco.com shortly after the call concludes.

    About WTW

    At WTW (NASDAQ: WTW), we provide data-driven, insight-led solutions in the areas of people, risk and capital. Leveraging the global view and local expertise of our colleagues serving 140 countries and markets, we help organizations sharpen their strategy, enhance organizational resilience, motivate their workforce and maximize performance. Working shoulder to shoulder with our clients, we uncover opportunities for sustainable success—and provide perspective that moves you. Learn more at www.wtwco.com.

    WTW Non-GAAP Measures

    In order to assist readers of our consolidated financial statements in understanding the core operating results that WTW’s management uses to evaluate the business and for financial planning, we present the following non-GAAP measures: (1) Constant Currency Change, (2) Organic Change, (3) Adjusted Operating Income/Margin, (4) Adjusted EBITDA/Margin, (5) Adjusted Net Income, (6) Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, (7) Adjusted Income Before Taxes, (8) Adjusted Income Taxes/Tax Rate, (9) Free Cash Flow and (10) Free Cash Flow Margin.

    We believe that those measures are relevant and provide pertinent information widely used by analysts, investors and other interested parties in our industry to provide a baseline for evaluating and comparing our operating performance, and in the case of free cash flow, our liquidity results.

    Within the measures referred to as ‘adjusted’, we adjust for significant items which will not be settled in cash, or which we believe to be items that are not core to our current or future operations. Some of these items may not be applicable for the current quarter, however they may be part of our full-year results. Additionally, we have historically adjusted for certain items which are not described below, but for which we may adjust in a future period when applicable. Items applicable to the quarter or full year results, or the comparable periods, include the following:

    • Restructuring costs and transaction and transformation – Management believes it is appropriate to adjust for restructuring costs and transaction and transformation when they relate to a specific significant program with a defined set of activities and costs that are not expected to continue beyond a defined period of time, or significant acquisition-related transaction expenses. We believe the adjustment is necessary to present how the Company is performing, both now and in the future when the incurrence of these costs will have concluded.
    • Gains and losses on disposals of operations – Adjustment to remove the gains or losses resulting from disposed operations that have not been classified as discontinued operations.
    • Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits – Adjustment to remove the recognition of net periodic pension and postretirement benefits (including pension settlements), other than service costs. We have included this adjustment as applicable in our prior-period disclosures in order to conform to the current-period presentation.

    We evaluate our revenue on an as reported (U.S. GAAP), constant currency and organic basis. We believe presenting constant currency and organic information provides valuable supplemental information regarding our comparable results, consistent with how we evaluate our performance internally.

    We consider Constant Currency Change, Organic Change, Adjusted Operating Income/Margin, Adjusted EBITDA/Margin, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, Adjusted Income Before Taxes, Adjusted Income Taxes/Tax Rate and Free Cash Flow to be important financial measures, which are used to internally evaluate and assess our core operations and to benchmark our operating and liquidity results against our competitors. These non-GAAP measures are important in illustrating what our comparable operating and liquidity results would have been had we not incurred transaction-related and non-recurring items. Reconciliations of these measures are included in the accompanying tables with the following exception: The Company does not reconcile its forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to the corresponding U.S. GAAP measures, due to variability and difficulty in making accurate forecasts and projections and/or certain information not being ascertainable or accessible; and because not all of the information, such as foreign currency impacts necessary for a quantitative reconciliation of these forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, is available to the Company without unreasonable efforts. For the same reasons, the Company is unable to address the probable significance of the unavailable information. The Company provides non-GAAP financial measures that it believes will be achieved, however it cannot accurately predict all of the components of the adjusted calculations and the U.S. GAAP measures may be materially different than the non-GAAP measures.

    Our non-GAAP measures and their accompanying definitions are presented as follows:

    Constant Currency Change – Represents the year-over-year change in revenue excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. To calculate this impact, the prior year local currency results are first translated using the current year monthly average exchange rates. The change is calculated by comparing the prior year revenue, translated at the current year monthly average exchange rates, to the current year as reported revenue, for the same period. We believe constant currency measures provide useful information to investors because they provide transparency to performance by excluding the effects that foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations have on period-over-period comparability given volatility in foreign currency exchange markets.

    Organic Change – Excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as described above and the period-over-period impact of acquisitions and divestitures on current-year revenue. We believe that excluding transaction-related items from our U.S. GAAP financial measures provides useful supplemental information to our investors, and it is important in illustrating what our core operating results would have been had we not included these transaction-related items, since the nature, size and number of these transaction-related items can vary from period to period.

    Adjusted Operating Income/Margin – Income from operations adjusted for amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and transformation and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted operating income margin is calculated by dividing adjusted operating income by revenue. We consider adjusted operating income/margin to be important financial measures, which are used internally to evaluate and assess our core operations and to benchmark our operating results against our competitors.

    Adjusted EBITDA/Margin – Net Income adjusted for provision for income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and transformation, gains and losses on disposals of operations, net periodic pension and postretirement benefits, and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing adjusted EBITDA by revenue. We consider adjusted EBITDA/margin to be important financial measures, which are used internally to evaluate and assess our core operations, to benchmark our operating results against our competitors and to evaluate and measure our performance-based compensation plans.

    Adjusted Net Income – Net Income Attributable to WTW adjusted for amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and transformation, gains and losses on disposals of operations, net periodic pension and postretirement benefits, and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results and the related tax effect of those adjustments and the tax effects of internal reorganizations. This measure is used solely for the purpose of calculating adjusted diluted earnings per share.

    Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share – Adjusted Net Income divided by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares, diluted. Adjusted diluted earnings per share is used to internally evaluate and assess our core operations and to benchmark our operating results against our competitors.

    Adjusted Income Before Taxes – Income from operations before income taxes and interest in earnings of associates adjusted for amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and transformation, gains and losses on disposals of operations, net periodic pension and postretirement benefits, and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted income before taxes is used solely for the purpose of calculating the adjusted income tax rate.

    Adjusted Income Taxes/Tax Rate – Provision for income taxes adjusted for taxes on certain items of amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and transformation, gains and losses on disposals of operations, net periodic pension and postretirement benefits, the tax effects of significant adjustments and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results, divided by adjusted income before taxes. Adjusted income taxes is used solely for the purpose of calculating the adjusted income tax rate. Management believes that the adjusted income tax rate presents a rate that is more closely aligned to the rate that we would incur if not for the reduction of pre-tax income for the adjusted items and the tax effects of internal reorganizations, which are not core to our current and future operations.

    Free Cash Flow – Cash flows from operating activities less cash used to purchase fixed assets and software. Free Cash Flow is a liquidity measure and is not meant to represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures. Management believes that free cash flow presents the core operating performance and cash-generating capabilities of our business operations. As a result of our change in presentation, free cash flow for the prior period has been adjusted to conform to the current period, which includes the deduction of our capitalized software costs.

    Free Cash Flow Margin – Free Cash Flow as a percentage of revenue, which represents how much of revenue would be realized on a cash basis. We consider this measure to be a meaningful metric for tracking cash conversion on a year-over-year basis due to the non-cash nature of our pension income, which is included in our GAAP and Non-GAAP earnings metrics presented herein.

    These non-GAAP measures are not defined in the same manner by all companies and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the information contained within our condensed consolidated financial statements.

    WTW Forward-Looking Statements

    This document contains ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created by those laws. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our operations. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, that address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate may occur in the future, including such things as: our outlook; the potential impact of natural or man-made disasters like health pandemics and other world health crises; future capital expenditures; ongoing working capital efforts; future share repurchases; financial results (including our revenue, costs or margins) and the impact of changes to tax laws on our financial results; existing and evolving business strategies including those related to acquisition and disposition; demand for our services and competitive strengths; strategic goals; the benefits of new initiatives; growth of our business and operations; the sustained health of our product, service, transaction, client, and talent assessment and management pipelines; our ability to successfully manage ongoing leadership, organizational and technology changes, including investments in improving systems and processes; our ability to implement and realize anticipated benefits of any cost-savings initiatives generated from our now-completed multi-year operational transformation program or other expense savings initiatives; our recognition of future impairment charges; and plans and references to future successes, including our future financial and operating results, short-term and long-term financial goals, plans, objectives, expectations and intentions, including with respect to free cash flow generation, adjusted net revenue, adjusted operating margin and adjusted earnings per share, are forward-looking statements. Also, when we use words such as ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘would’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘estimate’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘continues’, ‘seek’, ‘target’, ‘goal’, ‘focus’, ‘probably’, or similar expressions, we are making forward-looking statements. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. All forward-looking disclosure is speculative by its nature.

    There are important risks, uncertainties, events and factors that could cause our actual results or performance to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements contained in this document, including the following: our ability to successfully establish, execute and achieve our global business strategy as it evolves; our ability to fully realize the anticipated benefits of our growth strategy, including inorganic growth through acquisitions; our ability to achieve our short-term and long-term financial goals, such as with respect to our cash flow generation, and the timing with respect to such achievement; the risks related to changes in general economic conditions, business and political conditions, changes in the financial markets, inflation, credit availability, increased interest rates, changes in trade policies, increased tariffs and retaliatory actions; the risks to our short-term and long-term financial goals from any of the risks or uncertainties set forth herein; the risks relating to the adverse impacts of macroeconomic trends, including those relating to changes in trade policies and tariffs, as well as political events, war, such as the Russia-Ukraine and Israel-Hamas wars, and other international disputes, terrorism, natural disasters, public health issues and other business interruptions on the global economy and capital markets, such as uncertainty in the global markets, inflation, changes in interest rates and recessionary trends, changes in spending by government agencies and contractors, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and long-term goals; our ability to successfully hedge against fluctuations in foreign currency rates; the risks relating to the adverse impacts of natural or man-made disasters such as health pandemics and other world health crises on the demand for our products and services, our cash flows and our business operations; material interruptions to or loss of our information processing capabilities, or failure to effectively maintain and upgrade our information technology resources and systems and related risks of cybersecurity breaches or incidents; our ability to comply with complex and evolving regulations related to data privacy, cybersecurity and artificial intelligence; the risks relating to the transitional arrangements in effect subsequent to our now-completed sale of TRANZACT; significant competition that we face and the potential for loss of market share and/or profitability; the impact of seasonality and differences in timing of renewals and non-recurring revenue increases from disposals and book-of-business sales; the insufficiency of client data protection, potential breaches of information systems or insufficient safeguards against cybersecurity breaches or incidents; the risk of increased liability or new legal claims arising from our new and existing products and services, and expectations, intentions and outcomes relating to outstanding litigation; the risk of substantial negative outcomes on existing or potential future litigation or investigation matters; changes in the regulatory environment in which we operate, including, among other risks, the impacts of pending competition law and regulatory investigations; various claims, government inquiries or investigations or the potential for regulatory action; our ability to make divestitures or acquisitions, including our ability to integrate or manage acquired businesses or carve-out businesses to be disposed, as well as our ability to identify and successfully execute on opportunities for strategic collaboration; our ability to integrate direct-to-consumer sales and marketing solutions with our existing offerings and solutions; our ability to successfully manage ongoing organizational changes, including as a result of our recently-completed multi-year operational transformation program, investments in improving systems and processes, and in connection with our acquisition and divestiture activities; disasters or business continuity problems; our ability to successfully enhance our billing, collection and other working capital efforts, and thereby increase our free cash flow; our ability to properly identify and manage conflicts of interest; reputational damage, including from association with third parties; reliance on third-party service providers and suppliers; risks relating to changes in our management structures and in senior leadership; the loss of key employees or a large number of employees and rehiring rates; our ability to maintain our corporate culture; doing business internationally, including the impact of global trade policies and retaliatory considerations as well as foreign currency exchange rates; compliance with extensive government regulation; the risk of sanctions imposed by governments, or changes to associated sanction regulations (such as sanctions imposed on Russia) and related counter-sanctions; our ability to effectively apply technology, data and analytics changes for internal operations, maintaining industry standards and meeting client preferences; changes and developments in the insurance industry or the U.S. healthcare system, including those related to Medicare, and any other changes and developments in legal, regulatory, economic, business or operational conditions that could impact our businesses; the inability to protect our intellectual property rights, or the potential infringement upon the intellectual property rights of others; fluctuations in our pension assets and liabilities and related changes in pension income, including as a result of, related to, or derived from movements in the interest rate environment, investment returns, inflation, or changes in other assumptions that are used to estimate our benefit obligations and their effect on adjusted earnings per share; our capital structure, including indebtedness amounts, the limitations imposed by the covenants in the documents governing such indebtedness and the maintenance of the financial and disclosure controls and procedures of each; our ability to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all; adverse changes in our credit ratings; the impact of recent or potential changes to U.S. or foreign laws, and the enactment of additional, or the revision of existing, state, federal, and/or foreign laws and regulations, recent judicial decisions and development of case law, other regulations and any policy changes and legislative actions, including those that may impose additional excise taxes or impact our effective tax rate; U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. persons owning at least 10% of our shares; changes in accounting principles, estimates or assumptions; our recognition of future impairment charges; risks relating to or arising from environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’) practices; fluctuation in revenue against our relatively fixed or higher-than-expected expenses; the risk that investment levels increase; the laws of Ireland being different from the laws of the U.S. and potentially affording less protections to the holders of our securities; and our holding company structure potentially preventing us from being able to receive dividends or other distributions in needed amounts from our subsidiaries.

    The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive and new factors may emerge from time to time that could also affect actual performance and results. For more information, please see Part I, Item 1A in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, and our subsequent filings with the SEC. Copies are available online at http://www.sec.gov or www.wtwco.com.

    Although we believe that the assumptions underlying our forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of these assumptions, and therefore also the forward-looking statements based on these assumptions, could themselves prove to be inaccurate. Given the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included in this document, our inclusion of this information is not a representation or guarantee by us that our objectives and plans will be achieved.

    Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and we will not update these forward-looking statements unless the securities laws require us to do so. With regard to these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this document may not occur, and we caution you against unduly relying on these forward-looking statements.

    Contact

    INVESTORS
    Claudia De La Hoz | Claudia.Delahoz@wtwco.com

       
      WTW
    Supplemental Segment Information
    (In millions of U.S. dollars)
    (Unaudited)
       
    REVENUE  
                Components of Revenue Change(i)
                      Less:       Less:    
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      As Reported   Currency   Constant
    Currency
      Acquisitions/   Organic
      2025   2024   % Change   Impact   Change   Divestitures   Change
                                   
    Health, Wealth & Career                              
    Revenue excluding interest income $ 1,158     $ 1,327       (13)%       (1)%       (12)%       (14)%       3%  
    Interest income   7       9                      
    Total   1,165       1,336       (13)%       (1)%       (12)%       (14)%       3%  
                                   
    Risk & Broking                              
    Revenue excluding interest income $ 1,005     $ 950       6%       (2)%       8%       0%       8%  
    Interest income   22       28                      
    Total   1,027       978       5%       (2)%       7%       0%       7%  
                                   
    Segment Revenue $ 2,192     $ 2,314       (5)%       (2)%       (4)%       (8)%       5%  
    Corporate, reimbursable expenses and other   21       21                      
    Interest income   10       6                      
    Revenue $ 2,223     $ 2,341       (5)%       (1)%       (4)%       (8)%     5%(ii)
    (i) Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.
    (ii) Interest income did not contribute to organic change for the three months ended March 31, 2025.
       

    BOOK-OF-BUSINESS SETTLEMENTS AND INTEREST INCOME

      Three Months Ended March 31,
      HWC   R&B   Corporate   Total
      2025   2024   2025   2024   2025   2024   2025   2024
    Book-of-business settlements $ 2     $     $     $ 2     $     $     $ 2     $ 2  
    Interest income   7       9       22       28       10       6       39       43  
    Total $ 9     $ 9     $ 22     $ 30     $ 10     $ 6     $ 41     $ 45  
                                                                   

    SEGMENT OPERATING INCOME (i)

      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
               
    Health, Wealth & Career $ 311     $ 336  
    Risk & Broking   226       203  
    Segment Operating Income $ 537     $ 539  
    (i) Segment operating income excludes certain costs, including amortization of intangibles, restructuring costs, transaction and transformation expenses, certain litigation provisions, and to the extent that the actual expense based upon which allocations are made differs from the forecast/budget amount, a reconciling item will be created between internally-allocated expenses and the actual expenses reported for U.S. GAAP purposes.
       

    SEGMENT OPERATING MARGINS

      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    Health, Wealth & Career   26.7%       25.1%  
    Risk & Broking   22.0%       20.8%  
                   

    RECONCILIATION OF SEGMENT OPERATING INCOME TO INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
               
    Segment Operating Income $ 537     $ 539  
    Amortization   (48 )     (60 )
    Restructuring costs         (18 )
    Transaction and transformation(i)         (125 )
    Unallocated, net(ii)   (57 )     (56 )
    Income from Operations   432       280  
    Interest expense   (65 )     (64 )
    Other (loss)/income, net   (64 )     26  
    Income from operations before income taxes and interest in earnings of associates $ 303     $ 242  
    (i) In addition to legal fees and other transaction costs, includes primarily consulting fees and compensation costs related to the Transformation program.
    (ii) Includes certain costs, primarily related to corporate functions which are not directly related to the segments, and certain differences between budgeted expenses determined at the beginning of the year and actual expenses that we report for U.S. GAAP purposes.
       
    WTW
    Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures
    (In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
         
    RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WTW TO ADJUSTED DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
         
      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
               
    Net income attributable to WTW $ 235     $ 190  
    Adjusted for certain items:          
    Amortization   48       60  
    Restructuring costs         18  
    Transaction and transformation         125  
    Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits   75       (22 )
    Gain on disposal of operations   (14 )      
    Tax effect on certain items listed above(i)   (28 )     (46 )
    Adjusted Net Income $ 316     $ 325  
               
    Weighted-average ordinary shares, diluted   101       104  
               
    Diluted Earnings Per Share $ 2.33     $ 1.83  
    Adjusted for certain items:(ii)          
    Amortization   0.48       0.58  
    Restructuring costs         0.17  
    Transaction and transformation         1.21  
    Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits   0.74       (0.21 )
    Gain on disposal of operations   (0.14 )      
    Tax effect on certain items listed above(i)   (0.28 )     (0.44 )
    Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share(ii) $ 3.13     $ 3.13  
    (i) The tax effect was calculated using an effective tax rate for each item.
    (ii) Per share values and totals may differ due to rounding.
       

    RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO ADJUSTED EBITDA

      Three Months Ended March 31,        
      2025       2024    
                               
    Net Income $ 239       10.8%     $ 194       8.3%  
    Provision for income taxes   65               48          
    Interest expense   65               64          
    Depreciation   54               59          
    Amortization   48               60          
    Restructuring costs                 18          
    Transaction and transformation                 125          
    Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits   75               (22 )        
    Gain on disposal of operations   (14 )                      
    Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin $ 532       23.9%     $ 546       23.3%  
                                   

    RECONCILIATION OF INCOME FROM OPERATIONS TO ADJUSTED OPERATING INCOME

      Three Months Ended March 31,    
      2025           2024    
                       
    Income from operations and Operating margin $ 432       19.4%     $ 280       12.0%  
    Adjusted for certain items:                  
    Amortization   48               60      
    Restructuring costs                 18      
    Transaction and transformation                 125      
    Adjusted operating income and Adjusted operating income margin $ 480       21.6%     $ 483       20.6%  
                                   

    RECONCILIATION OF GAAP INCOME TAXES/TAX RATE TO ADJUSTED INCOME TAXES/TAX RATE

      Three Months Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
               
    Income from operations before income taxes and interest in earnings of associates $ 303     $ 242  
               
    Adjusted for certain items:          
    Amortization   48       60  
    Restructuring costs         18  
    Transaction and transformation         125  
    Net periodic pension and postretirement benefits   75       (22 )
    Gain on disposal of operations   (14 )      
    Adjusted income before taxes $ 412     $ 423  
               
    Provision for income taxes $ 65     $ 48  
    Tax effect on certain items listed above(i)   28       46  
    Adjusted income taxes $ 93     $ 94  
               
    U.S. GAAP tax rate   21.5 %     19.9 %
    Adjusted income tax rate   22.7 %     22.3 %
    (i) The tax effect was calculated using an effective tax rate for each item.
       

    RECONCILIATION OF CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES TO FREE CASH FLOW

      Years Ended December 31,
      2025   2024
               
    Cash flows (used in)/from operating activities $ (35 )   $ 24  
    Less: Additions to fixed assets and software   (51 )     (60 )
    Free Cash Flow $ (86 )   $ (36 )
                   
    WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
    (In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)
         
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
    Revenue $ 2,223     $ 2,341  
               
    Costs of providing services          
    Salaries and benefits   1,324       1,342  
    Other operating expenses   365       457  
    Depreciation   54       59  
    Amortization   48       60  
    Restructuring costs         18  
    Transaction and transformation         125  
    Total costs of providing services   1,791       2,061  
               
    Income from operations   432       280  
               
    Interest expense   (65 )     (64 )
    Other (loss)/income, net   (64 )     26  
               
    INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES   303       242  
               
    Provision for income taxes   (65 )     (48 )
               
    INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES   238       194  
               
    Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax   1        
               
    NET INCOME   239       194  
               
    Income attributable to non-controlling interests   (4 )     (4 )
               
    NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WTW $ 235     $ 190  
               
    EARNINGS PER SHARE          
    Basic earnings per share $ 2.34     $ 1.84  
    Diluted earnings per share $ 2.33     $ 1.83  
               
    Weighted-average ordinary shares, basic   100       103  
    Weighted-average ordinary shares, diluted   101       104  
                   
    WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (In millions of U.S. dollars, except share data)
    (Unaudited)
               
      March 31,   December 31,
      2025   2024
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,507     $ 1,890  
    Fiduciary assets   10,293       9,504  
    Accounts receivable, net   2,366       2,494  
    Prepaid and other current assets   1,295       1,217  
    Total current assets   15,461       15,105  
    Fixed assets, net   667       661  
    Goodwill   8,841       8,799  
    Other intangible assets, net   1,255       1,295  
    Right-of-use assets   487       485  
    Pension benefits assets   550       530  
    Other non-current assets   803       806  
    Total non-current assets   12,603       12,576  
    TOTAL ASSETS $ 28,064     $ 27,681  
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
    Fiduciary liabilities $ 10,293     $ 9,504  
    Deferred revenue and accrued expenses   1,499       2,211  
    Current debt   549        
    Current lease liabilities   120       118  
    Other current liabilities   923       765  
    Total current liabilities   13,384       12,598  
    Long-term debt   4,761       5,309  
    Liability for pension benefits   552       615  
    Provision for liabilities   359       341  
    Long-term lease liabilities   498       502  
    Other non-current liabilities   296       299  
    Total non-current liabilities   6,466       7,066  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES   19,850       19,664  
    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES          
    EQUITY(i)          
    Additional paid-in capital   11,017       10,989  
    Retained earnings   51       109  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax   (2,935 )     (3,158 )
    Total WTW shareholders’ equity   8,133       7,940  
    Non-controlling interests   81       77  
    Total Equity   8,214       8,017  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $ 28,064     $ 27,681  
         
    (i) Equity includes (a) Ordinary shares $0.000304635 nominal value; Authorized 1,510,003,775; Issued 99,210,847 (2025) and 99,805,780 (2024); Outstanding 99,210,847 (2025) and 99,805,780 (2024) and (b) Preference shares, $0.000115 nominal value; Authorized 1,000,000,000 and Issued none in 2025 and 2024.
         
    WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (In millions of U.S. dollars)
    (Unaudited)
         
      Years Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES          
    NET INCOME $ 239     $ 194  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to total net cash from operating activities:          
    Depreciation   54       59  
    Amortization   48       60  
    Non-cash restructuring charges         11  
    Non-cash lease expense   25       27  
    Net periodic cost/(benefit) of defined benefit pension plans   88       (4 )
    Provision for doubtful receivables from clients   5       8  
    Benefit from deferred income taxes   (23 )     (9 )
    Share-based compensation   37       24  
    Net gain on disposal of operations   (14 )      
    Non-cash foreign exchange loss/(gain)   9       (1 )
    Other, net   9       8  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from purchase of subsidiaries:          
    Accounts receivable   162       113  
    Other assets   1       (53 )
    Other liabilities   (691 )     (426 )
    Provisions   16       13  
    Net cash (used in)/from operating activities   (35 )     24  
               
    CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES          
    Additions to fixed assets and software   (51 )     (60 )
    Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired   (1 )     (15 )
    (Purchase)/sale of investments   (32 )     1  
    Net cash used in investing activities   (84 )     (74 )
               
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES          
    Senior notes issued         746  
    Debt issuance costs         (7 )
    Repayments of debt   (1 )     (1 )
    Repurchase of shares   (200 )     (101 )
    Net proceeds from fiduciary funds held for clients   315       1,011  
    Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares   (2 )     (5 )
    Dividends paid   (88 )     (86 )
    Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests         (1 )
    Net cash from financing activities   24       1,556  
               
    (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH   (95 )     1,506  
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   80       (47 )
    CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD (i)   4,998       3,792  
    CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF PERIOD (i) $ 4,983     $ 5,251  
    (i) The amounts of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, their respective classification on the condensed consolidated balance sheets, as well as their respective portions of the increase or decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash for each of the periods presented have been included in the Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information section.
       

    SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

      Years Ended March 31,
      2025   2024
               
    Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,507     $ 1,893  
    Fiduciary funds (included in fiduciary assets)   3,476       3,358  
    Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash $ 4,983     $ 5,251  
               
    (Decrease)/increase in cash, cash equivalents and other restricted cash $ (411 )   $ 487  
    Increase in fiduciary funds   316       1,019  
    Total (i) $ (95 )   $ 1,506  
    (i) Does not include the effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash.
       

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Council response to Accounts Commission Best Value Assurance Report

    Source: Scotland – Highland Council

    Highland Council welcomes the positive Accounts Commission Best Value Report and acknowledges the need for transformation at pace.

    Convener of the Council Cllr Bill Lobban said: “The Council notes the recent report by the Accounts Commission which we consider broadly positive. In particular, we note the comments that the Council has significantly improved since 2020.

    “We also note the positive comments in the report about the ways in which Highland Council is taking steps to transform its delivery of services.”

    In particular, Highland Council has set a budget for 2025 – 2026 which uses zero reserves to fill its revenue gap. In fact, the £12.9m of additional savings that were approved will enable strategic investment of £14m in energy and transport. This is a major step forward and it is positive that this has been recognised on a number of occasions, including in this report, by the Accounts Commission. The elected members of Highland Council have been prepared to make tough decisions, and it is positive that the Commission has recognised the strong relationships between councillors and officers as being a feature of the organisation.

    When the Highland Investment Plan was approved by Council in May last year, the report included details of the processes for its funding whilst ensuring that the Plan remains affordable, prudent and sustainable.  This approach is considered necessary in order to transform the Council’s assets and enable the improvement of services delivered across the Highlands.

    The Council has selected 31 of the 107 Local Government Benchmarking Framework indicators to judge its performance improvement by and can document a process of continual improvement. This is in accordance with advice from Audit Scotland which is that councils should be selective in what they aim to improve, otherwise they can lose strategic focus. These improvements are across all services areas and show a positive trajectory. It should be noted that with such a large geographical expanse to operate in, and with a dispersed population in rural areas, there is probably nowhere in the UK which faces the same level of challenge in delivering services as experienced in Highland.

    There are findings for Highland Council to take on board, which will be reported to a future meeting of the Council. One of these relates to historic levels of borrowing, which will continue to be monitored as a means of sustaining future investment.

    24 Apr 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom